Clinical trial NCT02178722
Conditions: Microsatellite-instability (MSI) High Colorectal Cancer (CRC) Endometrial Cancer Head and Neck Cancer Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC) Gastric Cancer Lung Cancer Lymphoma Renal Cell Carcinoma (RCC) Ovarian Cancer Solid Tumors UC (Urothelial Cancer) Melanoma Bladder Cancer Triple Negative Breast Cancer (TNBC)
Sponsor: Incyte Corporation
Start date: 2014-07-17; Completion date: 2020-11-06
Enrollment: 444 participants; Allocation: NON_RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
The purpose of this study was to assess the safety, tolerability, and efficacy when combining MK-3475 and INCB024360 in participants with certain cancers. This study was conducted in 2 phases, Phase 1 and Phase 2.

Detailed description:

Arms: arm 1: Phase 1: MK-3475 + INCB024360 25 mg twice a day (BID) as starting dose, followed by dose escalations (Phase 1) until recommended phase 2 dose of INCB024360 is determined arm 2: (recommended phase 2 dose)
Interventions: intervention 1: MK-3475 intervention 2: INCB024360
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: IV infusion intervention 2: Oral daily dosing

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Incyte Corporation 
Page 1 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Clinical Study Protocol 
INCB 24360-202 / NCT02178722
A Phase 1/2 Study Exploring the Safety, Tolerability, and Efficacy 
of MK-3475 in Combination With INCB024360 in Subjects With 
Selected Cancers 
Product: 
INCB024360 and MK-3475 
IND Number: 
121,704 
Phase of Study: 
1/2 
Sponsor: 
Incyte Corporation 
1801 Augustine Cut-Off 
Wilmington, DE 19803 
Date of Original Protocol (Version 0): 
03 MAR 2014 
Date of Amendment (Version) 1: 
03 APR 2014 
Date of Amendment (Version) 2: 
09 DEC 2014 
Date of Amendment (Version) 3: 
19 FEB 2015 
Date of Amendment (Version) 4: 
20 MAY 2015 
Date of Amendment (Version) 5: 
11 JAN 2016 
Date of Amendment (Version) 6: 
12 JUL 2016 
Date of Amendment (Version) 7: 
15 FEB 2017 
Date of Amendment (Version) 8: 
30 AUG 2017 
Date of Amendment (Version) 9: 
24 JAN 2018 
Date of Amendment (Version) 10: 
02 JUL 2018 
This study will be performed in accordance with ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of 
Helsinki and conducted in adherence to the study Protocol, Good Clinical Practices as defined in Title 21 of the US 
Code of Federal Regulations Parts 50, 54 56, 312, and Part 11 as well as ICH GCP consolidated guidelines (E6) and 
applicable regulatory requirements. 
The information in this document is confidential.  No part of this information may be duplicated, referenced, or 
transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording, or otherwise) without the prior 
written consent of Incyte Corporation. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 2 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
INVESTIGATOR'S AGREEMENT 
I have received and read the Investigator's Brochures for MK-3475 and INCB024360.  I have 
read the INCB 24360-202 Protocol Amendment 10 (Version 10 dated 02 JUL 2018) and agree to 
conduct the study as outlined.  I agree to maintain the confidentiality of all information received 
or developed in connection with this Protocol. 
 
 
 
 
 
(Printed Name of Investigator) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature of Investigator) 
 
(Date) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 3 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
SYNOPSIS 
Name of Investigational Products:  MK-3475 (pembrolizumab) and INCB024360 (epacadostat) 
Title of Study:  A Phase 1/2 Study Exploring the Safety, Tolerability, and Efficacy of MK-3475 in 
Combination With INCB024360 in Subjects With Selected Cancers 
Protocol Number:  INCB 24360-202 
Study Phase:  1/2 
Primary Objectives: 
• Phase 1:  To evaluate the safety, tolerability, and dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) of a 
pharmacologically active dose (PAD) of INCB024360 administered in combination with MK-3475 
in subjects with advanced or metastatic solid tumors, and to select doses for further evaluation. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  To assess objective response rate (ORR) in subjects with select cancers 
as measured by modified RECIST (irRECIST) v1.1 for selected solid tumors and the Lugano 
Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL). 
Secondary Objectives (Phase 2): 
• To evaluate the preliminary antitumor activity of the combination of INCB024360 and MK-3475 in 
subjects with selected advanced solid tumors and DLBCL, including duration of response, 
progression-free survival (PFS), and duration of disease control as measured by irRECIST v1.1 for 
solid tumors or Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to ordinal categorical response score, calculated as the 
following: 
− 1 = Complete response (CR) per irRECIST v1.1 
− 2 = Very good response, defined as > 60% tumor reduction 
− 3 = Minor response, defined as > 30% to ≤ 60% tumor reduction 
− 4 = Stable disease (SD) per irRECIST v1.1 criteria 
− 5 = Progressive disease (PD) per irRECIST v1.1 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to overall survival (OS). 
• To evaluate the safety and tolerability of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 4 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Overall Study Design: 
Note:  Amendment 10 will serve to close the study to future enrollment.  The primary purpose of the 
amendment is to provide guidance for handling subjects still on study. 
This is a Phase 1/2 study, with Phase 1 being a dose-escalation of INCB024360 in combination with 
MK-3475 in subjects with selected advanced or metastatic solid tumors and Phase 2 being an 
open-label expansion in subjects with select solid tumors as well as DLBCL. 
The dose-escalation phase (Phase 1) will be open-label and utilize a 3 + 3 + 3 design that will identify 
the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) or PAD of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475 in 
subjects with the following selected solid tumors:  Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent NSCLC, 
melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the genitourinary (GU) tract, renal cell carcinoma (RCC), 
triple negative breast cancer (TNBC), adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or squamous cell 
carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN) who have disease progression on at least 1 line of therapy 
for advanced or metastatic cancer (except melanoma).  Phase 1 will include up to 3 safety expansion 
cohorts of up to 9 subjects each.  The first safety expansion will enroll melanoma subjects only at 
50 mg twice daily (BID) once the preliminary safety of the 50 mg BID cohort is established, a second 
safety expansion will open at 100 mg BID, and, if tolerated, a third safety expansion may occur at 
300 mg BID.  The recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) will be selected from the evaluated safety 
expansions.  At the sponsor's discretion, the second and third safety expansion cohorts may be limited 
to subjects with specific cancer types among those included in Phase 1 (the tumor-specific 
determination for this safety expansion will be determined at the time of expansion by the study 
sponsor).  The safety expansion cohorts at the doses lower than the current dose level being tested may 
begin enrolling during the DLT waiting period of the remaining cohort escalations.  Enrollment 
priority goes to the current dose level being evaluated. 
The Phase 2 cohort expansions will further explore the safety and efficacy of the RP2D (determined in 
Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID) of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475.  Phase 2 will enroll 
subjects with the following select tumors:  melanoma, NSCLC, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU 
tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, clear cell RCC, microsatellite-instability (MSI) high colorectal 
cancer (CRC), DLBCL, gastric cancer, and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC).  There will be 2 NSCLC 
cohorts in the Phase 2 expansion.  For the NSCLC cohorts, 1 cohort will include subjects with PD-L1 
high expression (defined as tumor proportion score (TPS) ≥ 50%) and a second cohort will include 
subjects with low/negative or indeterminate PD-L1 expression (low/negative defined as TPS 0%-49%).  
There will also be 3 melanoma cohorts; 1 cohort will include subjects who are prior checkpoint-naïve 
(anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 directed therapy), a second cohort will include subjects with primary 
refractory disease, and a third cohort will include subjects with relapsed disease.  Approximately 18 to 
42 subjects per cohort will be enrolled (for a total of approximately 446 subjects) to further 
characterize the efficacy in these select tumor types. 
Phase 1 Dose Escalation: 
Phase 1 is the dose-escalation phase, which will include cohorts of subjects treated with INCB024360 
BID at initial doses of 25 mg BID, 50 mg BID, and 100 mg BID in combination with MK-3475 
2 mg/kg every 3 weeks (Q3W), and INCB024360 300 mg BID in combination with MK-3475 200 mg 
Q3W.  Interim dose levels of 75 mg QD (50 mg in the morning/25 mg in the evening), 75 mg BID, or 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 5 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
200 mg BID may be evaluated if DLTs occur at 50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID following 
the review of available safety data at the Dose Escalation/Cohort Review meetings.  One treatment 
cycle will consist of 21 days.  A minimum of 3 subjects will be enrolled and treated in each cohort, and 
all 3 subjects will be observed for a minimum of 42 days (6 weeks) before the subsequent cohort 
begins enrollment.  Subjects must have received the cohort-specific dose of INCB024360 for at least 
80% of the doses during the 42-day DLT observation period, and must have received 2 doses of 
MK-3475 during that 42-day period, or must have experienced a DLT to be included in the cohort 
review for DLTs. Additional subjects will be enrolled in a cohort to achieve the minimum of 
3 evaluable subjects if dropouts or dose interruptions or reductions occur that result in a subject being 
nonevaluable for DLTs.  When the preliminary safety of 50 mg BID and 100 mg BID has been 
established, additional subjects with melanoma will be enrolled at 50 mg BID for a total of 9 subjects.  
An additional safety cohort will also be opened at 100 mg BID in parallel to 300 mg BID being tested.  
This may also be limited to subjects with melanoma, NSCLC, or specific cancer types from among 
those included in Phase 1 at the sponsor's discretion.  If 300 mg BID is also determined to be well 
tolerated, an additional safety cohort may also be enrolled that, at the sponsor's discretion, may be 
limited to specific cancer types from among those included in Phase 1.  The RP2D will be selected 
from the evaluated safety expansions.  All subjects in these safety expansions will be treated with 
MK-3475 200 mg Q3W. 
3 + 3 + 3 Design:  The dose of INCB024360 will be escalated if 0 of the first 3 evaluable subjects 
enrolled experience a DLT.  If > 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects enrolled experience a DLT, the prior 
dose level will be considered the MTD.  If 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects enrolled experience a 
DLT, the cohort will be expanded to include 3 additional evaluable subjects.  If 1 of the 6 evaluable 
subjects enrolled in the expanded cohort experience a DLT, dose escalation to the next dose level may 
occur.  If 2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT that cohort will be expanded to 9 subjects.  If ≥ 2 of 3, 3 of 
6, or 3 of 9 subjects experience DLTs within a cohort, then that dose level will be determined to have 
exceeded the MTD and the prior dose level will be considered the MTD or an intermittent dose may be 
tested.   
For the safety expansion cohorts, if < 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects experience a DLT at the given 
dose level, the dose will be deemed tolerable.  If ≥ 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects experience a DLT 
in the safety expansions, then the next lower dose level of INCB024360 will be deemed the RP2D.  
The RP2D will be selected from one of the doses deemed tolerable (as defined above). 
If at least 25 mg BID cannot be combined safely with MK-3475 2 mg/kg, other alternative dose 
schedules (ie, intermittent dosing) of INCB024360 may be tested, if needed, following the review of 
available safety data at the Dose Escalation/Cohort Review meetings.  If an alternate schedule is tested 
and determined to be safe, re-escalation of INCB024360 according to the table below will proceed 
with MK-3475 2 mg/kg Q3W.  The cohorts and dose levels are shown in the tables below. 
Dose Escalation: 
Daily Dosea  
of INCB024360 
Dose of MK-3475 
(Once Q3W) 
25 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
50 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
100 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
300 mg BID orallyb 
200 mg IV 
a  Interim dose levels of 75 mg QD (50 mg in the morning/25 mg in the evening), 75 mg BID or 200 mg BID may be 
evaluated if DLTs occur at 50 mg BID, 100 mg BID or 300 mg BID following the review of available safety data at the 
Dose Escalation/Cohort Review meetings. 
b  Based on Study INCB 24360-101, in which the average kynurenine inhibition after doses of 100 mg BID and 300 mg BID 
was 89% and 94%, respectively, a final escalation of INCB024360 300 mg BID may be evaluated but will be tested with 
the flat dose of MK-3475 200 mg. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 6 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Safety Expansions: 
Daily Dose  
of INCB024360 
Dose of MK-3475 
(Once Q3W) 
50 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
100 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
300 mg BIDa 
200 mg IV  
a  The RP2D will be selected from the safety expansions enrolled (50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID). 
During the study, dose interruptions and/or dose decreases may be implemented based on toxicity as 
described in the Dose Adjustments section of the Protocol.  However, dose adjustments should not be 
made during the DLT observation period without discussion with the medical monitor.  Intrasubject 
dose escalation is not permitted. 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansions: 
The purpose of the cohort expansions is to gather additional safety, tolerability, preliminary efficacy, 
 information regarding the combination of INCB024360 and MK-3475 200 mg.  
Once the safety profile of all doses tested has been characterized and the RP2D of combined 
administration of INCB024360 and MK-3475 has been defined, the cohort expansions will be initiated 
at the RP2D (determined in Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID).  Fourteen expansion cohorts will be restricted 
to NSCLC (2 cohorts:  PD-L1 positive and PD-L1 low/negative or indeterminate), melanoma 
(3 cohorts:  checkpoint-naïve, primary refractory, and relapsed), transitional cell carcinoma of the GU 
tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, DLBCL, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, and 
HCC.  Continuous evaluation of toxicity events in the cohort expansions will be performed throughout 
enrollment in the expansion cohorts.  If the rate of DLTs exceeds 40%, the findings will be reviewed 
and further enrollment may be interrupted until the sponsor(s), investigators, and regulatory authorities, 
if applicable, have determined the appropriate course of action.  If an expansion cohort is discontinued 
due to toxicity, a new cohort may be initiated at a previously tested lower dose level. 
In each of the cohorts, approximately 18 to 42 subjects will be enrolled to allow for a more precise 
estimate of ORR in subjects with these tumors and determine whether a target response rate 
(20%-62%) is likely.   
Tumor Type 
Approximate No. of Subjects Enrolled 
NSCLC high positive (PD-L1 TPS ≥ 50%)a 
42 
NSCLC low/negative or indeterminate (PD-L1 TPS 
0%-49% or indeterminate)b 
25 
Melanoma (immune checkpoint naïve) 
40 
Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
36 
TNBC 
32 
Ovarian cancer 
33 
SCCHN 
32 
DLBCLa 
37 
RCC 
36 
MSI high CRCa 
29 
Gastric cancer 
27 
HCCa 
32 
Melanoma (primary refractory)a 
27c 
Melanoma (relapsed)a 
18c 
Total 
446d 
a These cohorts were discontinued before full enrollment. 
b Subjects whose biopsies are PD-L1 indeterminate will not be excluded from the study, with the exception as noted in 
inclusion criterion 10a.  They will be enrolled under the PD-L1 low/negative group but will be analyzed separately.  This 
may require additional enrollment into the PD-L1 low/negative group to ensure that 25 PD-L1 low/negative subjects are 
enrolled.  Low/negative is defined as TPS of 0% to 49%. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 7 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
c These 2 cohorts will use a Simon 2-stage design.  These numbers represent the maximum total sample size for each cohort.  
The actual sample size may be smaller. 
d Closing of cohorts before full enrollment will result in fewer than 446 subjects. 
For all subjects enrolled in this study (Phase 1 and  Phase 2), participation has 5 components: 
Screening:  Up to 28 days. 
Treatment:  The treatment period with the combination therapy (MK-3475 + INCB024360) will 
continue every 21 days for up to 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475).  After completion of 
24 months of combination treatment, the option for treatment with monotherapy INCB024360 is 
available for up to 12 months for subjects who are receiving benefit from treatment and have not had 
disease progression or met any criteria for study withdrawal, or they may stop both INCB024360 and 
MK-3475.  Note:  As of Amendment 10, INCB024360 administration is removed from the regimen for 
melanoma cohorts (except with medical monitor approval).  Ongoing subjects with melanoma will be 
instructed to stop taking INCB024360 and to continue on MK-3475 alone (for up to the 35 infusions) 
or to stop treatment if on INCB024360 monotherapy unless medical monitor approval has been 
received to continue for the Protocol-specified interval (up to 12 months).  Treatment with 
INCB024360 monotherapy and as part of combination therapy during the re-treatment periods is 
removed for subjects who have not already initiated such treatment.  For those subjects who have 
already initiated INCB024360 monotherapy treatment or re-treatment and who do not have melanoma, 
treatment is limited to 12 months. 
Safety/Survival Follow-Up:  Safety follow-up visits will occur 42 to 49 days after the last dose of 
INCB024360 is taken and survival/safety follow-up visit at 90 days after the last dose of INCB024360. 
Combination Therapy, Dosage, and Mode of Administration:   
Note:  As of Amendment 10, subjects in the melanoma cohorts will no longer receive INCB024360 
(except with medical monitor approval). 
INCB024360 will be self-administered orally BID and continued BID during the 21-day cycle for an 
every-3-week dose schedule of MK-3475.  The RP2D of INCB024360 (or PAD) defined during 
Phase 1 as 100 mg BID will be used for Phase 2.  
All BID doses will be taken morning and evening, approximately 12 hours apart without respect to 
food.  If a dose is missed by more than 4 hours, that dose should be skipped and should be resumed at 
the scheduled time. 
MK-3475 is an investigational agent and will be administered at 2 mg/kg or 200 mg intravenously (IV) 
over a 30-minute period on Day 1 of an every-3-week cycle. 
Duration of Participation:  Subject participation is expected to average approximately 6 months. 
Study Population: 
Phase 1:  Subjects with Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, RCC, TNBC, adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, and SCCHN who have 
received at least 1 line of prior therapy and are refractory or for which no curative treatment is 
available will be enrolled. 
Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  Subjects with melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, 
SCCHN, ovarian cancer, TNBC, and DLBCL, NSCLC, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, 
and HCC will be enrolled. 
Key Inclusion Criteria: 
• Male or female subjects, age 18 years or older. 
• Willingness to provide written informed consent/assent for the study. 
• For Phase 1:  Histologically or cytologically confirmed NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, clear cell RCC, TNBC, adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or SCCHN 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 8 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• For Phase 2:  Histologically or cytologically confirmed melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the 
GU tract, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, TNBC, DLBCL, NSCLC, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric 
cancer, and HCC. 
• Life expectancy > 12 weeks. 
• ECOG performance status 0 to 1. 
• Presence of measurable disease per RECIST v1.1 for solid tumors or The Lugano Classification 
(Cheson et al 2014) for subjects with DLBCL. 
• Laboratory and medical history parameters within Protocol-defined range.  NOTE:  If the screening 
laboratory tests below were conducted > 7 days prior to treatment initiation, they will need to be 
repeated on Day 1 before initiation of treatment.  Hematology and coagulation testing are central 
testing; therefore, central laboratory results should be used to determine eligibility for those relevant 
analytes below unless central laboratory results are not available at the time of enrollment or are not 
within the 7-day window before Cycle 1 Day 1.  In this case, local laboratory results may be used to 
confirm eligibility.  Chemistry testing is local testing; therefore, local results should be used for those 
relevant analytes below. 
− Absolute neutrophil count ≥ 1.5 × 109/L (for subjects with DLBCL, in no case < 1.0 × 109/L) 
− Platelets ≥ 100 × 109/L (for subjects with DLBCL or HCC in no case < 50 × 109/L). 
− Hemoglobin ≥ 9 g/dL or ≥ 5.6 mmol/L (transfusion is acceptable to meet this criterion). 
− Serum creatinine ≤ 1.5 × institutional upper limit of normal (ULN) OR measured or calculated 
creatinine clearance (glomerular filtration rate can also be used in place of creatinine or CrCl) 
≥ 50 mL/min for subjects with creatinine levels > 1.5 × institutional ULN. 
− Aspartate aminotransferase (AST)/alanine aminotransferase (ALT) < 2.5 × ULN OR ≤ 5 × ULN 
for subjects with liver metastases.  For subjects with HCC:  AST/ALT < 5 × ULN.  For other 
specific exceptions medical monitor approval is required. 
− Total bilirubin ≤ 1.5 × ULN OR direct bilirubin ≤ ULN for subjects with total bilirubin 
> 1.5 × ULN). 
o If there is no institutional normal range available for the direct bilirubin, the direct bilirubin 
should be < 40% of the total bilirubin. 
o In no case can total bilirubin exceed 3.0 × ULN. 
− International normalized ratio (INR) or prothrombin time (PT) ≤ 1.5 × ULN unless subject is 
receiving anticoagulant therapy as long as PT or INR is within therapeutic range of intended use of 
anticoagulants.  Subjects with HCC must have INR ≤ 2.3. 
− Activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) ≤1.5 × ULN unless subject is receiving anticoagulant 
therapy, as long as PTT is within therapeutic range of intended use of anticoagulants.  
• For Phase 1:  Subjects who have advanced or metastatic disease as noted above who have received at 
least 1 prior therapy for their disease under study or have advanced or metastatic disease for which 
no curative treatment is available.  
• For Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  Subjects with NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the 
GU tract, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, DLBCL, TNBC, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, 
and HCC. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  NSCLC (PD-L1 positive and PD-L1 low/negative or indeterminate cohorts) 
− Subjects who have received at least 1 prior systemic chemotherapy regimen for Stage IIIB, 
Stage IV, or recurrent NSCLC (not including neoadjuvant and/or adjuvant therapy except as 
described below) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 9 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
o One prior systemic regimen must include a platinum-based therapy.  Investigational agents 
used in combination with standard therapies are allowed.  Subjects who have a non–platinum-
based regimen may be enrolled with medical monitor approval. 
− Documentation of mutation status.  Tumors with driver mutations (eg, epidermal growth factor 
receptor mutation positive or anaplastic lymphoma kinase fusion oncogene positive) treated with 
a targeted therapy are permitted; however, subjects should have progressed or be intolerant to 
the targeted therapy. 
o Subjects who completed and progressed on a platinum-containing regimen as adjuvant, 
neoadjuvant, or part of a course of chemoradiation therapy within the 6 months before 
screening would be counted as having received 1 prior platinum-containing regimen and 
therefore would not require re-treatment with a platinum-containing regimen for Stage IIIB, 
Stage IV, or recurrent disease. 
o Subjects must not have received immunotherapy with PD-1 or cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-
associated antigen-4 (CTLA-4) targeted therapy. 
− Subjects whose PD-L1 status is indeterminate from biopsy sample collected may be enrolled in 
the PD-L1 low/negative cohort until the cohort is full, at which time subjects whose sample is 
indeterminate may be eligible for repeat biopsy to determine PD-L1 status and, if positive, may 
be enrolled in the PD-L1-positive cohort if that cohort has not been filled.  PD-L1 results from 
prior testing with the FDA-approved assay (PD-L1 IHC 22C3 pharmDX) are acceptable. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  Melanoma 
− Documentation of V600E-activating BRAF mutation status or consent to BRAF V600E 
mutation testing during the screening period.  Note:  Testing should be performed in a Clinical 
Laboratory Improvement Amendments–certified laboratory.  BRAF mutation status determined 
as part of a panel of genetic tests performed in a gene expression analysis will also satisfy the 
inclusion criteria for BRAF mutation testing. 
− Prior systemic therapy requirements: 
o Melanoma immune checkpoint-I cohort:  Subjects must not have received immunotherapy 
with anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, or anti−CTLA-4 therapy.  Exception:  Prior anti−CTLA-4 in the 
adjuvant setting would be permitted. 
o Primary refractory cohort:  Subjects must have received prior treatment with anti−PD-1 or 
anti−PD-L1 therapy (alone or as part of a combination) in the advanced or metastatic setting 
and have PD as their best response to treatment that is confirmed at least 4 weeks later (no less 
than 28 days). 
 Subjects must have received at least 2 doses of a prior anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 agent. 
 Progressive disease must also be at least 12 weeks from first dose of anti−PD-1 or  
anti−PD-L1 therapy and confirmed 4 weeks (no less than 28 days) later. 
 No more than 1 prior line of therapy is permitted and must have contained anti−PD-1 or 
anti−PD-L1 therapy (alone or as part of a combination) with the exception of targeted 
therapy for subjects who have tumors that are BRAF mutant. 
− For subjects with BRAF-mutant tumors, treatment with a targeted therapy is required, and 
subjects should have progressed or been intolerant to the targeted therapy to be eligible. 
− For subjects who progressed on BRAF targeted therapy, lactate dehydrogenase must be 
< 2 × ULN. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 10 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
o Relapsed cohort:  Subjects must have received prior anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 therapy (alone 
or as part of a combination) in the advanced or metastatic setting and achieved partial response 
[PR]/CR but later have confirmed PD (PD confirmed at least 4 weeks [no less than 28 days] 
later). 
 For subjects enrolling in the primary refractory or relapsed melanoma cohorts:  Willing to 
undergo mandatory pretreatment and on-treatment core or excisional tumor biopsies. 
Note:  In all cases, biopsies will be confirmed to contain adequate tumor tissue by a local 
pathology review.  If a subject is assessed by the interventional radiologist as having 
inaccessible lesions, subject may be enrolled with medical monitor approval.  In this case 
submission of archived tumor tissue may be acceptable. 
 Ocular melanoma is excluded.  
• Phase 2 expansion:  Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
− Histologically or cytologically confirmed transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder, ureter, or 
renal pelvis, or mixed histology bladder cancer. 
− Metastatic or locally advanced and not amendable to curative therapy transitional cell carcinoma 
of the GU tract cancer with disease progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy or 
alternative therapy if platinum-based therapy is not appropriate. 
− Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  SCCHN 
− Histologically confirmed metastatic or recurrent squamous cell carcinoma not amenable to local 
therapy with curative intent (surgery or radiation with or without chemotherapy).  Carcinoma of 
the nasopharynx, salivary gland, or nonsquamous histologies are excluded. 
− Subjects must have received at least 1 prior systemic regiment that must have included a 
platinum-based therapy.  Investigational agents used in combination with standard therapies are 
allowed.  Subjects who relapse within 6 months of adjuvant therapy, including a 
platinum-containing regimen, may enroll. 
− Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  Ovarian cancer 
− Subjects with FIGO Stage Ic, Stage II, Stage III, Stage IV, recurrent, or persistent (unresectable) 
histologically confirmed epithelial ovarian cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, or fallopian tube 
carcinoma. 
− Subjects must have received a platinum-taxane-based regimen as first-line therapy. 
− Subjects who received maintenance paclitaxel, bevacizumab, or alternative maintenance therapy 
(eg, vaccines) are eligible for enrollment provided they have discontinued therapy at least 
4 weeks for prior taxane, at least 4 weeks for bevacizumab, or received medical monitor 
approval for time lapse from alternative maintenance therapy prior to enrollment and recovered 
from toxicities to less than Grade 2. 
− Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded 
− Borderline, low-malignant-potential epithelial carcinoma per histopathology is excluded. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  Relapsed or refractory DLBCL 
− Prior allogeneic stem-cell transplantation is excluded. 
− Must have received ≥ 1 prior treatment regimen. 
− Not a candidate for curative therapy or hematopoietic stem-cell transplantation (either due to 
disease burden, fitness, or preference). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 11 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
− Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
− Fluorodeoxyglucose-avid disease (based on local evaluation) per the Lugano Classification 
(Cheson et al 2014).  Fluorodeoxyglucose-avid disease is defined as disease with a 5-point scale 
score of 4 or 5. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  TNBC 
− Histologically confirmed breast adenocarcinoma that is unresectable loco-regional, or metastatic. 
− Pathologically confirmed as triple negative, source documented, defined as both of the 
following: 
o Estrogen receptor (ER) and progesterone receptor (PgR) negative:  < 1% of tumor cell nuclei 
are immunoreactive in the presence of evidence that the sample can express ER or PgR 
(positive intrinsic controls). 
o Human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) negative as per American Society of 
Clinical Oncology/College of American Pathologists guidelines i. immunohistochemistry 
(IHC) 0 or 1 fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) negative (or equivalent negative test).  
ii. Subjects with IHC 2 must have a negative by FISH (or equivalent negative test). 
− Subjects with breast cancer history of different phenotypes (ie, ER/PgR/HER2 positive) must 
have pathologic confirmation of triple negative disease in at least one of the current sites of 
metastasis 
− Subject must have received at least 1 prior systemic regimen for advanced or metastatic disease. 
− Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  RCC 
− 
Subjects with histological or cytological confirmation of clear cell RCC. 
− 
Not curable by surgery. 
− 
Subjects must have received prior antiangiogenic therapy or refused standard therapy. 
− 
Subjects must not have received prior immunotherapy with anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, or 
anti−CTLA-4 therapy. 
• Phase 2 expansion:  MSI high CRC   
− Subjects with histological confirmation of locally advanced unresectable or metastatic MSI high 
CRC. 
− Mismatch repair (MMR) or MSI status is, respectively, determined by examining either CRC 
tumor:  protein expression by immunohistochemistry of 4 MMR enzymes 
(MLH1/MSH2/MSH6/PMS2) OR 3 to 5 tumor microsatellite loci using polymerase chain 
reaction (PCR)-based assay.  Tumors are classified as MSI high when at least 2 allelic shifts 
among the 3 to 5 analyzed microsatellite markers are detected by PCR or absence of at least 1 of 
4 MMR protein expression is detected by IHC. 
− Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for advanced disease (if a 
subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, this would count as a prior 
line of therapy). 
• Phase 2 expansion:  Gastric Cancer 
− Must have histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of gastric or gastroesophageal 
junction adenocarcinoma. 
− Must have progression on or after therapy containing platinum/fluoropyrimidine or refused 
standard therapy. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 12 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
− Documentation of HER2/neu status.  Subjects who are HER2/neu-positive must be treated with 
a HER2/neu inhibitor, and subjects should have progressed on or be intolerant to the targeted 
therapy or refused standard therapy. 
− Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for the advanced disease (if a 
subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, this would count as a prior 
line of therapy). 
• Phase 2 expansion:  HCC 
− Must have histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of hepatocellular carcinoma. 
− Child-Pugh score of A. 
− Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for the advanced disease (If a 
subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, this would count as a prior 
line of therapy). 
− Must have progressed on, refused, or were intolerant of sorafenib. 
o Intolerant is defined as any Grade ≥ 2 drug-related AE that, despite supportive therapy, 
recurred after sorafenib treatment interruption of at least 7 days and dose reduction resulting in 
the subject requesting or the physician recommending discontinuation due to toxicity. 
− The following are excluded:  Subjects with liver transplants, clear invasion of the bile duct or 
main portal branch(es), or hepatorenal syndrome, or subjects who have required esophageal 
variceal ablation within 28 days of starting study treatment. 
− Subjects with controlled (treated) hepatitis B will be allowed if they meet the following criteria: 
o Antiviral therapy for hepatitis B virus (HBV) must be given for at least 12 weeks, and HBV 
viral load must be < 100 IU/mL before the first dose of study drug.  Subjects on active HBV 
therapy with viral loads < 100 IU/mL should stay on the same therapy throughout study 
treatment. 
o Subjects who are anti-HBc positive, negative for HbsAg, negative for anti-HBs, and have an 
HBV viral load < 100 IU/mL do not require HBV antiviral prophylaxis. 
− Subjects with history of hepatitis C virus (HCV) who have had successful treatment, defined as 
undetectable HCV RNA more than 12 weeks after treatment (these subjects may be HCV 
antibody positive, but will not have detectable RNA).  Also subjects with untreated HCV and 
those who failed treatment are permitted.  However, for those with untreated HCV and those 
who have failed treatment, HCV viral load will be monitored every cycle.  
− Blood pressure must be adequately controlled. 
• Fresh baseline tumor biopsies (defined as a biopsy specimen with adequate tumor tissue taken since 
completion of the most recent prior systemic regimen) are required.  If a subject has inaccessible 
lesions, such as in ovarian cancer, or highly vascular lesions, such as RCC, HCC, or gastric cancer, 
enrollment may be considered with medical monitor approval.  In this case, submission of archived 
tumor tissue may be acceptable. 
− Fresh formalin-fixed or formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tumor tissue blocks are preferred.  If a 
block is not available, a minimum 20 unstained freshly cut slides may be submitted to the testing 
laboratory per the specifications in the laboratory manual. 
• Women of childbearing potential and males who use adequate birth control through 120 days after 
the last dose of study treatment. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 13 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Key Exclusion Criteria: 
• Participated in any other study in which receipt of an investigational study drug or device occurred 
within 2 weeks or 5 half-lives (whichever is longer) before first dose.  For investigational agents with 
long half-lives (eg, > 5 days), enrollment before the fifth half-life requires medical monitor approval.  
• Diagnosis of immunodeficiency or is receiving systemic steroid or any other form of 
immunosuppressive therapy within 7 days before the first dose of study treatment. 
• Prior monoclonal antibody within 4 weeks or 5 half-lives (whichever is shorter) before study Day 1 
or not recovered (≤ Grade 1 or at baseline) from adverse events (AEs) due to agents administered 
more than 4 weeks earlier.  An exception to this rule would be use of denosumab. 
• Prior chemotherapy or targeted small molecule therapy within 2 weeks before study Day 1 or not 
recovered (≤ Grade 1 or at baseline) from AEs due to previously administered agents. 
− Note:  Subjects with ≤ Grade 2 neuropathy or alopecia are an exception and may enroll. 
− Note:  If subject received major surgery, he or she must have recovered adequately from the 
toxicity and/or complications from the intervention before starting therapy. 
• Prior therapy with an anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, anti−PD-L2, anti−CD137, or anti−CTLA-4 (including 
ipilimumab or any other antibody or drug specifically targeting T-cell costimulation or checkpoint 
pathways).  Exception:  Prior anti−CTLA-4 in the adjuvant setting for subjects with melanoma 
would be permitted. 
• Known additional malignancy that is progressing or requires active treatment.  Exceptions include 
basal cell carcinoma of the skin, squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, or in situ cervical cancer that 
has undergone potentially curative therapy. 
• Known active central nervous system (CNS) metastases and/or carcinomatous meningitis.  Subjects 
with previously treated brain metastases may participate provided they are stable (without evidence 
of progression by imaging for at least 4 weeks before the first dose of study treatment and any 
neurologic symptoms have returned to baseline), have no evidence of new or enlarging brain 
metastases, and have not required steroids for at least 7 days before study treatment. 
− Subjects with evidence of cerebral edema will be excluded from participation.  In addition, 
subjects will be excluded from participation in the study if it has been < 8 weeks since radiation 
therapy was delivered to the CNS. 
• Active autoimmune disease that has required systemic treatment in the past 2 years (ie, with use of 
disease-modifying agents, corticosteroids, or immunosuppressive drugs).  Replacement therapy 
(eg, thyroxine, insulin, or physiologic corticosteroid replacement therapy for adrenal or pituitary 
insufficiency, etc) is not considered a form of systemic treatment. 
• History of (noninfectious) pneumonitis that required steroids, or current pneumonitis. 
• Prior radiotherapy within 2 weeks of therapy (exception for radiation to CNS, which requires 
≥ 8-week washout).  Subjects must have recovered from all radiation-related toxicities, not require 
corticosteroids, and not have had radiation pneumonitis.  A 1-week washout is permitted for 
palliative radiation to non-CNS disease with medical monitor approval. 
• Active infection requiring systemic therapy. 
• Known HBV or HCV viremia or at risk for HBV reactivation.  Exception for subjects enrolled in the 
HCC cohort (see details in Section 3 under the HCC-specific inclusion/exclusion criteria). 
− HBV DNA and HCV RNA must be undetectable.   
− At risk for HBV reactivation is defined as:  hepatitis B surface antigen positive or anti−hepatitis B 
core antibody positive.  (Testing required and may be performed locally.).  Results for 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 14 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
anti-HBV/HCV antibodies must be available before treatment.  If negative, subjects may be 
enrolled before DNA/RNA results with medical monitor approval. 
• Pregnant or nursing women or subjects expecting to conceive or father children within the projected 
duration of the study, starting with the screening visit through 120 days after the last dose of study 
treatment. 
• Known history of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (HIV 1/2 antibodies). 
• Live attenuated vaccine within 30 days before the first dose of study treatment.  Examples of live 
vaccines include, but are not limited to, the following:  measles, mumps, rubella, chicken pox, 
yellow fever, rabies, Bacillus Calmette–Guérin, and typhoid vaccine.  Seasonal influenza vaccines 
for injection are generally killed virus vaccines and are allowed; however, intranasal influenza 
vaccines (eg, FluMist®) are live attenuated vaccines and are not allowed. 
• Monoamine oxidase inhibitors within the 21 days before screening or any concurrent use of a 
prohibited medication listed in Section 5.13. 
• Any history of serotonin syndrome after receiving 1 or more serotonergic drugs. 
• Presence of a gastrointestinal condition that may affect drug absorption. 
• History or current evidence of any condition, therapy, or laboratory abnormality that might confound 
the results of the study, interfere with the subject’s participation for the full duration of the study, or 
is not in the best interest of the subject to participate, in the opinion of the treating investigator. 
• Known psychiatric or substance abuse disorders that would interfere with cooperation with the 
requirements of the study. 
• Immediate family member (self, spouse, or child) who is investigational site or sponsor staff directly 
involved with this study, unless prospective institutional review board approval (by chair or 
designee) is given allowing exception to this criterion for a specific subject. 
• Known allergy or reaction to any component of either study drug or formulation components, 
including severe (≥ Grade 3) hypersensitivity to pembrolizumab and/or any of its excipients. 
• Subjects with HCC who meet the following criteria are excluded:  
− Has had esophageal or gastric variceal bleeding within the last 6 months.  All subjects will be 
screened for esophageal varices, unless such screening has been performed in the past 12 months 
before first dose of treatment.  If varices are present, they should be treated according to 
institutional standards before starting study treatment.  
− Portal vein invasion at the main portal (Vp4), inferior vena cava, or cardiac involvement of HCC 
based on imaging. 
− Has had clinically diagnosed hepatic encephalopathy in the last 6 months.  Subjects on rifaximin or 
lactulose to control their hepatic encephalopathy are not allowed. 
− Had a solid organ or hematologic transplant. 
− Has received locoregional therapy to liver (transcatheter chemoembolization, transcatheter 
embolization, hepatic arterial infusion, radiation, radioembolization, or ablation) within 4 weeks 
before the first dose of study drug.  Subject is not eligible if aforementioned treatments were 
administered between the last dose of sorafenib and first dose of study medication. 
− Has dual active HBV infection (HbsAg positive and/or detectable HBV DNA) and HCV infection 
(anti-HCV antibody positive and detectable HCV RNA) at study entry. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 15 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Study Schedule/Procedures:   
Subjects will have regularly scheduled study visits at the clinical site on Day 1 of every cycle (CXD1), 
where laboratory assessments, vital sign collection, and physical examinations will be performed.  
Assessments for ascites and for encephalopathy should be documented at each visit for subjects with 
HCC.  Liver function test monitoring will occur weekly during the first 6 weeks of study treatment 
during Phase 1 and then will be tested Q3W thereafter and in Phase 2 for subjects who remain on study 
treatment.  Assessment of tumor size (by magnetic resonance imaging or computed tomography scan) 
will be performed at screening or baseline (before beginning therapy, including baseline brain MRIs), 
every 9 weeks for 18 months, and then every 12 weeks thereafter until disease progression.  Note:  As 
of Amendment 10, tumor size assessments will be performed every 9 weeks for the first 2 assessments 
(Week 9 and Week 18) then every 12 weeks thereafter.  Disease progression is defined as progression 
confirmed by a second, consecutive assessment at least 4 weeks apart with the option for continuing 
treatment while awaiting radiologic confirmation of progression where feasible, and where subjects are 
clinically stable, defined as the following:  absence of signs and symptoms (including worsening of 
laboratory values) indicating disease progression, no decline in ECOG performance status, absence of 
rapid progression of disease, and absence of progressive tumors at critical anatomical sites (eg, cord 
compression) requiring urgent alternative medical intervention.  Subjects will be followed for up to 
90 days from last dose for safety and survival.  This follow-up may occur through a phone call, email, 
or visit by the subject or the subject’s caretaker. 
Tumor biopsies will be required at baseline for all subjects and optional any time after C1D14 or with 
confirmed response or progression in subjects with accessible tumors
 
 
 
.  Biopsy specimens obtained to evaluate 
toxicities will also be collected to evaluate target-related expression.  For subjects in the melanoma 
primary refractory and relapsed cohorts, a fresh tumor biopsy will be required during screening and on 
treatment.  On-treatment biopsy samples will be collected between Days 8 and 15 of Cycle 3 
(Study Days 50 and 57).  Note:  As of Amendment 10, no new subjects in the melanoma primary 
refractory and relapsed cohorts will be enrolled.  The preceding text is retained as it refers to ongoing 
subjects only. 
Primary Endpoints: 
• Phase 1:  Safety and tolerability will be assessed by monitoring frequency, duration, and severity of 
AEs, through physical examinations, by evaluating changes in vital signs and electrocardiograms, 
and through clinical laboratory blood and urine sample evaluations. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  ORR will be assessed based on irRECIST v1.1 criteria for select solid 
tumors and the Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
Secondary Endpoints (Phase 2): 
• Ordinal categorical response score, determined by radiographic disease assessments per 
irRECIST v1.1.  The 5-category ordinal response endpoint is determined at a given timepoint by 
classifying response into one of the following groups:  CR; very good response, defined as PR with 
percent reduction from baseline in tumor line length > 60%; minor response, defined as PR with 
percent reduction from baseline in tumor line length >30% to ≤ 60%; SD; and PD. 
• Duration of response determined by radiographic disease assessment defined as the time from 
earliest date of disease response until earliest date of disease progression.   
• Progression-free survival determined from treatment start date until first date for confirmed disease 
progression or death. 
• Duration of disease control (including CR, PR, and SD) measuring from treatment start date until the 
earliest date of disease progression for subjects whose best response is SD or better. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 16 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• Overall survival determined from the date of first dose until death due to any cause. 
• Safety and tolerability of the treatment regimens through assessment of AEs and changes in safety 
assessments including laboratory parameters. 
Planned Number of Subjects:  Overall study accrual will be approximately 508 subjects.  This 
includes approximately 62 subjects enrolled in the Phase 1 dose-escalation portion of the study, 
followed by approximately 446 for the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study depending on screen 
failure rate.  Additional subjects may be screened and potentially enrolled in each cohort to ensure a 
minimum number of subjects are enrolled.  Phase 2 cohorts may be closed before full enrollment, 
resulting in fewer than 446 subjects. 
Planned Number of Study Sites:  Approximately 6 sites for the Phase 1 dose-escalation portion, and 
approximately 30 sites for Phase 2. 
Principal Coordinating Investigator:  
, MD 
, 
, MD 
 
Estimated Study Duration:  54 months 
Estimated date first subject enrolled:  July 2014 (FPI) 
Estimated date last subject completed:  January 2019 (LPLV) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 17 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Statistical Methods:   
Phase 1 
Descriptive statistics (eg, mean, standard deviation, range) will be derived where appropriate.  Subject 
enrollment, disposition, demographics, and medical history will be summarized at baseline.  The rate 
of DLTs will be summarized for each cohort.  Dose exposure and density will be calculated for each 
cohort.  Safety and disease response data will be compared over time to assess change from baseline, 
during treatment, and follow-up. 
 
   
Phase 2 expansion cohorts 
During cohort expansion, approximately 18 to 42 subjects are expected to be enrolled in each of the 
14 expansion cohorts (NSCLC [2 cohorts], melanoma [3 cohorts], transitional cell carcinoma of the 
GU tract, TNBC, ovarian cancer, SCCHN, DLBCL, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, 
and HCC) and treated at the previously determined RP2D that is not to exceed the MTD.  Assuming a 
1-sided alpha of 5% and 10% lost to follow-up, the sample size yields a power of 80% to detect an 
increase in ORR by 20% from historical response rate of each tumor type.  The proportion of subjects 
with ORR by irRECIST v1.1 and Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) will be tabulated by tumor 
type (cohort).  The PFS and OS will be analyzed by the Kaplan-Meier method.  Descriptive statistics 
(eg, median and range) will be summarized for duration of response and duration of disease control for 
each tumor type. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 18 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
SYNOPSIS ......................................................................................................................................3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................26 
1. 
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................30 
1.1. 
Pharmaceutical and Therapeutic Background ............................................................30 
1.1.1. 
Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target for Cancer ..................................................................30 
1.1.2. 
Inhibition of Indoleamine 2,3–Dioxygenase as a Target for Cancer ..........................32 
1.1.3. 
Rationale for Studying Immunotherapy in Advanced or Metastatic Cancers ............33 
1.1.4. 
Combined Immune Checkpoint Inhibition .................................................................37 
1.1.5. 
Preclinical and Clinical Study Data ............................................................................40 
1.2. 
Study Rationale ...........................................................................................................40 
1.2.1. 
Rationale for Combining PD-1 Inhibitor and IDO1 Inhibitor in Advanced or 
Metastatic Cancers ......................................................................................................40 
1.3. 
Potential Risks and Benefits of the Treatment Regimen ............................................41 
 
41 
1.3.2. 
Risks From MK-3475 .................................................................................................42 
1.3.3. 
Risks for the Combination of INCB024360 and MK-3475........................................42 
1.4. 
Justification for Treatment Regimen ..........................................................................43 
1.4.1. 
Rationale for Fixed Dose of MK-3475 .......................................................................44 
1.4.2. 
Rationale for Phase 2 Dose Selection of INCB024360 ..............................................45 
1.5. 
Rationale for Endpoints ..............................................................................................47 
1.5.1. 
Efficacy Endpoints ......................................................................................................47 
2. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE ..................................................................48 
2.1. 
Primary Objectives .....................................................................................................48 
2.2. 
Secondary Objectives (Phase 2) .................................................................................48 
 
48 
3. 
SUBJECT ELIGIBILITY ...........................................................................................50 
3.1. 
Study Population .........................................................................................................50 
3.2. 
Subject Inclusion Criteria ...........................................................................................50 
3.3. 
Subject Exclusion Criteria ..........................................................................................57 
4. 
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN .....................................................................................60 
4.1. 
Overall Study Design ..................................................................................................60 
4.1.1. 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Design ................................................................................61 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 19 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
4.1.2. 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansions ........................................................................................62 
4.2. 
Study Endpoints ..........................................................................................................64 
4.2.1. 
Primary Endpoints ......................................................................................................64 
4.2.2. 
Secondary Endpoints – Phase 2 ..................................................................................64 
 
65 
4.3. 
Measures Taken to Avoid Bias ...................................................................................65 
4.4. 
Number of Subjects ....................................................................................................66 
4.5. 
Study Termination ......................................................................................................66 
5. 
TREATMENT OF SUBJECTS ..................................................................................67 
5.1. 
Administration of Study Drug ....................................................................................67 
5.1.1. 
INCB024360 ...............................................................................................................67 
5.1.2. 
MK-3475 .....................................................................................................................68 
5.1.2.1. 
Timing of Dose Administration of MK-3475 .............................................................68 
5.2. 
Treatment Compliance ................................................................................................68 
5.3. 
Randomization and Blinding ......................................................................................69 
5.4. 
Duration of Treatment and Subject Participation .......................................................69 
5.5. 
Rationale for Dose Modification ................................................................................69 
5.5.1. 
Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities for Phase 1 ...................................................69 
5.5.2. 
Procedures for Cohort Review and Dose Escalation in Phase 1 ................................70 
5.5.3. 
Procedures for Safety Review for Phase 2 Expansion Cohorts ..................................70 
5.5.4. 
Follow-Up for Dose-Limiting Toxicities ....................................................................70 
5.6. 
Dose Adjustment of Study Drugs ...............................................................................71 
5.6.1. 
Planned Dose Adjustments .........................................................................................71 
5.6.2. 
Criteria and Procedures for Interruption .....................................................................71 
5.6.3. 
Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events ......................73 
5.6.3.1. 
Procedures and Guidance for Infusion Reactions .......................................................82 
5.6.4. 
Treatment After Initial Evidence of Radiologic Evidence of Disease 
Progression .................................................................................................................83 
5.6.5. 
Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Serotonin Syndrome ..........................................84 
5.7. 
Diet, Activity, and Other Considerations ...................................................................85 
5.7.1. 
Diet .............................................................................................................................85 
5.7.2. 
Contraception ..............................................................................................................85 
5.7.3. 
Use in Nursing Women ..............................................................................................85 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 20 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.8. 
Criteria for Permanent Discontinuation of Study Drug ..............................................85 
5.8.1. 
Discontinuation of MK-3475 Treatment After Complete Response ..........................86 
5.9. 
Study Completion .......................................................................................................87 
5.9.1. 
Study Completion Criteria ..........................................................................................87 
5.9.2. 
Withdrawal Procedures ...............................................................................................87 
5.10. 
Beginning and End of the Study .................................................................................88 
5.11. 
Concomitant Medications and Measures ....................................................................88 
5.11.1. 
Acceptable Concomitant Medications ........................................................................88 
5.11.1.1. 
Antiviral Therapies .....................................................................................................88 
5.12. 
Restricted Medications and Measures ........................................................................89 
5.13. 
Prohibited Medications and Measures ........................................................................89 
5.13.1. 
Supportive Care Guidelines ........................................................................................90 
6. 
STUDY ASSESSMENTS ..........................................................................................91 
6.1. 
Screening Period .........................................................................................................97 
6.2. 
Treatment Period ........................................................................................................97 
6.2.1. 
Second Course Period (Re-Treatment Period) ...........................................................97 
6.3. 
End of Treatment ........................................................................................................98 
6.4. 
Follow-Up Period .......................................................................................................99 
6.4.1. 
Safety Follow-Up ........................................................................................................99 
6.4.2. 
Follow-Up ...................................................................................................................99 
6.4.3. 
Survival Follow-Up ....................................................................................................99 
6.5. 
Unscheduled Visits ...................................................................................................100 
6.6. 
Early Termination .....................................................................................................100 
7. 
CONDUCT OF STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES .........................100 
7.1. 
Study Procedures ......................................................................................................100 
7.2. 
Administration of Informed Consent Form ..............................................................100 
7.3. 
Interactive Response Technology Procedure ............................................................100 
7.4. 
Demography and History ..........................................................................................100 
7.4.1. 
Demographics and Medical History .........................................................................100 
7.4.2. 
Tumor-Specific History ............................................................................................101 
7.4.2.1. 
Esophagogastroduodenoscopy ..................................................................................101 
7.4.3. 
PD-L1 Testing (Phase 2 NSCLC Cohorts Only) ......................................................101 
7.4.4. 
Prior Medications ......................................................................................................101 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 21 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
7.4.5. 
Concomitant Medications .........................................................................................101 
7.4.6. 
Poststudy Anticancer Therapy Status .......................................................................101 
7.5. 
Safety Assessments ...................................................................................................102 
7.5.1. 
Adverse Events .........................................................................................................102 
7.5.2. 
Comprehensive Physical Examination .....................................................................102 
7.5.3. 
Targeted Physical Examination ................................................................................102 
7.5.4. 
Assessment of Serotonin Syndrome Symptoms .......................................................103 
7.5.5. 
Vital Signs ................................................................................................................103 
7.5.6. 
Twelve-Lead Electrocardiograms .............................................................................103 
7.5.7. 
Laboratory Assessments ...........................................................................................103 
7.5.7.1. 
Hematology, Coagulation Panel, Serology, and Endocrine Function Testing .........104 
7.5.7.2. 
Urinalysis ..................................................................................................................104 
7.5.7.3. 
Serum Chemistry and Liver Function Tests .............................................................104 
7.5.7.4. 
Pregnancy Testing ....................................................................................................104 
7.5.7.5. 
Laboratory Assessments for Subjects With Hepatocellular Carcinoma ...................104 
7.6. 
Efficacy Assessments ...............................................................................................105 
7.6.1. 
Initial Tumor Imaging ...............................................................................................105 
7.6.2. 
Tumor Imaging During the Study.............................................................................105 
7.6.3. 
Assessment of Disease ..............................................................................................106 
7.6.3.1. 
Assessment of Disease According to Modified RECIST v1.1 for Solid 
Tumors ......................................................................................................................106 
7.6.4. 
Assessment of Response for DLBCL by the Lugano Classification ........................107 
7.6.4.1. 
Bone Marrow Examination .......................................................................................110 
7.6.5. 
Tumor Markers .........................................................................................................110 
7.6.5.1. 
CA 125 Monitoring (Ovarian Cancer Only) .............................................................110 
7.6.5.2. 
CA19-9  and CEA Monitoring (Gastric Cancer Only) .............................................110 
7.6.5.3. 
Alpha Fetoprotein Tumor Marker (HCC Only) ........................................................110 
7.6.5.4. 
Assessments for Ascites and Encephalopathy (HCC Only) .....................................110 
7.6.6. 
Tumor Biopsy ...........................................................................................................110 
7.6.6.1. 
Tumor Biopsy in the Phase 2 Melanoma Primary Refractory and Relapsed 
Cohorts ......................................................................................................................111 
7.7. 
Performance and Quality of Life Assessments .........................................................111 
7.7.1. 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status ......................................111 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 22 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
112 
 
112 
 
113 
 
113 
 
113 
 
113 
 
114 
 
114 
7.10. 
Other Study Procedures ............................................................................................115 
7.10.1. 
Study Compliance (Medication, Diet, Activity, Other) ............................................115 
7.10.2. 
Administration of MK-3475 and Compliance ..........................................................115 
7.10.3. 
Administration of INCB024360 and Compliance ....................................................115 
7.10.4. 
Dispensing of INCB024360 .....................................................................................115 
7.10.5. 
Distribution of Subject Reminder Cards and Diaries ...............................................115 
7.10.6. 
Withdrawal or Discontinuation .................................................................................115 
8. 
SAFETY MONITORING AND REPORTING .......................................................116 
8.1. 
Adverse Events .........................................................................................................116 
8.1.1. 
Definitions and Reporting .........................................................................................116 
8.2. 
Laboratory Test Abnormalities .................................................................................117 
8.2.1. 
Definitions and Reporting .........................................................................................117 
8.3. 
Serious Adverse Events ............................................................................................118 
8.3.1. 
Definitions ................................................................................................................118 
8.3.2. 
Reporting ..................................................................................................................118 
8.4. 
Emergency Unblinding of Treatment Assignment ...................................................119 
8.5. 
Pregnancy .................................................................................................................120 
8.6. 
Definition of an Overdose for This Protocol and Reporting of Overdose to 
the Sponsor ...............................................................................................................120 
8.7. 
Warnings and Precautions ........................................................................................121 
8.8. 
Data Monitoring Committee .....................................................................................121 
8.9. 
Events of Clinical Interest ........................................................................................121 
8.10. 
Product Complaints ..................................................................................................122 
9. 
STATISTICS ............................................................................................................123 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 23 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9.1. 
Study Populations .....................................................................................................123 
9.2. 
Selection of Sample Size ..........................................................................................123 
9.2.1. 
Sample Size for the Phase 1 Portion of the Study ....................................................123 
9.2.2. 
Sample Size for the Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the Study ..................................123 
9.3. 
Level of Significance ................................................................................................124 
9.4. 
Statistical Analyses ...................................................................................................124 
9.4.1. 
Primary Analyses ......................................................................................................124 
9.4.2. 
Secondary Analyses ..................................................................................................124 
9.4.3. 
Safety Analyses ........................................................................................................125 
9.5. 
Data Monitoring Committee .....................................................................................126 
9.6. 
Interim Safety Analyses ............................................................................................126 
10. 
STUDY DRUG MATERIALS AND MANAGEMENT .........................................127 
10.1. 
Investigational Products Description ........................................................................127 
10.1.1. 
Packaging, Labeling, and Preparation of Study Drug ..............................................127 
10.1.1.1. 
INCB024360 .............................................................................................................127 
10.1.1.2. 
MK-3475 ...................................................................................................................127 
10.1.2. 
Storage and Stability of Study Drugs .......................................................................127 
10.1.2.1. 
INCB024360 .............................................................................................................127 
10.1.2.2. 
MK-3475 ...................................................................................................................127 
10.2. 
Accountability, Handling, and Disposal of INCB024360 and MK-3475 ................127 
11. 
STUDY ADMINISTRATION .................................................................................129 
11.1. 
Data Management .....................................................................................................129 
11.1.1. 
Data Collection .........................................................................................................129 
11.1.2. 
Data Management .....................................................................................................129 
11.2. 
Study Monitoring ......................................................................................................129 
11.3. 
Protocol Adherence ..................................................................................................130 
11.4. 
Financial Disclosure .................................................................................................130 
11.5. 
Compliance with Study Registration and Results Posting Requirements ................131 
12. 
QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................131 
12.1. 
Sponsor Audits..........................................................................................................131 
12.2. 
Inspection by Regulatory Authorities .......................................................................131 
13. 
ETHICS ....................................................................................................................132 
13.1. 
Ethical Conduct of the Study ....................................................................................132 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 24 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
13.2. 
Written Informed Consent ........................................................................................132 
13.3. 
Ethics Review ...........................................................................................................132 
13.4. 
Data Privacy ..............................................................................................................133 
14. 
DATA HANDLING AND RECORDKEEPING .....................................................134 
14.1. 
Inspection of Records ...............................................................................................134 
14.2. 
Retention of Records ................................................................................................134 
14.3. 
Confidentiality ..........................................................................................................134 
15. 
PUBLICATION POLICY ........................................................................................135 
16. 
REFERENCES .........................................................................................................136 
APPENDIX A. INFORMATION REGARDING EFFECTIVENESS OF 
CONTRACEPTIVE METHODS .............................................................................141 
142 
APPENDIX C. EASTERN COOPERATIVE ONCOLOGY GROUP 
PERFORMANCE STATUS .....................................................................................143 
APPENDIX D. PROHIBITED MONOAMINE OXIDASE INHIBITORS AND 
DRUGS ASSOCIATED WITH SIGNIFICANT MONOAMINE OXIDASE 
INHIBITORY ACTIVITY .......................................................................................144 
APPENDIX E. COMMON TERMINOLOGY CRITERIA FOR ADVERSE EVENTS 
V4.0 145 
APPENDIX F. RESPONSE EVALUATION CRITERIA IN SOLID TUMORS 
(RECIST) V1.1 .........................................................................................................146 
APPENDIX G. RESPONSE CRITERIA FOR DIFFUSE LARGE B-CELL 
LYMPHOMA ...........................................................................................................147 
APPENDIX H. PUBLICATION ON SEROTONIN SYNDROME .........................................148 
APPENDIX I. CHILD-PUGH SCORE ....................................................................................157 
APPENDIX J. GUIDANCE FOR DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF HEPATIC 
EVENTS IN SUBJECTS WITH HCC .....................................................................158 
APPENDIX K. PROTOCOL AMENDMENT SUMMARY OF CHANGES .........................163 
 
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 1: 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Schema for Daily INCB024360 in Combination 
With MK-3475 Once Every 3 Weeks .........................................................................62 
Table 2: 
Phase 1 Safety Expansion for Daily INCB024360 in Combination With 
MK-3475 Once Every 3 Weeks ..................................................................................62 
Table 3: 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansions ........................................................................................63 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 25 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 4: 
Dosage and Mode of Administration for MK-3475 ...................................................68 
Table 5: 
Criteria for Defining Dose-Limiting Toxicities ..........................................................70 
Table 6: 
Dose Modification Guidelines for Drug-Related Adverse Events .............................72 
Table 7: 
Dose Modifications for INCB024360 (Epacadostat) .................................................73 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-
Related Adverse Events ..............................................................................................74 
Table 9: 
Infusion Reaction Treatment Guidelines ....................................................................82 
Table 10: Imaging and Treatment After First Radiologic Evidence of Progressive 
Disease ........................................................................................................................84 
Table 11: Warfarin Dose Adjustment Recommendation When Initiating Concurrent 
INCB024360 (Epacadostat) Treatment ......................................................................89 
Table 12: Schedule of Assessments ............................................................................................92 
Table 13: Laboratory Assessments .............................................................................................94 
Table 14: Laboratory Tests:  Required Analytes ........................................................................96 
Table 15: Serotonin Syndrome Symptoms ...............................................................................103 
Table 16: Imaging and Treatment After First Radiographic Evidence of Progressive 
Disease ......................................................................................................................107 
Table 17: Revised Criteria for Response Assessment (Lugano Classification) .......................108 
 
 
112 
 
 
112 
 
113 
Table 21: Sample Size Calculation for Each Cohort:  Comparing to a Known 
Proportion .................................................................................................................124 
Table 22: Probability of Early Termination for Various Safety Event Rates ...........................126 
Table 23: MK-3475 Product Descriptions ................................................................................127 
 
LIST OF FIGURES 
Figure 1: 
Study Design ...............................................................................................................64 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 26 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
The following abbreviations and special terms are used in this clinical study Protocol. 
Term 
Explanation 
AE 
adverse event 
AFP 
alpha fetoprotein 
AHSCT 
autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplant 
ALK 
anaplastic lymphoma kinase 
ALT 
alanine aminotransferase 
aPTT 
activated partial thromboplastin time 
AST 
aspartate aminotransferase 
ALP 
alkaline phosphatase 
ANOVA 
analysis of variance 
BCG 
Bacillus Calmette–Guérin vaccine 
BID 
twice daily 
BMI 
body mass index 
CA19-9 
cancer antigen 19-9 
CEA 
carcinoembryonic antigen 
CFR 
Code of Federal Regulations 
CI 
confidence interval 
CNS 
central nervous system 
CP 
Child-Pugh (score) 
CR 
complete response 
CRC 
colorectal cancer 
eCRF 
electronic case report form  
CT 
computed tomography 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
CTLA-4 
cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated antigen-4  
DC 
dendritic cell 
DLBCL 
diffuse large B-cell lymphoma 
DLCO 
diffuse lung capacity for carbon monoxide 
DLT 
dose-limiting toxicity 
EBV 
Epstein-Barr virus 
ECG 
electrocardiogram 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 27 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Term 
Explanation 
ECI 
event of clinical interest 
ECOG 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
EGFR 
epidermal growth factor receptor 
EOT 
end of treatment 
ER 
estrogen receptor 
FDA 
Food and Drug Administration 
FDG 
fluorodeoxyglucose 
FIGO 
International Federation of Gynecology and Obstetrics  
FISH 
fluorescence in situ hybridization 
GCP 
Good Clinical Practice 
GLP 
Good Laboratory Practices 
GU 
genitourinary 
HBc 
hepatitis B core antibody 
HbeAg 
hepatitis Be antigen 
HBs 
hepatitis B surface antibody 
HbsAg 
hepatitis B virus surface antigen 
HBV 
hepatitis B virus 
HCV 
hepatitis C virus 
HCC 
hepatocellular carcinoma 
HER2 
human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 
HIPAA 
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 
HIV 
human immunodeficiency virus 
HPV 
human papillomavirus  
IC50 
half maximal inhibitory concentration 
iIB 
INCB024360 Investigator’s Brochure 
ICF 
informed consent form  
ICH 
International Conference on Harmonisation 
IDO1 
indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase-1 
IEC 
independent ethics committee 
Ig 
immunoglobulin 
IHC 
immunohistochemistry 
IN 
Investigator Notification 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 28 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Term 
Explanation 
INR 
international normalized ratio 
irAE 
immune-related adverse event 
irRC 
immune response criteria 
irRECIST 
modified Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors 
IRB 
institutional review board 
IRT 
interactive response technology 
ITT 
intent to treat 
IV 
intravenous 
LFT 
liver function (chemistry) test 
LH 
luteinizing hormone 
MAOI 
monoamine oxidase inhibitors 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
mIB 
MK-3475 Investigator’s Brochure 
MMR 
mismatch repair 
MRI 
magnetic resonance imaging 
MSI 
microsatellite-instability 
MSKCC 
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center (score) 
MTD 
maximum tolerated dose 
NSAID 
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug 
NSCLC 
non−small cell lung cancer 
ORR 
objective response rate 
OS 
overall survival 
PAD 
pharmacologically active dose 
PCR 
polymerase chain reaction 
PD 
 progressive disease 
PD-1 
programmed death receptor 1  
PD-L1 
programmed death ligand 1 
PET 
positron emission tomography 
PFS 
progression-free survival 
PgR 
progesterone receptor 
PR 
partial response 
PK 
pharmacokinetic 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 29 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Term 
Explanation 
PT 
prothrombin time 
Q2W 
every 2 weeks 
Q3W 
every 3 weeks 
RCC 
renal cell carcinoma 
RECIST v1.1 
Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors Version 1.1 
RP2D 
recommended Phase 2 dose 
SAE 
serious adverse event 
SCCHN 
squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck 
SD 
stable disease 
SNRI 
serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors 
SS 
serotonin syndrome 
SSRI 
serotonin reuptake inhibitors 
SUSAR 
suspected unexpected serious adverse reaction 
T1DM 
Type 1 diabetes mellitus 
TNBC 
triple negative breast cancer 
TPS 
tumor proportion score 
Treg 
regulatory T cell 
ULN 
upper limit of normal  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 30 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
1. 
INTRODUCTION 
INCB 24360-202 is a Phase 1/2 study of INCB024360 (epacadostat) administered in 
combination with MK-3475 (Keytruda®, pembrolizumab).  Phase 1 will be open-label and will 
include subjects with  non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), melanoma, transitional carcinoma of 
the genitourinary (GU) tract, renal cell carcinoma, (RCC) triple negative breast cancer (TNBC), 
adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck 
(SCCHN), and Phase 2 will include open-label expansion cohorts including subjects with 
NSCLC, melanoma, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, 
RCC, microsatellite-instability (MSI) high colorectal cancer (CRC), diffuse large B-cell 
lymphoma (DLBCL), gastric cancer, and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC).  INCB024360 
represents a novel, potent, and selective inhibitor of the enzyme indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase-1 
(IDO1) in both human tumor cells and human dendritic cells (DCs).  MK-3475 is a potent and 
highly selective humanized monoclonal antibody of the immunoglobulin (Ig)G4/kappa isotype 
directed against programmed death receptor 1 (PD-1).  For a thorough discussion of the 
pharmacology of MK-3475 and INCB024360, refer to the INCB024360 Investigator’s Brochure 
(iIB) and the MK-3475 Investigator’s Brochure (mIB).   
1.1. 
Pharmaceutical and Therapeutic Background 
The importance of intact immune surveillance in controlling outgrowth of neoplastic 
transformation has been known for decades (Disis 2010).  The inability of the immune system to 
control tumor growth does not appear to result from an inability to recognize the tumor as 
foreign.  Tumor cells have been shown to evade immune destruction despite displaying 
recognizable antigens on their surface and despite the presence of high avidity T cells that are 
specific for these antigens (Boon and Van der Bruggen 1996, Ercolini et al 2005).  Histologic 
evaluation of many human cancers show extensive infiltration by inflammatory and immune 
cells (Galon et al 2006), suggesting that the immune system responds less effectively to 
malignancy.  These observations have led to the hypothesis that dominant mechanisms of 
immune tolerance or immune suppression are responsible for the immune system’s inability to 
effectively respond in a way that consistently results in rejection. 
There are a number of inhibitory mechanisms that have been identified to be involved in 
tumor-mediated immune suppression and include expression of the programmed death ligand 1 
(PD-L1), which can engage the inhibitory receptor PD-1 on activated T cells; the presence of the 
tryptophan-catabolizing enzyme IDO1, which exploits the exquisite sensitivity of T cells to 
tryptophan depletion and tryptophan metabolites; and infiltration with FoxP3+ regulatory T cells 
(Treg), which can mediate extrinsic suppression of effector T-cell function. Therefore, agents 
that target these negative regulatory pathways and thereby allow the expansion of effector T cells 
present in the tumor may be beneficial in the clinic. 
1.1.1. 
Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target for Cancer 
The PD-1 receptor-ligand interaction is a major pathway stimulated by tumors to suppress 
immune control.  The normal function of PD-1, expressed on the cell surface of activated T cells 
under healthy conditions, is to down-modulate unwanted or excessive immune responses, 
including autoimmune reactions.  PD-1 (encoded by the gene Pdcd1) is an immunoglobulin (Ig) 
superfamily member related to CD28 and cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated antigen-4 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 31 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
(CTLA-4), which has been shown to negatively regulate antigen receptor signaling upon 
engagement of its ligands (PD-L1 and/or PD-L2) (Talmadge et al 2007, Usubütün et al 1998).  
The mechanism by which PD-1 down modulates T-cell responses is similar to but distinct from 
that of CTLA-4, as both molecules regulate an overlapping set of signaling proteins 
(Hiraoka 2010, Nobili et al 2008).  PD-1 has been shown to be expressed on activated 
lymphocytes including peripheral CD4+ and CD8+ T-cells, B-cells, Tregs, and natural killer 
cells (Hodi and Dranoff 2010, Kloor 2009).  Expression has also been shown during thymic 
development on CD4-CD8- (double negative) T cells as well as subsets of macrophages and 
dendritic cells (Hillen et al 2008).  The ligands for PD-1 (PD-L1 and PD-L2) are constitutively 
expressed or can be induced in a variety of cell types, including nonhematopoietic tissues as well 
as in various tumors (Lee et al 2008, Leffers et al 2009, Nishimura et al 2000, Hiraoka 2010).  
Binding of either PD-1 ligand to PD-1 inhibits T-cell activation triggered through the T-cell 
receptor.  PD-L1 is expressed at low levels on various nonhematopoietic tissues, most notably on 
vascular endothelium, whereas PD-L2 protein is only detectably expressed on antigen-presenting 
cells found in lymphoid tissue or chronic inflammatory environments.  PD-L2 is thought to 
control immune T-cell activation in lymphoid organs, whereas PD-L1 serves to dampen 
unwarranted T-cell function in peripheral tissues (Hiraoka 2010).  Although healthy organs 
express little (if any) PD-L1, a variety of cancers were demonstrated to express abundant levels 
of this T-cell inhibitor.  PD-1 has been suggested to regulate tumor-specific T-cell expansion in 
subjects with melanoma (Liotta et al 2010).  This suggests that the PD-1/PD-L1 pathway plays a 
critical role in tumor immune evasion and should be considered as an attractive target for 
therapeutic intervention. 
MK-3475 (pembrolizumab [Keytruda (US)]), a humanized monoclonal antibody against the 
PD-1 protein, has been developed by Merck & Co for the treatment of patients with cancer.  
Pembrolizumab is approved for treatment of patients with melanoma in several countries; in the 
US and EU it is approved for the treatment of patients with advanced (unresectable or metastatic) 
melanoma in adults.  Pembrolizumab has also been approved for treatment of patients with 
NSCLC in several countries; in the US it is indicated for the treatment of patients with metastatic 
NSCLC whose tumors express PD-L1 as determined by an FDA-approved test and who have 
disease progression on or after platinum-containing chemotherapy.  Patients with NSCLC and 
epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) or anaplastic lymphoma kinase (ALK) genomic tumor 
aberrations should also have disease progression on FDA-approved therapy for these aberrations 
before to receiving pembrolizumab.  Pembrolizumab has also been approved in combination 
with pemetrexed and carboplatin as first-line treatment of patients with metastatic nonsquamous 
NSCLC.  This indication is approved under accelerated approval based on tumor response rate 
and progression-free survival (PFS).  Pembrolizumab has most recently been approved as 
therapy for patients with recurrent or metastatic SCCHN and classical Hodgkin lymphoma.  For 
SCCHN, it was approved specifically for patients with SCCHN with disease progression on or 
after platinum-containing chemotherapy.  This indication is approved under accelerated approval 
based on tumor response rate and durability of response.  Continued approval for this indication 
may be contingent upon verification and description of clinical benefit in the confirmatory trials.  
For Hodgkin lymphoma it has been approved for the treatment of adult and pediatric patients 
with refractory classical Hodgkin lymphoma, or who have relapsed after 3 or more prior lines of 
therapy.  This indication is also approved under accelerated approval based on tumor response 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 32 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
rate and durability of response.  Continued approval for this indication may be contingent upon 
verification and description of clinical benefit in the confirmatory trials. 
1.1.2. 
Inhibition of Indoleamine 2,3–Dioxygenase as a Target for Cancer 
Recent interest has focused on the role of indoleamine 2,3–dioxygenase (IDO1) as a mechanism 
of induction of tolerance to malignancy (Godin-Ethier et al 2011).  IDO1 is a heme-containing, 
monomeric oxidoreductase that catalyzes the degradation of the essential amino acid tryptophan 
to N-formyl-kynurenine.  Kynurenine can be subsequently metabolized through a series of 
enzymatic steps to nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide.  IDO1 is the first rate-limiting enzyme in 
one of the breakdown pathways of tryptophan.  In another pathway, tryptophan hydroxylase 
catalysis of tryptophan leads to the formation of serotonin and melatonin.   
The expression and activity profiles of IDO1 are distinct from those of tryptophan dioxygenase, 
an enzyme predominantly expressed in liver that catalyzes the same enzymatic reaction as IDO1 
and maintains proper tryptophan balance in response to dietary uptake.  In contrast to tryptophan 
dioxygenase, IDO1 is expressed in a variety of tissues, with particularly high levels found in 
areas of contact with potential sources of immune challenge (eg, gut, respiratory tract, placenta, 
spleen), consistent with a role for regulating tryptophan metabolism in a local microenvironment 
(Mellor and Munn 2004).  Within the immune system, IDO1 activity is specifically induced in 
cells such as DCs and macrophages at localized sites of inflammation (Munn and Mellor 2007).   
IDO1 driven oxidation of tryptophan results in a strong inhibitory effect on the development of 
T-cell−mediated responses by blocking T-cell activation and inducing T-cell apoptosis 
(Mellor et al 2003).  Both the reduction in local tryptophan levels and the production of 
tryptophan catabolites that are inhibitory to cell proliferation contribute to the 
immunosuppressive effects (Frumento et al 2002).  IDO1 activity also promotes the 
differentiation of I T cells to cells with a regulatory phenotype (Treg) (Fallarino et al 2006).  
Since increased Treg activity has been shown to promote tumor growth and Treg depletion has 
been shown to allow an otherwise ineffectual antitumor immune response to occur (Zou 2006), 
IDO1 expansion of Tregs may provide an additional mechanism whereby IDO1 could promote 
an immunosuppressive environment. 
The biological relevance of IDO1 inhibition to immune tolerance was first demonstrated when it 
was shown that treating mice with a small molecule inhibitor of the IDO1 pathway, 1-methyl-
tryptophan, could break the tolerogenic state that protects allogeneic concepti from the maternal 
immune system (Munn et al 1998).  A critical role for IDO1 in immunomodulation has been 
confirmed in numerous animal models, including models of allograft tolerance, inflammation, 
and cancer (Mellor and Munn 2004).  While IDO1 inhibition can exacerbate disease in models of 
autoimmune disorders (Mellor and Munn 2004), IDO1 null mice show no evidence of 
susceptibility to developing spontaneous autoimmunity or alterations in immune system 
development (Mellor et al 2003), suggesting that IDO1 inhibition, in a therapeutic setting, may 
produce minimal side effects in subjects without pre-existing autoimmune conditions. 
Within the context of cancer, there are several lines of evidence to suggest that IDO1 is a key 
regulator of the immunosuppressive mechanisms responsible for tumor escape from immune 
surveillance.  Several groups have demonstrated that blockade of IDO1 activity can directly 
influence the ability of tumor-bearing animals to reject tumors (Uyttenhove et al 2003, 
Muller et al 2005).  In addition, studies with 1-methyl-tryptophan, demonstrate that IDO1 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 33 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
inhibition dramatically increases the efficacy of various chemotherapeutic agents (eg, platinum 
compounds, taxane derivatives, cyclophosphamide) without increased toxicity 
(Muller et al 2005).  Although the specific mechanisms responsible for this potentiation remain 
to be fully elucidated, the effects were not observed in T-cell−deficient animals, suggesting that 
the results may be the consequence of the disablement of immunosuppressive mechanisms that 
exist within the tumor microenvironment. 
Based on studies examining serum levels of tryptophan and kynurenine, IDO1 appears to be 
chronically activated in subjects with cancer, and IDO1 activation correlates with more extensive 
disease (Huang et al 2010, Weinlich et al 2007).  IDO1 has subsequently been found to be 
overexpressed by a wide variety of human tumor cell types as well as by the DCs that localize to 
the tumor draining lymph nodes (Uyttenhove et al 2003, Munn et al 2004).  Increased expression 
of IDO1 in tumor cells has been shown to be an independent prognostic variable for reduced 
overall survival (OS) in subjects with melanoma, ovarian, colorectal, and pancreatic cancers 
(Okamoto et al 2005, Brandacher et al 2006, Ino et al 2006, Nakamura et al 2007, 
Witkiewicz et al 2008, Hamid et al 2009). 
Together, these results suggest that the IDO1 pathway is a key regulatory element responsible for 
the induction and maintenance of tumor immune tolerance.  Small molecule inhibitors of IDO1 
may provide an innovative and tractable method to treat advanced malignancies either alone or in 
combination with chemotherapeutics and/or immunotherapy-based strategies. 
1.1.3. 
Rationale for Studying Immunotherapy in Advanced or Metastatic Cancers 
Cancer immunotherapies have recently have been approved by the US FDA in several tumor 
indications to date, such as melanoma and NSCLC.  The efficacy of MK-3475 was investigated 
in a multicenter, open-label, randomized (1:1), dose study in subjects with unresectable or 
metastatic melanoma with progression of disease; refractory to 2 or more doses of ipilimumab 
(3 mg/kg or higher) and, if BRAF V600 mutation-positive, a BRAF or MEK inhibitor; and 
disease progression within 24 weeks following the last dose of ipilimumab.  There were 
173 subjects enrolled and the objective response rate (ORR) was 24%, with 8 subjects with 
ongoing responses of 6 months or longer.  There were also objective responses in subjects with 
and without BRAF V600 mutation-positive melanoma (Pembrolizumab 2017).  Similarly, 
nivolumab demonstrated activity when given alone in subjects with progression of disease on or 
following ipilimumab treatment and, if BRAF V600 mutation-positive, a BRAF inhibitor.  The 
study enrolled 120 subjects and the ORR was 32%, with 13 subjects with ongoing responses of 
6 months or longer.  There were also objective responses in subjects with and without 
BRAF V600 mutation-positive melanoma (Nivolumab 2017).  More recently, nivolumab was 
tested in previously untreated melanoma without BRAF mutation, which similarly showed good 
response rates and improvement in OS when compared to dacarbazine.  At 1 year, the overall 
rate of survival was 72.9% (95% confidence interval [CI], 65.5 to 78.9) in the nivolumab group, 
as compared with 42.1% (95% CI, 33.0 to 50.9) in the dacarbazine group (hazard ratio for death, 
0.42; 99.79% CI, 0.25 to 0.73; p < 0.001).  The ORR was 40.0% (95% CI, 33.3 to 47.0) in the 
nivolumab group versus 13.9% (95% CI, 9.5 to 19.4) in the dacarbazine group (odds ratio, 4.06; 
p < 0.001) (Robert et al 2015a). 
Nivolumab was also recently approved as a single agent for the treatment of subjects with 
metastatic squamous NSCLC with progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy based 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 34 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
on demonstration of superior overall survival versus docetaxel, with 41% reduction in risk of 
death in a prespecified interim analysis of a Phase 3 clinical study.  The median OS was 
9.2 months in the nivolumab group and 6 months in the docetaxel group (Opdivo 2017). 
In addition, on 02 OCT 2015 pembrolizumab was granted accelerated approval for the treatment 
of patients with metastatic NSCLC whose tumors express PD-L1 as determined by an 
FDA-approved test, with disease progression on or after platinum-containing chemotherapy.  
Approval was based on demonstration of a durable ORR in an activity-estimating subgroup 
within a study by Merck & Co. (Trial P001).  This prospectively identified and retrospectively 
analyzed subgroup included 61 patients with NSCLC, PD-L1 expression tumor proportion score 
(TPS) of ≥ 50% tumor cells, and disease progression on or after platinum-containing 
chemotherapy, and, if appropriate, targeted therapy for anaplastic lymphoma kinase or epidermal 
growth factor receptor mutations.  The ORR for the 61 patients was 41.0% (95% CI:  28.6%, 
54.3%).  The median response duration was not yet reached at the analysis time.  Safety data 
were evaluated in 550 patients with NSCLC receiving at least 1 dose of pembrolizumab 
10 mg/kg every 2 or every 3 weeks, or 2 mg/kg every 3 weeks.  The most common (≥ 20%) 
adverse reactions included fatigue, decreased appetite, dyspnea, and cough.  The most frequent 
(≥ 2%) serious adverse drug reactions were pleural effusion, pneumonia, dyspnea, pulmonary 
embolism, and pneumonitis.  Clinically significant immune-mediated adverse reactions included 
pneumonitis, colitis, hypophysitis, and thyroid disorders.  An FDA-approved companion 
diagnostic, PD-L1 IHC 22C3 pharmDx, to determine PD-L1 expression is now available 
(Pembrolizumab 2017). 
This approval of pembrolizumab in NSCLC was followed 1 week later on 09 OCT 2015 with the 
approval of nivolumab for the treatment of patients with metastatic NSCLC with progression on 
or after platinum-based chemotherapy.  This approval was based on demonstration of an 
improvement in OS comparing nivolumab to docetaxel in patients with metastatic nonsquamous 
NSCLC with progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy.  The study demonstrated 
improvement in OS with a hazard ratio of 0.73 (95% CI:  0.60, 0.89; p < 0.002).  The median OS 
was 12.2 months in patients treated with nivolumab and 9.4 months in patients treated with 
docetaxel.  The study also demonstrated a significant improvement in ORR (19% vs 12%) in the 
nivolumab and docetaxel groups, respectively; the median response duration was 17 months in 
the nivolumab group and 6 months in the docetaxel group.  There was no significant difference 
in PFS. 
On 24 OCT 2016, the FDA approved pembrolizumab for the treatment of patients with 
metastatic NSCLC whose tumors express PD-L1 as determined by an FDA-approved test for 
first-line treatment of lung cancer.  This approval also expands the indication in second-line 
treatment of lung cancer to include all patients with PD-L1-expressing NSCLC 
(Pembrolizumab 2017). 
First-line data in advanced or metastatic melanoma with pembrolizumab versus ipilimumab was 
recently presently at the annual meeting of the American Association for Cancer Research, with 
an estimated 46.4% 6-month PFS rate for pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg every 3 weeks (Q3W) versus 
26.5% for ipilimumab.  The ORR was 32.9% for pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg Q3W versus 11.9% 
for ipilimumab.  Responses were ongoing in 96.7% of subjects after a median follow-up of 
7.9 months (Robert et al 2015b).  Median PFS was 4.1 months for pembrolizumab versus 
2.8 months for ipilimumab.  The hazard ratio for the disease progression for pembrolizumab 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 35 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Q3W versus ipilimumab was 0.58 (95% CI, 0.47 to 0.72; p < 0.001).  At the time of the data 
cutoff for the second interim analysis in this study, which was driven by a minimum follow-up 
duration of 12 months for all subjects, 289 deaths occurred.  One-year estimates of survival for 
subjects receiving pembrolizumab Q3W was 68.4% as compared with ipilimumab 58.2% 
(hazard ratio for death as compared with ipilimumab group 0.69; 95% CI, 0.52 to 0.90; 
p = 0.0036).  Because the OS results were superior to those for the ipilimumab group, the 
independent Data Monitoring Committee recommended stopping the study early to allow 
subjects in the ipilimumab group the option of receiving pembrolizumab (Robert et al 2015b). 
In 38 subjects with previously treated advanced NSCLC treated with MK-3475 at a dose of 
10 mg/kg Q3W, an ORR of 24% as measured by the immune response criteria (irRC) was 
observed (Wolchok et al 2009), with similar results using RECIST v1.1 (21%).  Most responses 
were observed by the first planned assessment at Week 9.  Median duration of response by irRC 
has not been reached with a median duration of follow-up of 62 weeks.  The median OS for all 
38 subjects treated with MK-3475 was 51 weeks. 
An immunohistochemistry assay was used to evaluate PD-L1 expression in subject’s baseline 
tumor biopsies.  A modified H-score scoring system of PD-L1 expression was established for 
NSCLC by analyzing tumor specimens from resected NSCLC specimens.  This scoring system 
was then applied to the samples from this portion of the study.  Pretreatment tumor PD-L1 
expression was a statistically significant predictor of response.  In subjects with evaluable tumor 
PD-L1 expression, the majority of confirmed responses by RECIST v1.1 (and irRC) occurred in 
subjects with tumors strongly positive for PD-L1.  A total of 35 subjects from this study had 
evaluable tumor samples and a clinical response assessed.  Seven of the 35 subjects had a clinical 
response (20%) by investigator-assessed irRC.  Six responders (26%) were observed among the 
23 subjects whose tumors expressed PD-L1.  Of note, these 6 responders clustered at the higher 
end of the modified H-score.  Six of 9 subjects (67%) whose tumors expressed PD-L1 to an 
extent above the preliminary cutpoint had a clinical response.  Only 1 response was noted among 
the 12 subjects whose tumors did not express PD-L1. 
A training set comprising approximately 140 tumor samples and their associated clinical 
outcome data were used to assess an optimal cutpoint for PD-L1 positivity.  An optimal PDL1 
cutpoint was identified by receiver operator characteristic curve analyses and by considering 
clinical implications of false-positive and false-negative results.  Cutpoints were identified based 
on a proportions score method of immunohistochemistry (IHC) analysis, with the tumors 
expressing at or greater than the highest cutpoint (proportions score ≥ 50%) referred to as PD-L1 
strong tumors, and tumors expressing > 1% but < 50% referred to as the PD-L1 weak tumors.  
Outcomes based in irRC were used as the primary outcome for the analysis.  Based on the 
training set, the positive predictive value for subjects in the strong category was 42%, while 
maintaining a negative predictive value of 92% for subjects in the weak or null category 
(Garon et al 2013).  This study completed, and a total of 495 subjects received pembrolizumab 
either 2 mg/kg every 2 weeks (Q2W) or 10 mg/kg Q3W or 10 mg/kg Q2W, and 182 subjects 
were assigned to the training group or a validation group (313 subjects).  Among all subjects, the 
ORR was 19.4%, and the median duration of response was 12.5 months.  The median duration of 
PFS was 3.7 months, and the median duration of OS was 12.0 months.  PD-L1 expression in at 
least 50% of tumor cells was selected as the cutoff from the training group.  Among subjects 
with a proportion score of at least 50% in the validation group, the response rate was 45.2%.  
Among all subjects with a proportion score of at least 50%, median PFS was 6.3 months; median 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 36 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
OS was not reached.  In summary, pembrolizumab had an acceptable side-effect profile and 
showed antitumor activity in subjects with advanced non–small cell lung cancer.  PD-L1 
expression in at least 50% of tumor cells correlated with improved efficacy of pembrolizumab 
(Garon et al 2015). 
In an open-label, Phase 1b study, the safety, tolerability, and antitumor activity of 
pembrolizumab were assessed in subjects with recurrent or metastatic urothelial cancer in the 
KEYNOTE-012 study (Clinicaltrials.gov:  NCT01848834).  In this study, archival or newly 
obtained tumor samples from subjects with advanced carcinoma of the renal pelvis, ureter, 
bladder, or urethra were screened for PD-L1 expression using a prototype immunohistochemistry 
assay.  PD-L1 expression in stroma or ≥ 1% of tumor cells was required for study entry.  
Subjects received pembrolizumab 10 mg/kg Q2W until complete response (CR), progression, or 
unacceptable toxicity.  A total of 33 subjects were enrolled, including 30 with transitional cell 
histology and 3 with nontransitional cell or mixed histology.  Fifty-two percent of subjects 
received ≥ 2 prior therapies for advanced disease, and 21% had liver metastases.  Twenty-nine 
had a baseline scan with measurable disease and were evaluable for response.  Objective 
response rate by RECIST v1.1 central review was 24%.  The most common adverse events 
(AEs) included fatigue (n = 6), peripheral edema (n = 4), and nausea (n = 3); 4 subjects (12%) 
reported Grade 3-4 drug-related AEs, with only rash seen in > 1 subject (n = 2). 
Another cohort from the KEYNOTE-012 study included subjects with SSCHN.  In this cohort, 
pembrolizumab 10 mg/kg was given Q2W.  Sixty-one subjects were enrolled (23 human 
papillomavirus [HPV]+, 37 HPV−).  After a median follow-up of 10.2 months, 15 subjects 
(25%) remained on pembrolizumab.  The ORR per RECIST v1.1 by investigator review was 
20%, and response duration ranged from 8+ to 41+ weeks (median not reached).  The ORR was 
similar in HPV+ and HPV− subjects, whereas PFS and OS were longer in HPV+ subjects.  
PD-L1 expression was positively correlated with ORR (p = 0.018) and PFS (p = 0.024).  The 
ORR was 50% in the 12 subjects with high PD-L1 expression.  Drug-related AEs of any grade 
occurred in 58% of subjects (Grade ≥ 3 in 17%).  The most common drug-related AEs were 
fatigue (18%), pruritus (10%), and nausea (8%).  There were no drug-related deaths. 
The safety, tolerability, and antitumor activity of pembrolizumab were also assessed in subjects 
with TNBC in another group in the KEYNOTE-012 study.  PD-L1 expression in ≥ 1% tumor 
cells or in stroma was required for study entry.  A total of 32 subjects were enrolled.  Most of 
these subjects had received and progressed on multiple lines of therapy for advanced disease (the 
median number of prior treatments in the metastatic setting was 3).  According to data through 
06 NOV 2014, in 27 subjects with central imaging vendor–confirmed measurable disease, the 
ORR was 18.5%.  The median duration of response had not been reached (range 15 to 
40+ weeks).  Also according to data through 06 NOV 2014, 5 subjects (15.6%) experienced at 
least 1 drug-related serious AE (SAE); each of 4 subjects experienced one of the following:  
Grade 3 anemia, headache, aseptic meningitis, or pyrexia, and a fifth subject experienced 
Grade 5 disseminated intravascular coagulation with thrombocytopenia and decreased blood 
fibrinogen.   
On 05 AUG 2016, the FDA approved pembrolizumab for the treatment of some patients with an 
advanced form of head and neck cancer.  The approval is for patients with recurrent or metastatic 
head and neck squamous cell carcinoma that has continued to progress despite standard-of-care 
treatment with chemotherapy (Pembrolizumab 2017). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 37 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Also, as part of KEYNOTE-012 pembrolizumab was tested in subjects with PD-L1−positive 
recurrent or metastatic adenocarcinoma of the stomach or gastro-oesophageal junction.  Subjects 
received intravenous pembrolizumab at 10 mg/kg once every 2 weeks.  From 23 OCT 2013 to 
05 MAY 2014, 39 subjects were enrolled.  Thirty-six subjects were evaluable for response by 
central assessment.  Eight subjects (22%, 95% CI 10-39) were judged to have had an objective 
response; all responses were partial.  All 39 subjects were included in the safety analyses.  Five 
subjects (13%) had a total of 6 Grade 3 or 4 treatment-related AEs, consisting of 2 cases of 
Grade 3 fatigue; 1 case each of Grade 3 pemphigoid, Grade 3 hypothyroidism, and Grade 3 
peripheral sensory neuropathy; and 1 case of Grade 4 pneumonitis.  No treatment-related deaths 
occurred (Muro et al 2016). 
In patients with hematologic malignancies such as DLBCL, autologous hematopoietic stem cell 
transplant (AHSCT) results in remodeling of the immune system in the context of minimal 
residual disease, suggesting that PD-1 inhibition may be particularly effective in this setting.  
To test this hypothesis, Armand et al (2013) evaluated the safety and activity of pidilizumab, an 
anti-PD1 antibody that has shown antitumor activity in preclinical models and Phase 1 studies, in 
66 subjects with DLBCL who received AHSCT.  Pidilizumab was well tolerated and did not 
induce autoimmune toxicity or treatment-related mortality.  The proportion of subjects who 
experienced a 16-month interval of PFS was 0.72, and the proportion of subjects who 
experienced a 16-month interval of overall survival was 0.85.  Among 35 subjects with 
measurable disease after AHSCT, pidilizumab resulted in complete remission in 34% and partial 
remission in 17%, corresponding to an overall response rate of 51% and a median time to 
response of 30 weeks (Armand et al 2013). 
Overexpression of PD-L1 in HCC has a poor prognosis.  Safety and preliminary antitumor 
efficacy of nivolumab was evaluated in a Phase 1/2 study in subjects with HCC.  The study 
evaluated 41 subjects with a Child-Pugh (CP) score of 5 (n = 35) or 6 (n = 6), ECOG score of 
0 (n = 26) or 1 (n = 15), 73% with extrahepatic metastasis and/or portal vein invasion, and 77% 
with prior sorafenib use.  The best overall response was 23% (9/39) in 39 evaluable subjects, 
31.5% (6/19) in viral-infected subjects, and 15% (3/20) in uninfected subjects, including 2 CRs 
in this group.  Drug-related AEs of any grade occurred in 29 subjects (71%; 17% Grade 3/4), 
with ≥ 10% of subjects experiencing aspartate aminotransferase (AST) increase and rash (each 
17%), alanine aminotransferase(ALT) and lipase increase (each 15%), and amylase increase 
(12%).  Grade 3 and 4 AEs ≥ 5% were AST increase (12%), ALT increase (10%), and lipase 
increase (5%).  Also, no cases of viral reactivation have been seen to date (El-Khoueiry 
et al 2015). 
1.1.4. 
Combined Immune Checkpoint Inhibition 
Blockade of immune inhibitory pathways is emerging as an important therapeutic modality for 
the treatment of cancer as evidenced by the clinical responses observed with antibodies to 
CTLA-4 and PD-1/PD-L1.  Ipilimumab, a fully human, IgG1 monoclonal antibody blocking 
CTLA-4, improved OS in patients with advanced melanoma (Hodi et al 2010, Robert et al 2011).  
Nivolumab, a fully human IgG4 antibody blocking PD-1, produced durable objective responses 
in patients with melanoma, renal cell cancer, and NSCLC (Topalian et al 2012, 
Hamid et al 2013, Wolchok et al 2013).  Although these single agents have antitumor activity, 
multiple immune inhibitory mechanisms are present concurrently within the tumor 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 38 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
microenvironment, suggesting that combination therapies may be required for optimal 
therapeutic effect (Quezada and Peggs 2013). 
For example, CTLA-4 and PD-1 appear to play complementary roles in regulating adaptive 
immunity.  Whereas PD-1 contributes to T-cell exhaustion in peripheral tissues, CTLA-4 inhibits 
at earlier points in T-cell activation.  In preclinical models, combined blockade of PD-1 and 
CTLA-4 achieved more pronounced antitumor activity than blockade of either pathway alone 
(Curran et al 2010, Selby et al 2013). 
On the basis of these observations, a Phase 1 study was conducted to investigate the safety and 
efficacy of combined CTLA-4 and PD-1 blockade (with the use of ipilimumab and nivolumab, 
respectively) in patients with advanced melanoma.  The ORR (according to modified World 
Health Organization criteria) for all patients in the concurrent-regimen group was 40%.  
Evidence of clinical activity (conventional, unconfirmed, or immune-related response or stable 
disease [SD] for ≥ 24 weeks) was observed in 65% of subjects.  In 17 subjects treated at the 
maximum doses that were associated with an acceptable level of AEs, 53% of subjects had an 
objective response compared with ipilimumab monotherapy (10.9%), all with tumor reduction of 
≥ 80%.  Grade 3 or 4 AEs related to therapy occurred in 53% of subjects in the 
concurrent-regimen group but were qualitatively similar to previous experience with 
monotherapy and were generally reversible.  Among subjects in the sequenced-regimen group, 
18% had Grade 3 or 4 AEs related to therapy and the ORR was 20%.  Grade 3 or 4 AEs, 
regardless of attribution, were observed in 72% of subjects, and Grade 3 or 4 treatment-related 
AEs were noted in 53%.  Serious AEs related to the treatment were reported in 49% of patients 
in the concurrent regimen group.  Common Grade 3 or 4 selected AEs that were related to the 
therapy included hepatic events (15%), gastrointestinal events (9%), and renal events (6%).  
Isolated cases of pneumonitis and uveitis were observed.  In both regimen groups, 
treatment-related AEs were manageable and generally reversible with the use of 
immunosuppressants (or hormone-replacement therapy for endocrinopathies) according to 
previously established algorithms (Yervoy 2017). 
Recently the FDA granted accelerated approval to nivolumab in combination with ipilimumab 
for the treatment of patients with BRAF V600 wild-type, unresectable or metastatic melanoma.  
Approval was based on a study that demonstrated a significant improvement in ORR.  The ORR 
was 60% (95% CI:  48, 71) in the nivolumab plus ipilimumab group (n = 72) and 11% (95% CI:  
3, 25) in the ipilimumab group (n = 37), an improvement in ORR of 49% (95% CI:  31, 61; 
p < 0.001).  In addition, there was a significant improvement in PFS for the combination group 
compared with the ipilimumab group (HR 0.40; 95% CI:  0.22, 0.71; p < 0.002), with an 
estimated median PFS of 8.9 and 4.7 months in the nivolumab plus ipilimumab and ipilimumab 
groups, respectively.  Common adverse reactions (≥ 20%) in patients receiving nivolumab plus 
ipilimumab were rash, pruritus, headache, vomiting, and colitis.  The most frequent Grade 3 and 
4 laboratory abnormalities occurring in at least 5% of patients receiving the combination were 
increased ALT, increased AST, increased lipase, increased amylase, hyponatremia, and 
lymphopenia (Nivolumab 2017). 
As described above, IDO1 is another negative regulatory mechanism that contributes to 
tumor-derived immune suppression.  In preclinical models, IDO1 inhibition has been shown to 
synergize with blockade of either anti−CTLA-4 or anti−PD-1/PD-L1 in delaying tumor growth 
and increasing OS (Holmgaard et al 2013, Spranger et al 2013).  This effect was shown to be 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 39 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
T-cell dependent, leading to enhanced T-cell proliferation and interleukin-2 production within 
the tumor and to a marked increase in the effector-to-regulatory T cell ratios in the tumors.  
In a Phase 1 open-label dose-escalation study of INCB024360 with ipilimumab (3 mg/kg 
intravenously [IV]), daily doses of INCB024360 have been evaluated in 21-day cycles.  A total 
of 48 subjects have been enrolled to date in 6 cohorts:  300 mg, 100 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg twice 
daily (BID); 75 mg total daily dose (50 mg qam and 25 mg qpm); and 50 mg BID intermittent 
dosing (2 weeks on and 1 week off).  The initial evaluation of INCB024360 300 mg BID in 
combination with ipilimumab was terminated due to the occurrence of Grade 3 or 4 ALT/AST 
elevations in 5 of 7 subjects treated at this dose.  These AEs were reversible in all subjects upon 
discontinuation of study therapy and institution of corticosteroids based on an established 
protocol for the management of immune toxicities related to ipilimumab therapy.  Enrollment 
was restarted at 25 mg BID.  Serious AEs were observed in the 300 mg BID, 25 mg BID, 75 mg 
total daily dose (50 mg qam and 25 mg qpm), and 50 mg BID intermittent dose groups.  The 
system organ class with the most frequently reported SAEs was gastrointestinal disorders 
(8 subjects, 16.7%) followed by investigations (6 subjects, 12.5%).  Treatment-emergent AEs 
were reported in 46 subjects (95.8%).  Fatigue was the most frequently reported TEAE 
(29 subjects, 60.4%), followed by rash (27 subjects, 56.3%).  As of ASCO 2014, 
12 immunotherapy-naïve subjects were  enrolled; 42% of those subjects achieved objective 
response, and 75% achieved disease control (both assessed by irRC) (Gibney et al 2014).  
INCB024360 at doses up to 50 mg BID with ipilimumab were generally well tolerated and 
immune-related AEs (irAEs) previously observed with ipilimumab were reversible with 
appropriate management.  Tumor response and duration data suggest the potential for enhanced 
melanoma patient outcomes compared to ipilimumab monotherapy. 
In this current, ongoing study (INCB 24360-202), enrollment is complete in the epacadostat 
25 mg BID, 50 mg BID, and 100 mg BID cohorts with pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg IV Q3W as well 
as in the Phase 1 expansion cohorts of epacadostat 50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, and 300 mg BID 
with pembrolizumab 200 mg IV Q3W.  The Phase 2 portion of the study is ongoing, in which the 
recommended Phase 2 dose of epacadostat 100 mg BID  is being evaluated in combination with 
the fixed dose of pembrolizumab 200 mg IV Q3W.  As of 27 FEB 2017, a total of 356 subjects 
have been enrolled.  The update below includes safety in the combined Phase 1 and Phase 2 
treatment groups treated with epacadostat 100 mg BID in combination with pembrolizumab in 
this study who had at least 1 month of safety data available. 
Among the 294 subjects who have received epacadostat 100 mg BID in combination with 
pembrolizumab in Phase 2, the most frequently reported (≥ 10%) treatment-related AEs of any 
grade for the combined Phase 1 and Phase 2 treatment groups were fatigue (29%), rash (17%), 
nausea (11%), and pruritus (10%).  Fatigue (29%) and rash (17%; including the preferred terms 
rash, rash maculopapular, rash generalized, rash macular, and rash pruritic) were the only 
treatment-related AEs reported in > 15% of subjects (Hamid et al 2017).  Treatment-related AEs 
of rash were only reported in the Phase 2 group. 
The ORR in 19 evaluable subjects with treatment-naïve metastatic melanoma was 53% (10/19), 
with disease control rate of 74% (14/19).  Median PFS has not been reached and all responses are 
ongoing with minimum follow-up of 31.7 weeks.  Objective responses were also seen in other 
tumor types enrolled in Phase 1 (Gangadhar et al 2015).  Additional data were recently presented 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 40 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
confirming an ORR and DCR in subjects with treatment-naïve metastatic melanoma of 58% 
(11/19) and 74%, respectively (Gangadhar et al 2016). 
In April 2018, eDMC review of  ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study, a phase 3 study evaluating 
pembrolizumab in combination with epacadostat versus pembrolizumab with placebo as first-line 
treatment in subjects with unresectable or metastatic melanoma, concluded that the co-primary 
endpoint of improvement in progression-free survival was not met (HR = 1.00; 95% CI 0.83 to 
1.21) and that the co-primary endpoint of improvement in overall survival was also not expected 
to reach statistical significance (HR = 1.13; 95% CI:  0.86 to 1.49). Based on these results, and 
on the recommendation of the eDMC, the study was stopped.  The safety profile observed in the 
ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study was consistent with that observed in previously reported 
studies of epacadostat in combination with pembrolizumab (Long et al 2018).  
In summary, both IDO1 and PD-1 have been shown to suppress T-cell−mediated antitumor 
immunity, and IDO1 and the PD-1 ligand PD-L1 have been shown to be coexpressed in multiple 
cancer types and to correlate with poor prognosis.  Combined inhibition of both pathways may 
therefore lead to greater suppression of antitumor immunity and to increased efficacy.  
Preclinical and clinical data indicate that these pathways are important in melanoma as well as in 
other cancers, including NSCLC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU 
tract, TNBC, MSI high CRC, and DLBCL. 
1.1.5. 
Preclinical and Clinical Study Data 
Refer to the Investigator’s Brochures for MK-3475 (mIB) and INCB024360 (iIB) for preclinical 
and clinical study data. 
1.2. 
Study Rationale 
1.2.1. 
Rationale for Combining PD-1 Inhibitor and IDO1 Inhibitor in Advanced or 
Metastatic Cancers 
The goal of cancer immunotherapy is to initiate or reinitiate a self-sustaining cycle of cancer 
immunity, enabling it to amplify and propagate.  Cancer immunotherapies must overcome the 
negative feedback mechanisms inherent in most cancers.  The current approach will attempt to 
further amplify an immune response by targeting multiple nonredundant immune checkpoints.  
Expression of IDO1 represents an early checkpoint that results in a diminished immune response 
and tolerance to tumor antigen.   
Many recent clinical results suggest that another common rate-limiting step is the expression of 
PD-L1 as a distal immune modulator expressed in 20% to 50% of human cancer and even as 
high as 89% in ovarian cancer (Hiraoka 2010, Herbst et al 2013, Hamanishi et al 2007), 
including but not limited to the ones selected for investigation in the Phase 1  and cohort 
expansion portions of this study:  advanced or metastatic NSCLC, melanoma, transitional 
carcinoma of the GU tract, renal cell cancer, TNBC, endometrial cancer, SCCHN, ovarian 
cancer, and  DLBCL.  Expression of IDO and PD-1/L1 have been found to be increased in 
NSCLC as the disease progresses, and expression of these markers in tumor cells has been 
associated with shorter subject survival (Iversen et al 2014).  For NSCLC specifically, 
anti−PD-L1 and anti−PD-1 monotherapy response rates of 17% to 24% have been reported in 
refractory NSCLC (Garon et al 2013, Brahmer et al 2013) with survival medians of 8 to 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 41 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
18 months; however, MK-3475 has not yet reached the median in its study (Garon et al 2013).  
Thus, there is a strong rationale for therapies aimed at restoring antitumor immunocompetence in 
NSCLC and establishing a rationale for inhibiting IDO1 and the PD-1/L1 pathways in this 
disease. 
In addition, there is strong rationale for testing the combination of 2 different mechanisms for 
overcoming tumor tolerance in many other tumor types as well.  Targeting PD-1 assumes that the 
T cells are essentially exhausted (and thus tolerant of the tumor) and that this exhaustion may be 
reversed by blocking PD-1 signaling.  Targeting IDO will concurrently decrease infiltration of 
regulatory CD4+ cells and immune-suppressive cytokines.  This novel combination strategy has 
strong biologic rationale for a number of solid tumors as well as DLBCL, and may augment and 
deepen response rates over and above that demonstrated with single agent PD-1 blockade.  Thus, 
there is a strong rationale for therapies aimed at restoring antitumor immunocompetence in not 
only NSCLC and melanoma, but also SCCHN, ovarian cancer, transitional cell carcinoma of the 
GU tract, ovarian cancer, MSI high CRC, and DLBCL, and establishing another rationale for 
inhibiting IDO1 and the PD-1/L1 pathways in these diseases. 
Although results from the final PFS and interim OS analysis for the Phase 3 
ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study (as noted in Section 1.1.4) did not demonstrate an added 
benefit with the addition of INCB024360 in the setting of advanced or metastatic melanoma; the 
rationale remains for other tumor types and other combinations based on differences in cancer 
biology.  In addition, the safety profile observed in the ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study was 
consistent with that observed in previously reported studies of epacadostat in combination with 
pembrolizumab. 
1.3. 
Potential Risks and Benefits of the Treatment Regimen 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 42 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
1.3.2. 
Risks From MK-3475 
An open-label Phase I study (Protocol 001) is being conducted to evaluate the safety and clinical 
activity of single agent MK-3475.  The dose-escalation portion of this study evaluated 3 dose 
levels, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg, administered Q2W in subjects with advanced solid 
tumors.  All 3 dose levels were well tolerated and no DLTs were observed.  Based on 
pharmacokinetic (PK) data showing a half-life of 21 days, the Protocol was amended to include a 
dosing frequency of Q3W in expansion cohorts.  Of a total of 479 subjects who have received 
MK-3475 in Protocol 001, 466 (97.3%) experienced treatment-emergent AEs, of which 
368 (76.8%) were considered drug-related.  Serious AEs were reported in 30.1% of subjects, but 
SAEs that were attributed as potentially (possibly, probably, or definitely) drug-related by 
investigators were reported in 6.7% of subjects overall.  Potentially irAEs have been observed, 
including pneumonitis in both melanoma and NSCLC cohorts.  The most commonly reported 
treatment-emergent AEs experienced have been fatigue, nausea, cough, pruritus, diarrhea, and 
rash.  Most subjects continued treatment despite of AEs, and only 4.2% of subjects discontinued 
study treatment because of an AE that was considered related to study treatment by investigators.  
Thus, the overall AE summary suggests that MK-3475 is generally tolerable, and AEs are 
generally manageable in subjects. 
1.3.3. 
Risks for the Combination of INCB024360 and MK-3475 
The combination of INCB024360 and MK-3475 has the potential to cause more frequent, more 
severe, and/or new immune-related toxicities as compared with each individually. 
In this ongoing Phase 1/2 study combining pembrolizumab and epacadostat, preliminary data 
suggest that doses up to 300 mg BID of epacadostat are well tolerated with pembrolizumab 
200 mg IV.  While 300 mg BID did not exceed the MTD, preliminary analysis of 19 subjects 
suggested that there were higher rates of dose holds and reductions compared to 100 mg BID, 
supporting 100 mg BID as the Phase 2 dose (as detailed later in this section).  In the Phase 1 
portion of the study, a DLT of Grade 3 rash and Grade 3 arthralgia were seen in 2 of 
19 evaluable subjects treated with epacadostat 50 mg BID; 2 DLTs in 15 evaluable subjects were 
seen with epacadostat 100 mg BID (Grade 3 AST and Grade 2 nervous system disorder, 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 43 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
other – ataxia), and 4 DLTs in 19 evaluable subjects were seen at 300 mg BID (Grade 1 
erythema, 2 Grade 3 rashes and 1 nervous system disorder – other – vomiting without nausea). 
Among the 294 subjects who have received epacadostat 100 mg BID in combination with 
pembrolizumab in Phase 2, the most frequently reported (≥ 5%) treatment-related AEs were 
fatigue (29%), rash (17%) nausea (11%), pruritus (10%), diarrhea (8%), decreased appetite (7%), 
and arthralgia (6%).  Rash (17%) noted above includes the following preferred terms:  rash, rash 
maculopapular, rash generalized, rash pruritic, and rash macular.  Grade 3 or higher 
treatment-related AEs were reported in 18% of subjects.  Treatment-related AEs leading to 
treatment discontinuations occurred in 11 subjects (4%); the most common were arthralgia and 
rash (n = 2 subjects each); others occurred in 1 subject each.  There was 1 treatment-related death 
due to respiratory failure (secondary to aspiration pneumonia; pneumonitis could not be ruled 
out). 
Any treatment-related Grade 3/4 AEs occurring in more than 1 subject included lipase increased 
(n = 12, 4%), rash (n = 9, 3.0%); fatigue, diarrhea, amylase increased (n = 4 each, 1%); ALT 
increased and AST increased (n = 2 each, 1%) (Hamid et al 2017). 
As noted in Section 1.1.4, the eDMC review of the Phase 3 randomized study 
ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study noted the safety profile observed was consistent with that 
observed in previously reported studies of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475. 
Additional details regarding specific benefits and risks for subjects participating in this clinical 
study are available in the iIB and mIB. 
1.4. 
Justification for Treatment Regimen 
The goal of the present study is to explore doses of the IDO1 inhibitor INCB024360 that may 
synergize or otherwise augment the efficacy observed with the PD-1 inhibitor MK-3475 in 
subjects with advanced cancer.  MK-3475 regimens currently being studied in Phase 2 and 
Phase 3 include 2 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg Q2W or Q3W, and 200 mg Q3W.  The optimal dose and 
schedule has not yet been established.  The initial dose and schedule of MK-3475 to be tested in 
this study is 2 mg/kg Q3W and will be combined with doses of INCB024360 that provide partial 
and more complete IDO1 inhibition based on observations from the Phase 1 study 
(INCB 24360-101).  The initial dose selected for INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475 is 
25 mg BID with escalation up to 300 mg BID.  This is based on the preliminary observation that 
the average kynurenine inhibition for INCB024360 25 mg BID and 100 mg BID is 66% and 
89%, respectively, and the safety of these doses, as well as doses up to 700 mg BID in the 
Phase 1 study.  Pharmacokinetic and PD observations from Studies INCB 24360-101 and 
INCB 24360-201 in cancer subjects support these doses, which provide a differential 
pharmacologic effect.  Based on a 6-hour observation period at steady state on Day 15 after 
administration of INCB024360, kynurenine levels are incompletely inhibited (66%) compared to 
baseline levels in subjects treated with 25 mg BID but are nearly maximally inhibited (89%) in 
subjects treated with 100 mg BID.  Doses of INCB024360 ≥ 300 mg BID are associated with 
> 94% average inhibition of kynurenine, and based on this small difference in the average 
kynurenine inhibition; a final escalation of INCB024360 to 300 mg BID will be evaluated. 
In general, as single agents, INCB024360 and MK-3475 have been well tolerated in this study 
population that has significant comorbidities.  However, the initial evaluation of INCB024360 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 44 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
300 mg BID in combination with ipilimumab was terminated because of the occurrence of 
Grade 3 or 4 ALT/AST elevation in 5 of 7 subjects treated at this dose.  These AEs were 
reversible in all subjects upon discontinuation of study therapy and institution of corticosteroids 
based on an established protocol for the management of immune toxicities related to ipilimumab 
therapy.  Of note, among the 43 subjects treated in Study INCB 24360-101 with INCB024360 
monotherapy at doses of up to 700 mg BID, there was 1 report of Grade 3 liver function test 
(LFT) elevations in a subject with biliary obstruction from progressive cancer.  Complete 
inhibition of the IDO1 target is not required for maximally effective activity in preclinical 
models.  As monotherapy, maximally effective doses in nonclinical models result in exposures 
that are comparable to doses of 50 to 100 mg BID in humans.  A 3 + 3 + 3 design is being 
utilized to further explore the safety of the combination beyond 3 + 3. 
1.4.1. 
Rationale for Fixed Dose of MK-3475 
The dose of pembrolizumab planned for this study going forward is 200 mg Q3W.  This dose 
was recently approved in the United States for treatment of melanoma subjects.  The dose of 
2 mg/kg Q3W was the originally approved dose of pembrolizumab for the treatment of 
melanoma subjects in the United States.  Information on the rationale for selecting 200 mg Q3W 
is summarized below. 
An open-label Phase 1 study (KEYNOTE-001) is being conducted to evaluate the safety and 
clinical activity of single-agent pembrolizumab.  The dose-escalation portion of this study 
evaluated 3 dose levels, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg, administered Q2W, and the 
dose-expansion cohort evaluated 2 mg/kg Q3W and 10 mg/kg Q3W in subjects with advanced 
solid tumors.  All dose levels were well tolerated, and no DLTs were observed.  This 
first-in-human study of pembrolizumab showed evidence of target engagement and objective 
evidence of tumor size reduction at all dose levels.  No MTD has been identified. 
In KEYNOTE-001, 2 randomized cohort evaluations (Cohorts B2 and D) of melanoma subjects 
receiving pembrolizumab at a dose of 2 mg/kg Q3W versus 10 mg/kg Q3W have been 
completed, and 1 randomized cohort (Cohort B3) evaluating 10 mg/kg Q3W versus 10 mg/kg 
Q2W has also been completed.  The clinical efficacy and safety data demonstrate a lack of 
clinically important differences in efficacy or safety profile at these doses.  For example, in 
Cohort B2, advanced melanoma subjects who had received prior ipilimumab therapy were 
randomized to receive pembrolizumab at 2 mg/kg Q3W versus 10 mg/kg Q3W, and the ORR 
was 28% (22/79) in the 2 mg/kg Q3W group and 28% (21/76) in the 10 mg/kg Q3W group (per 
RECIST v1.1 by independent central review).  The proportion of subjects with drug-related AEs, 
Grade 3-5 drug-related AEs, serious drug-related AEs, death, or discontinuation due to an AE 
was comparable between groups.  Cohort D, which compared 2 mg/kg Q3W versus 10 mg/kg 
Q3W in advanced melanoma subjects naïve to ipilimumab, also demonstrated overall similarity 
in efficacy and safety profile between the 2 doses.  In Cohort B3, advanced melanoma subjects 
(irrespective of prior ipilimumab therapy) were randomized to receive pembrolizumab at 
10 mg/kg Q2W versus 10 mg/kg Q3W.  The ORR was 35.0% (41/117) in the 10 mg/kg Q2W 
group and 30.8% (33/107) in the 10 mg/kg Q3W group (per RECIST v1.1 by independent 
central review; cutoff date of 18 APR 2014).  The proportion of subjects with drug-related AEs, 
Grade 3-5 drug-related AEs, serious drug-related AEs, death, or discontinuation due to an AE 
was comparable between groups. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 45 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
An integrated body of evidence suggests that 200 mg Q3W is expected to provide similar 
response to 2 mg/kg Q3W, 10 mg/kg Q3W, and 10 mg/kg Q2W.  Previously, a flat 
pembrolizumab exposure-response relationship for efficacy and safety had been found in 
subjects with melanoma in the range of doses between 2 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg.  Exposures for 
200 mg Q3W are expected to lie within this range and will be close to those obtained with the 
2 mg/kg Q3W dose.  The 2 mg/kg Q3W dose is the approved dose for metastatic melanoma in 
the United States. 
A population PK model that characterized the influence of body weight and other patient 
covariates on exposure has been developed using available data from 1139 subjects from 
KEYNOTE-001 (cutoff date of 18 APR 2014) and KEYNOTE-002 (cutoff date of 
12 MAY 2014), of which the majority (94.6%; N = 1077) were subjects with advanced 
melanoma.  The PK profile of pembrolizumab is consistent with that of other humanized 
monoclonal antibodies, which typically have a low clearance and a limited volume of 
distribution.  The distribution of exposures from the 200 mg fixed dose are predicted to 
considerably overlap those obtained with the 2 mg/kg dose and, importantly, will maintain 
individual patient exposures within the exposure range established in melanoma as associated 
with maximal clinical response.  The slight increase in PK variability predicted for the fixed dose 
relative to weight-based dosing is not expected to be clinically important given that the range of 
individual exposures is well contained within the range of exposures shown in the melanoma 
studies of 2 and 10 mg/kg to provide similar efficacy and safety. 
In translating to other solid tumor indications, similarly flat exposure-response relationships for 
efficacy and safety as observed in subjects with melanoma can be expected, as the antitumor 
effect of pembrolizumab is driven through immune system activation rather than through a direct 
interaction with tumor cells, rendering it independent of the specific tumor type.  In addition, 
available PK results in subjects with melanoma, NSCLC, and other solid tumor types support a 
lack of meaningful difference in PK exposures obtained at tested doses among tumor types.  
Thus, the 200 mg Q3W fixed dose regimen is considered an appropriate fixed dose for other 
solid tumor indications as well. 
Thus, with the newly available rationale for a fixed dose, MK-3475 200 mg Q3W may be 
explored in combination with INCB024360.  Moreover, given the PK comparability of the 
2 mg/kg and 200 mg fixed-dose regimens of MK-3475, dose finding for INCB024360, 
conducted in conjunction with MK-3475 at the 2 mg/kg dose, will be considered suitable for 
selecting a dose of INCB024360 in the Phase 2 portion of the study, where MK-3475 will be 
administered at the 200 mg fixed dose.  An early safety evaluation will be performed to confirm 
the safety and tolerability of INCB024360 in this setting. 
1.4.2. 
Rationale for Phase 2 Dose Selection of INCB024360 
The preliminary epacadostat PK was evaluated in a total of 53 oncology subjects with evaluable 
PK data.  These subjects received epacadostat dose regimens ranging from 25 mg BID to 300 mg 
BID, concomitant with pembrolizumab.  Based on the trend of observed epacadostat plasma 
concentrations at the troughs following multiple dose administration, epacadostat steady-state 
PK likely was reached on or before Day 8 of dose administration.  At the steady state, 
epacadostat systemic exposures (measured by Cmax and AUC0- τ) were proportional to dose 
within the dose range of 25 to 300 mg BID.  The PK parameters of epacadostat were similar for 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 46 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
subjects with melanoma or other cancer types, and generally comparable to those observed in 
other studies including monotherapy (INCB 24360-101) and in combination with ipilimumab 
(INCB 24360-201).  There is no evidence of the PK of epacadostat being affected by 
concomitant pembrolizumab. 
The dose selected for epacadostat for the current study was formed on the basis of having a 
well-tolerated safety profile as monotherapy and in combination with pembrolizumab, a robust 
ORR, and durable disease control rates, as well as providing optimal target inhibition of IDO1 
based on nonclinical models.  Doses of epacadostat of up to 700 mg BID as monotherapy have 
been well tolerated, and doses of 25 mg BID to 300 mg BID in combination with 
pembrolizumab, nivolumab, durvalumab, and atezolizumab are currently being evaluated in 
several ongoing Phase 2 studies.  Doses of pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg and 200 mg flat dose have 
been studied in this ongoing Phase 1/2 study of pembrolizumab in combination with epacadostat. 
In this ongoing Phase 1/2 study combining pembrolizumab and epacadostat, preliminary data 
suggest that doses up to 300 mg BID of epacadostat are well tolerated with pembrolizumab 
200 mg IV.  While 300 mg BID did not exceed the MTD, preliminary analysis of 19 subjects 
suggested that there were higher rates of dose holds and reductions compared to 100 mg BID, 
supporting 100 mg BID as the initial Phase 2 dose (as is detailed later in this section).  In the 
Phase 1 portion of the study, a DLT of Grade 3 rash and Grade 3 arthralgia were seen in 
2 of 19 evaluable subjects treated with epacadostat 50 mg BID; 2 DLTs in 15 evaluable subjects 
were seen with epacadostat 100 mg BID cohort (Grade 3 AST and Grade 2 nervous system 
disorder, other – ataxia), and 4 DLTs in 19 evaluable subjects were seen at 300 mg BID (Grade 1 
erythema, 2 Grade 3 rashes and 1 nervous system disorder – other – vomiting without nausea).  
In Phase 1, treatment-related AEs ≥ Grade 3 occurring in more than 1 subject included rash 
(5 subjects, 4.3%) and dehydration, lipase increased, AST increased, and nausea (2 subjects 
[1.7%] each).  In subjects receiving epacadostat 300 mg BID, there was an observable trend in 
increased AEs of rash (total events as well as severity) and the number of required dose holds 
and dose reductions for epacadostat compared to subjects receiving 100 mg BID. 
Although the rashes observed at the 300 mg BID dose level were reversible with dose 
interruptions and medical treatment, total dose interruptions were higher in the 300 mg BID 
group, with 5 of 19 subjects interrupting epacadostat and 3 requiring dose reductions due to AEs, 
compared to 1 subject in the 100 mg BID group requiring a dose interruption, 2 subjects in the 
50 mg BID group, and 1 subject in the 25 mg BID group.  Based on the risk for early progression 
during dose interruptions and dose reductions associated with epacadostat 300 mg BID in 
combination with pembrolizumab 200 mg IV Q3W, 100 mg BID was selected as the dose for use 
in the Phase 2 portion of this study. 
Based on observed systemic exposures and a pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic model for 
epacadostat, all subjects who received 100 mg BID epacadostat in combination with 
pembrolizumab had time-averaged inhibition of IDO1 activity exceeding 50%, a level of PD 
activity associated with inhibition of tumor growth seen in nonclinical models.  Administration 
of 100 mg BID and above exceeded the IC50 at trough in nearly all subjects (Gangadhar 
et al 2015); further, the majority of subjects had trough epacadostat exposures that were above 
the IC50 of IDO1 inhibition.  Therefore, 100 mg BID was selected as the recommended Phase 2 
dose for epacadostat in the current study (INCB 24360-202) because this regimen had better 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 47 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
tolerability as demonstrated by the Phase 1 safety data, including fewer dose modifications 
(interruptions and reductions), and resulted in consistent inhibition of IDO1. 
1.5. 
Rationale for Endpoints 
1.5.1. 
Efficacy Endpoints 
The primary efficacy objective of this study is to evaluate ORR based on investigator review of 
MK-3475 + INCB024360 in subjects enrolled in Phase 2 with select cancers.  Response rates per 
irRECIST v1.1 for solid tumors (Section 7.6.3.1) and the Lugano Classification (Cheson 
et al 2014) for DLBCL (Section 7.6.4) will be evaluated. 
RECIST v1.1 will also be used by the local site to determine eligibility and make treatment 
decisions.  RECIST v1.1 will be adapted to account for the unique tumor response characteristics 
seen with treatment of MK-3475.  Immunotherapeutic agents such as MK-3475 may produce 
antitumor effects by potentiating endogenous cancer-specific immune responses.  The response 
patterns seen with such an approach may extend beyond the typical time course of responses 
seen with cytotoxic agents, and can manifest a clinical response after an initial increase in tumor 
burden or even the appearance of new lesions.  Standard RECIST criteria may not provide a 
complete response assessment of immunotherapeutic agents such as MK-3475.  Therefore, 
RECIST v1.1 will be used with the following adaptation. 
If radiologic imaging shows initial progressive disease (PD), tumor assessment should be 
repeated ≥ 4 weeks later in order to confirm PD with the option of continuing assigned study 
treatment while awaiting radiologic confirmation of progression.  If repeat imaging shows a 
reduction in the tumor burden compared to the initial scan demonstrating PD, treatment may be 
continued /resumed.  If repeat imaging confirms PD, subjects will be discontinued from study 
therapy.  In determining whether or not the tumor burden has increased or decreased, 
investigators should consider all target lesions as well as nontarget lesions. 
In subjects who have initial radiological evidence of PD, it is at the discretion of the treating 
physician whether to continue a subject on study treatment until repeat imaging is obtained a 
minimum of 4 weeks later.  This clinical judgment decision should be based on the subject’s 
overall clinical condition, including performance status, clinical symptoms, and laboratory data.   
Subjects may receive treatment while waiting for confirmation of PD if they are clinically stable 
as defined by the following criteria: 
• Absence of signs and symptoms indicating disease progression 
• No decline in ECOG performance status 
• Absence of rapid progression of disease 
• Absence of progressive tumor at critical anatomical sites (eg, spinal cord 
compression) requiring urgent alternative medical intervention 
When feasible, subjects should not be discontinued until progression is confirmed.  Subjects who 
are deemed clinically unstable are not required to have repeat imaging for confirmation of PD. 
In all other instances, treatment decisions will be made based on investigator review of the 
clinical and radiographic data. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 48 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
2. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE 
2.1. 
Primary Objectives 
• Phase 1:  To evaluate the safety, tolerability, and DLTs of a pharmacologically active 
dose (PAD) of INCB024360 administered in combination with MK-3475 in advanced 
or metastatic solid tumors, and to select doses for further evaluation. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  To assess ORR in subjects with select cancers as 
measured by modified RECIST (irRECIST) v1.1 for selected solid tumors and the 
Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for diffuse large B-cell lymphoma 
(DLBCL) 
2.2. 
Secondary Objectives (Phase 2) 
• To evaluate the preliminary antitumor activity of the combination of INCB024360 
and MK-3475 in subjects with selected advanced solid tumors and DLBCL, including 
duration of response, PFS, and duration of disease control as measured by irRECIST 
for solid tumors or the Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to ordinal categorical response score, calculated 
as the following: 
− 1 = Complete response per irRECIST v1.1 
− 2 = Very good response, defined as > 60% tumor reduction 
− 3 = Minor response, defined as > 30% to ≤ 60% tumor reduction 
− 4 = Stable disease per irRECIST v1.1 
− 5 = Progressive disease per irRECIST v1.1 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to OS. 
• To evaluate the safety and tolerability of INCB024360 in combination with 
MK-3475. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 49 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 50 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
3. 
SUBJECT ELIGIBILITY 
3.1. 
Study Population 
Phase 1:  Subjects with Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, RCC, TNBC, adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, and SCCHN who 
have received at least 1 line of prior therapy and are refractory or for which no curative treatment 
is available will be enrolled. 
Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  Subjects with melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU 
tract, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, TNBC, DLBCL, NSCLC, MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric 
cancer, and HCC. 
3.2. 
Subject Inclusion Criteria 
The following criteria are required for inclusion in the study: 
1. Male or female subjects, age 18 years or older on day of signing consent. 
2. Willingness to provide written informed consent/assent for the study. 
3. For Phase 1:  Histologically or cytologically confirmed Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent 
NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, clear cell RCC, TNBC, 
adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or SCCHN.   
4. For Phase 2:  Histologically or cytologically confirmed melanoma, transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, TNBC, DLBCL, NSCLC, MSI high 
CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, and HCC. 
5. Life expectancy > 12 weeks. 
6. ECOG performance status 0 to 1. 
7. Presence of measurable disease per RECIST v1.1 for solid tumors or the Lugano 
classification (Cheson et al 2014) for subjects with DLBCL. 
8. Laboratory and medical history parameters within Protocol-defined range.  NOTE:  If the 
screening laboratory tests below were conducted > 7 days prior to treatment initiation, 
they will need to be repeated on Day 1 before initiation of treatment.  Hematology and 
coagulation testing are central testing; therefore, central laboratory results should be used 
to determine eligibility for those relevant analytes below unless central laboratory results 
are not available at the time of enrollment or are not within the 7-day window before 
Cycle 1 Day 1.  In this case, local laboratory results may be used to confirm eligibility.  
Chemistry testing is local testing; therefore, local results should be used for those relevant 
analytes below.    
a. Absolute neutrophil count ≥ 1.5 × 109/L (for subjects with DLBCL, in no case 
< 1.0 × 109/L). 
b. Platelets ≥ 100 × 109/L (for subjects with DLBCL or HCC in no case < 50 × 109/L). 
c. Hemoglobin ≥ 9 g/dL or ≥ 5.6 mmol/L (transfusion is acceptable to meet this 
criterion). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 51 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
d. Serum creatinine ≤ 1.5 × institutional upper limit of normal (ULN) OR measured or 
calculated creatinine clearance (glomerular filtration rate can also be used in place of 
creatinine or CrCl) ≥ 50 mL/min for subjects with creatinine levels > 1.5 × 
institutional ULN. 
e. AST/ALT < 2.5 × ULN OR ≤ 5 × ULN for subjects with liver metastases.  For 
subjects with HCC:  AST/ALT < 5 × ULN.  For other specific exceptions medical 
monitor approval is required. 
f. Total bilirubin ≤ 1.5 × ULN OR direct bilirubin ≤ ULN for subjects with total 
bilirubin > 1.5 × ULN.) 
− If there is no institutional normal range available for the direct bilirubin, the direct 
bilirubin should be < 40% of the total bilirubin. 
− In no case can total bilirubin exceed 3.0 × ULN. 
g. International normalized ratio (INR) or prothrombin time (PT) ≤1.5 × ULN unless 
subject is receiving anticoagulant therapy as long as PT or INR is within therapeutic 
range of intended use of anticoagulants.  Subjects with HCC must have INR ≤ 2.3. 
h. Activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) ≤ 1.5 × ULN unless subject is receiving 
anticoagulant therapy, as long as PTT is within therapeutic range of intended use of 
anticoagulants 
9. For Phase 1:  Subjects who have advanced or metastatic disease as noted above who have 
received at least 1 prior therapy for their disease under study or have advanced or 
metastatic disease for which no curative treatment is available. 
10. For Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  Subjects with NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, DLBCL, TNBC, MSI high CRC, 
clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, and HCC. 
a. Phase 2 expansion:  NSCLC (PD-L1 positive and PD-L1 low/negative or 
indeterminate cohorts). 
• Subjects who have received at least 1 prior systemic chemotherapy regimen for 
Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent NSCLC (not including neoadjuvant and/or 
adjuvant therapy except as described below). 
− One prior systemic regimen must include a platinum-based therapy.  
Investigational agents used in combination with standard therapies are 
allowed.  Subjects who have a non–platinum-based regimen may be enrolled 
with medical monitor approval. 
• Documentation of mutation status.  Tumors with driver mutations (eg, epidermal 
growth factor receptor mutation positive or anaplastic lymphoma kinase fusion 
oncogene positive) treated with a targeted therapy are permitted; however, 
subjects should have progressed on or be intolerant to the targeted therapy. 
− Subjects who completed and progressed on a platinum-containing regimen 
as adjuvant, neoadjuvant, or part of a course of chemoradiation therapy 
within the 6 months before screening would be counted as 1 prior 
platinum-containing regimen and therefore would not require re-treatment 
with a platinum-containing regimen for Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or recurrent 
disease. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 52 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
− Subjects must not have received immunotherapy with PD-1 or CTLA-4 
targeted therapy. 
• Subjects whose PD-L1 status is indeterminate from biopsy sample collected may 
be enrolled in the PD-L1–low/negative cohort until the cohort is full, at which 
time subjects whose sample is indeterminate may be eligible for repeat biopsy to 
determine PD-L1 status and, if positive, may be enrolled in the PD-L1–positive 
cohort if that cohort has not been filled.  PD-L1 results from prior testing with the 
FDA-approved assay (PD-L1 IHC 22C3 pharmDX) are acceptable. 
b. Phase 2 expansion:  Melanoma 
• Documentation of V600E-activating BRAF mutation status or consent to BRAF 
V600E mutation testing during the screening period.  Note:  Testing should be 
performed in a Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments–certified 
laboratory.  BRAF mutation status determined as part of a panel of genetic tests 
performed in a gene expression analysis will also satisfy the inclusion criteria for 
BRAF mutation testing. 
• Prior systemic therapy requirements: 
− Melanoma immune checkpoint-naïve cohort:  Subjects must not have received 
immunotherapy with anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, or anti−CTLA-4 therapy.  
Exception:  Prior anti−CTLA-4 in the adjuvant setting would be permitted. 
− Primary anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 refractory cohort (primary refractory):  
Subjects must have received prior treatment with anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 
therapy (alone or as part of a combination) in the advanced or metastatic 
setting and have PD as their best response to treatment that is confirmed at 
least 4 weeks later (no less than 28 days). 
o Subjects must have received at least 2 doses of a prior anti−PD-1 or 
anti−PD-L1 agent. 
o Progressive disease must also be at least 12 weeks from first dose of 
anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 therapy and confirmed 4 weeks (no less than 
28 days) later. 
o No more than 1 prior line of therapy is permitted and must have contained 
anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 therapy (alone or as part of a combination) with 
the exception of targeted therapy for subjects who have tumors that are 
BRAF mutant. 
 For subjects with BRAF-mutant tumors, treatment with a targeted 
therapy is required, and subjects should have progressed or been 
intolerant to the targeted therapy to be eligible. 
 For subjects who progressed on BRAF targeted therapy, lactate 
dehydrogenase must be < 2 × ULN. 
− Anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 relapsed cohort (relapsed):  Subjects must have 
received prior anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 therapy (alone or as part of a 
combination) in the advanced or metastatic setting and achieved PR/CR but 
later have confirmed PD (PD confirmed at least 4 weeks [no less than 
28 days] later). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 53 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• For subjects enrolling in the primary refractory or relapsed melanoma cohorts:  
Willing to undergo mandatory pretreatment and on-treatment core or excisional 
tumor biopsies 
Note:  In all cases, biopsies will be confirmed to contain adequate tumor tissue by 
a local pathology review.  If a subject is assessed by the interventional radiologist 
as having inaccessible lesions, subject may be enrolled with medical monitor 
approval.  In this case submission of archived tumor tissue may be acceptable.  
Also subjects with solitary target lesions should not be enrolled in either cohort. 
• Ocular melanoma is excluded. 
c. Phase 2 expansion:  Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
• Histologically or cytologically confirmed transitional cell carcinoma of the 
bladder, ureter, or renal pelvis, or mixed histology bladder cancer. 
• Metastatic or locally advanced and not amenable to curative therapy transitional 
cell carcinoma of the GU tract cancer with disease progression on or after 
platinum-based chemotherapy or alternative therapy if platinum-based therapy is 
not appropriate. 
• Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded 
d. Phase 2 expansion:  SCCHN  
• Histologically confirmed metastatic or recurrent squamous cell carcinoma not 
amenable to local therapy with curative intent (surgery or radiation with or 
without chemotherapy). 
• Carcinoma of the nasopharynx, salivary gland, or nonsquamous histologies are 
excluded. 
• Subjects must have received at least 1 prior systemic chemotherapy regimen that 
must have included a platinum-based therapy.  Investigational agents used in 
combination with standard therapies are allowed.  Subjects who relapse within 
6 months of adjuvant therapy, including a platinum-containing regimen, may 
enroll. 
• Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded.  
e. Phase 2 expansion:  Ovarian cancer 
• Subjects with FIGO Stage Ic, Stage II, Stage III, Stage IV, recurrent, or persistent 
(unresectable) histologically confirmed epithelial ovarian cancer, primary 
peritoneal cancer, or fallopian tube carcinoma. 
• Subjects must have received a platinum-taxane–based regimen as first-line 
therapy. 
• Subjects who received maintenance paclitaxel, bevacizumab, or alternative 
maintenance therapy (eg, vaccines) are eligible for enrollment provided they have 
discontinued therapy at least 4 weeks for prior taxane, at least 4 weeks for 
bevacizumab, or received medical monitor approval for time lapse from 
alternative maintenance therapy prior to enrollment and recovered from toxicities 
to less than Grade 2. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 54 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
• Borderline, low-malignant-potential epithelial carcinoma per histopathology is 
excluded. 
f. Phase 2 expansion:  Relapsed or refractory DLBCL 
• Prior allogeneic stem-cell transplantation is excluded. 
• Must have received ≥ 1 prior treatment regimen. 
• Not a candidate for curative therapy or hematopoietic stem-cell transplantation 
(either due to disease burden, fitness, or preference). 
• Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
• Fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG)-avid disease (based on local evaluation) per the 
Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014).  Fluorodeoxyglucose-avid disease is 
defined as disease with a 5-point scale score of 4 or 5. 
g. Phase 2 expansion:  TNBC 
• Histologically confirmed breast adenocarcinoma that is unresectable 
loco-regional, or metastatic. 
• Pathologically confirmed as triple negative, source documented, defined as both 
of the following: 
1. Estrogen receptor (ER) and progesterone receptor (PgR) negative:  < 1% of 
tumor cell nuclei are immunoreactive in the presence of evidence that the 
sample can express ER or PgR (positive intrinsic controls). 
2. Human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER2) negative as per American 
Society of Clinical Oncology/College of American Pathologists guidelines 
i. IHC 0 or 1 fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) negative (or equivalent 
negative test), ii. Subjects with IHC 2 must have a negative by FISH (or 
equivalent negative test). 
• Subjects with breast cancer history of different phenotypes (ie, ER/PgR/HER2 
positive) must have pathologic confirmation of triple negative disease in at least 
one of the current sites of metastasis. 
• Subject must have received at least 1 prior systemic regimen for advanced or 
metastatic disease. 
• Prior PD-1 or CTLA-4 targeted therapies are excluded. 
h. Phase 2 expansion:  RCC 
• Subjects with histological or cytological confirmation of clear cell RCC. 
• Not curable by surgery. 
• Subjects must have received prior antiangiogenic therapy or refused standard 
therapy. 
• Subjects must not have received immunotherapy with anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, or 
anti−CTLA-4 therapy.    
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 55 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
i. Phase 2 expansion:  MSI high CRC    
• Subjects with histological confirmation of locally advanced unresectable or 
metastatic MSI high CRC. 
• Mismatch repair (MMR) or MSI status is, respectively, determined by examining 
either CRC tumor:  protein expression by immunohistochemistry of 4 MMR 
enzymes (MLH1/MSH2/MSH6/PMS2) OR 3 to 5 tumor microsatellite loci using 
polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-based assay.  Tumors are classified as MSI high 
when at least 2 allelic shifts among the 3 to 5 analyzed microsatellite markers are 
detected by PCR or absence of at least 1 of 4 MMR protein expression is detected 
by IHC.   
• Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for advanced 
disease (if a subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, 
this would count as a prior line of therapy). 
j. Phase 2 expansion:  Gastric cancer 
• Must have histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of gastric or 
gastroesophageal junction adenocarcinoma. 
• Must have progression on or after therapy containing platinum/fluoropyrimidine 
or refused standard therapy. 
• Documentation of HER2/neu status.  Subjects who are HER2/neu-positive must 
be treated with a HER2/neu inhibitor, and subjects should have progressed on or 
be intolerant to the targeted therapy or refused standard therapy. 
• Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for the advanced 
disease (if a subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, 
this would count as a prior line of therapy). 
k. Phase 2 expansion:  HCC 
• Must have histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of HCC 
(fibrolamellar and mixed hepatocellular/cholangiocarcinoma subtypes are not 
eligible). 
• Barcelona Clinic Liver Cancer (BCLC) Stage C disease (Llovet et al 1999), or 
BCLC Stage B disease not amenable to locoregional therapy or refractory to 
locoregional therapy, and not amenable to a curative treatment approach. 
• CP score of A within 7 days of first dose of study drug (Appendix I). 
• Subjects may have received no more than 2 lines of prior therapy for the advanced 
disease (If a subject progressed within 6 months of completing adjuvant therapy, 
this would count as a prior line of therapy). 
• Must have progressed on, refused, or were intolerant of sorafenib.  If the subject 
received sorafenib, it must be at least 14 days since prior treatment with sorafenib 
before first dose of study treatment. 
− Intolerant is defined as any Grade ≥ 2 drug-related AE that, despite supportive 
therapy, recurred after sorafenib treatment interruption of at least 7 days and 
dose reduction resulting in the subject requesting or the physician 
recommending discontinuation due to toxicity. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 56 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• The following are excluded:  Subjects with liver transplants, clear invasion of the 
bile duct or main portal branch(es), or hepatorenal syndrome, or subjects who 
have required esophageal variceal ablation within 28 days of starting study 
treatment. 
• Has been treated with anti−hepatitis B therapy.  Subjects with controlled (treated) 
hepatitis B will be allowed if they meet the following criteria: 
− Antiviral therapy for hepatitis B virus (HBV) must be given for at least 
12 weeks, and HBV viral load must be < 100 IU/mL before the first dose of 
study drug.  Subjects on active HBV therapy with viral loads < 100 IU/mL 
should stay on the same therapy throughout study treatment. 
− Subjects who are anti-HBc positive, negative for HbsAg, negative for 
anti-HBs, and have an HBV viral load < 100 IU/mL do not require HBV 
antiviral prophylaxis. 
• Subjects with history of hepatitis C virus (HCV) who have had successful 
treatment, defined as undetectable HCV RNA more than 12 weeks after treatment 
(these subjects may be HCV antibody positive, but will not have detectable 
RNA).  Also subjects with untreated HCV and those who failed treatment are 
permitted.  However, for those with untreated HCV and those who have failed 
treatment, HCV viral load (HCV RNA) will be monitored every cycle.  
• Blood pressure must be adequately controlled (blood pressure medications have 
been stable for 1 month). 
• Albumin ≥ 3.0 g/dL.  NOTE:  No albumin supplement (or BCAA) allowed within 
the last 14 days. 
11. Fresh baseline tumor biopsies (defined as a biopsy specimen with adequate tumor tissue 
taken since completion of the most recent prior systemic regimen) are required.  If a 
subject has inaccessible lesions, such as in ovarian cancer, HCC, or gastric cancer, or 
highly vascular lesions, such as RCC, enrollment may be considered with medical 
monitor approval.  In this case, submission of archived tumor tissue may be acceptable. 
a. Fresh formalin-fixed or formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tumor tissue blocks are 
preferred.  If block is not available, a minimum 20 unstained freshly cut slides may be 
submitted to the testing laboratory per the specifications in the laboratory manual. 
12. Female subjects of childbearing potential (defined as women who have not undergone 
surgical sterilization with a hysterectomy and/or bilateral oophorectomy, and are not 
postmenopausal, defined as ≥ 12 months of amenorrhea) must have a negative serum 
pregnancy test at screening.  All female and male subjects of childbearing potential must 
agree to take appropriate precautions to avoid pregnancy or fathering children (with at 
least 99% certainty) from screening through 120 days after the last dose of study 
treatment.  Permitted methods that are at least 99% effective in preventing pregnancy (see 
Appendix A) should be communicated to the subjects and their understanding confirmed. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 57 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
3.3. 
Subject Exclusion Criteria 
If met, any of the following criteria will lead to subject exclusion from the study: 
1. Participation in any other study in which receipt of an investigational study drug or 
device occurred within 2 weeks or 5 half-lives (whichever is longer) before first dose.  
For investigational agents with long half-lives (eg, 5 days), enrollment before the fifth 
half-life requires medical monitor approval. 
2. Diagnosis of immunodeficiency or is receiving systemic steroid therapy or any other 
form of immunosuppressive therapy within 7 days before the first dose of study 
treatment. 
3. Prior monoclonal antibody within 4 weeks or 5 half-lives (whichever is shorter) before 
study Day 1 or not recovered (≤ Grade 1 or at baseline) from AEs due to agents 
administered more than 4 weeks earlier.  An exception to this rule would be use of 
denosumab. 
4. Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  For exclusion criteria specific to each tumor type, see 
Section 3.2. 
5. Prior chemotherapy or targeted small molecule therapy within 2 weeks before study 
Day 1 or not recovered (≤ Grade 1 or at baseline) from AEs due to previously 
administered agents. 
a. Note:  Subjects with ≤ Grade 2 neuropathy or alopecia are an exception and may 
enroll. 
b. Note:  If subject received major surgery, he or she must have recovered adequately 
from the toxicity and/or complications from the intervention before starting therapy. 
6. Prior therapy with an anti−PD-1, anti−PD-L1, anti−PD-L2, anti−CD137, or anti−CTLA-4 
antibody (including ipilimumab or any other antibody or drug specifically targeting 
T-cell costimulation or checkpoint pathways).  Exception:  See the inclusion criteria for 
the melanoma cohorts in Section 3.2 for specific requirements related to prior immune 
checkpoint inhibitor therapies. 
7. Known additional malignancy that is progressing or requires active treatment.  
Exceptions include basal cell carcinoma of the skin, squamous cell carcinoma of the skin, 
or in situ cervical cancer that has undergone potentially curative therapy. 
8. Known active central nervous system (CNS) metastases and/or carcinomatous meningitis.  
Subjects with previously treated brain metastases may participate provided they are stable 
(without evidence of progression by imaging for at least 4 weeks before the first dose of 
study treatment and any neurologic symptoms have returned to baseline), have no 
evidence of new or enlarging brain metastases, and are not using steroids for at least 
7 days before study treatment. 
a. Subjects with evidence of cerebral edema will be excluded from participation.  In 
addition, subjects will be excluded from participation in the study if it has been 
< 8 weeks since radiation therapy was delivered to the CNS. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 58 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9. Active autoimmune disease that has required systemic treatment in the past 2 years 
(ie, with use of disease-modifying agents, corticosteroids, or immunosuppressive drugs).  
Replacement therapy (eg, thyroxine, insulin, or physiologic corticosteroid replacement 
therapy for adrenal or pituitary insufficiency, etc) is not considered a form of systemic 
treatment.  
10. History of (noninfectious) pneumonitis that required steroids, or current pneumonitis. 
11. Prior radiotherapy within 2 weeks of therapy (exception for radiation to CNS, which 
requires ≥ 8-week washout).  Subjects must have recovered from all radiation-related 
toxicities, not require corticosteroids, and not have had radiation pneumonitis.  A 1-week 
washout is permitted for palliative radiation to non-CNS disease with medical monitor 
approval. 
12. Active infection requiring systemic therapy. 
13. Known HBV or HCV viremia or at risk for HBV reactivation.  Exception for subjects 
enrolled in the HCC cohort (see details in the HCC-specific inclusion criteria 10k and 
exclusion criteria 26f for specific requirement for HCC subjects with HBV or HCV). 
a. HBV DNA and testing for HCV RNA must be undetectable.   
b. At risk for HBV reactivation is defined as hepatitis B surface antigen positive or 
anti−hepatitis B core antibody positive.  (Testing required and may be performed 
locally.)  Results for anti-HBV/HCV antibodies must be available before treatment.  
If negative, subjects may be enrolled before DNA/RNA results with medical monitor 
approval. 
14. Pregnant or nursing women or subjects expecting to conceive or father children within 
the projected duration of the study, starting with the screening visit through 120 days 
after the last dose of study treatment. 
15. Known history of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (HIV 1/2 antibodies). 
16. Live attenuated vaccine within 30 days before the first dose of study treatment.  
Examples of live vaccines include, but are not limited to, the following:  measles, 
mumps, rubella, chicken pox, yellow fever, rabies, Bacillus Calmette–Guérin (BCG), and 
typhoid vaccine.  Seasonal influenza vaccines for injection are generally killed virus 
vaccines and are allowed; however, intranasal influenza vaccines (eg, FluMist®) are live 
attenuated vaccines and are not allowed. 
17. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors within the 21 days before screening or any concurrent use 
of a prohibited medication listed in Section 5.13.  
18. Any history of SS after receiving 1 or more serotonergic drugs. 
19. Presence of a gastrointestinal condition that may affect drug absorption. 
20. Use of systemic corticosteroids.  Exceptions:  Doses ≤ 10 mg/day are permitted (see 
Section 5.12) and use for radiographic procedures is permitted. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 59 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
21. History or presence of an abnormal electrocardiogram (ECG) which, in the investigator’s 
opinion, is clinically meaningful.  Subjects with screening QTc interval > 480 ms are 
excluded.  For subjects with an intraventricular conduction delay (QRS interval 120 ms), 
the JTc interval may be used in place of the QTc with sponsor approval.  Subjects with 
left bundle branch block are excluded.  Subjects with QTc prolongation due to a 
pacemaker may enroll if the JT is normal or with medical monitor approval. 
22. History or current evidence of any condition, therapy, or laboratory abnormality that 
might confound the results of the study, interfere with the subject’s participation for the 
full duration of the study, or is not in the best interest of the subject to participate, in the 
opinion of the treating investigator. 
23. Known psychiatric or substance abuse disorders that would interfere with cooperation 
with the requirements of the study. 
24. Immediate family member (self, spouse, or child) who is investigational site or sponsor 
staff directly involved with this study, unless prospective institutional review board (IRB) 
approval (by chair or designee) is given allowing exception to this criterion for a specific 
subject. 
25. Known allergy or reaction to any component of either study drug or formulation 
components, including severe (≥ Grade 3) hypersensitivity to pembrolizumab and/or any 
of its excipients. 
26.  Subjects with HCC who meet the following criteria are excluded: 
a. Has had esophageal or gastric variceal bleeding within the last 6 months.  All subjects 
will be screened for esophageal varices, unless such screening has been performed in 
the past 12 months before first dose of treatment.  If varices are present, they should 
be treated according to institutional standards before starting study treatment.   
b. Portal vein invasion at the main portal (Vp4), inferior vena cava, or cardiac 
involvement of HCC based on imaging. 
c. Has had clinically diagnosed hepatic encephalopathy in the last 6 months.  Subjects 
on rifaximin or lactulose to control their hepatic encephalopathy are not allowed. 
d. Had a solid organ or hematologic transplant. 
e. Has received locoregional therapy to liver (transcatheter chemoembolization, 
transcatheter embolization, hepatic arterial infusion, radiation, radioembolization, or 
ablation) within 4 weeks before the first dose of study drug.  Subject is not eligible if 
aforementioned treatments were administered between the last dose of sorafenib and 
first dose of study medication. 
f. Has dual active HBV infection (HbsAg positive and/or detectable HBV DNA) and 
HCV infection (anti-HCV antibody positive and detectable HCV RNA) at study 
entry. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 60 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
4. 
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN 
4.1. 
Overall Study Design 
Note:  Amendment 10 will serve to close the study to future enrollment.  The primary purpose of 
the amendment is to provide guidance for handling subjects still on study.  The last study visit is 
the 90-day safety follow-up visit. 
This is a Phase 1/2 study, with Phase 1 being a dose-escalation of INCB024360 in combination 
with MK-3475 in subjects with selected advanced or metastatic solid tumors and Phase 2 being 
an open-label expansion in subjects with select solid tumors as well as DLBCL. 
The dose-escalation phase (Phase 1) will be open-label and utilize a 3 + 3 + 3 design that will 
identify the MTD or PAD of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475 in subjects with the 
following selected solid tumors:  NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, 
RCC, TNBC, adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or SCCHN who have disease progression on 
at least 1 line of therapy for advanced or metastatic cancer (except melanoma).  Phase 1 will 
include up to 3 safety expansion cohorts of up to 9 subjects each.  The first safety expansion will 
enroll melanoma subjects only at 50 mg BID once the preliminary safety of the 50 mg BID 
cohort is established, a second safety expansion will open at 100 mg BID, and, if tolerated, a 
third safety expansion may occur at 300 mg BID.  The RP2D will be selected from the evaluated 
safety expansions.  At the sponsor’s discretion, the second and third safety expansion cohorts 
may be limited to subjects with specific cancer types among those included in Phase 1 (the 
tumor-specific determination for this safety expansion will be determined at the time of 
expansion by the study sponsor).  The safety expansion cohorts at the doses lower than the 
current dose level being tested may begin enrolling during the DLT waiting period of the 
remaining cohort escalations.  Enrollment priority goes to the current dose level being evaluated. 
The Phase 2 cohort expansions will further explore the safety and efficacy of the RP2D 
(determined in Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID) of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475.  
Phase 2 will enroll subjects with the following select tumors:  melanoma, NSCLC, transitional 
cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, RCC, MSI high CRC, DLBCL, 
gastric cancer, and HCC.  There will be 2 NSCLC cohorts included in the Phase 2 expansion.  
For the NSCLC cohorts, 1 cohort will include subjects with PD-L1 high expression (defined as 
≥ 50%) and a second cohort will include subjects with low/negative or indeterminate PD-L1 
expression (low/negative is defined as TPS of 0%-49%).  There will also be 3 melanoma cohorts; 
1 cohort will include subjects who are prior checkpoint-naïve (anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 directed 
therapy), a second cohort will include subjects with primary refractory disease, and a third cohort 
will include subjects with relapsed disease.  Approximately 18 to 42 subjects per cohort will be 
enrolled (for a total of approximately 446 subjects) to further characterize the efficacy in these 
select tumor types. 
See Figure 1 for the overall study design. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 61 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
4.1.1. 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Design 
Phase 1 is the dose-escalation phase, which will include cohorts of subjects treated with 
INCB024360 BID at initial doses of 25 mg BID, 50 mg BID, and 100 mg BID in combination 
with MK-3475 2 mg/kg Q3W, and INCB024360 300 mg BID in combination with MK-3475 
200 mg/kg Q3W.  Interim dose levels of 75 mg QD (50 mg in the morning/25 mg in the 
evening), 75 mg BID, or 200 mg BID may be evaluated if DLTs occur at 50 mg BID, 100 mg 
BID, or 300 mg BID following the review of available safety data at the Dose Escalation/Cohort 
Review meetings.  One treatment cycle of MK-3475 administered Q3W will consist of 21 days.  
A minimum of 3 subjects will be enrolled and treated in each cohort, and all 3 subjects will be 
observed for a minimum of 42 days (6 weeks) before the subsequent cohort begins enrollment.  
Subjects must have received the cohort-specific dose of INCB024360 for at least 80% of the 
doses during the 42-day DLT observation period, and must have received 2 doses of MK-3475 
during that 42-day period, or must have experienced a DLT to be included in the cohort review 
for DLTs.  Additional subjects will be enrolled in a cohort to achieve the minimum of 
3 evaluable subjects if dropouts or dose interruptions or reductions occur that result in a subject 
being nonevaluable for DLTs.  When the preliminary safety of 50 mg BID and 100 mg BID has 
been established, additional subjects with melanoma will be enrolled at 50 mg BID for a total of 
9 subjects.  An additional safety cohort will also be opened at 100 mg BID in parallel to 300 mg 
BID being tested.  This may also be limited to subjects with melanoma, NSCLC, or specific 
cancer types from among those included in Phase 1 at the sponsor’s discretion.  If 300 mg BID is 
also determined to be well tolerated, an additional safety cohort may also be enrolled that, at the 
sponsor’s discretion, may be limited to specific cancer types from among those included in 
Phase 1.  The RP2D will be selected from the evaluated safety expansions.  All subjects in these 
safety expansions will be treated with MK-3475 200 mg Q3W. 
3 + 3 + 3 Design:  The dose of INCB024360 will be escalated if 0 of the first 3 evaluable 
subjects enrolled experience a DLT.  If > 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects enrolled experience a 
DLT, the prior dose level will be considered the MTD.  If 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects 
enrolled experience a DLT, the cohort will be expanded to include 3 additional evaluable 
subjects.  If 1 of the 6 evaluable subjects enrolled in the expanded cohort experience a DLT, dose 
escalation to the next dose level may occur.  If 2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT that cohort will 
be expanded to 9 subjects.  If ≥ 2 of 3, 3 of 6, or 3 of 9 subjects experience DLTs within a 
cohort, then that dose level will be determined to have exceeded the MTD and the prior dose 
level will be considered the MTD or an intermittent dose may be tested. 
For the safety expansion cohorts, if < 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects experience a DLT at the 
given dose level, the dose will be deemed tolerable.  If ≥ 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects 
experience a DLT in the safety expansions, then the next lower dose level of INCB024360 will 
be deemed the RP2D.  The RP2D will be selected from one of the doses deemed tolerable (as 
defined above). 
If at least 25 mg BID cannot be combined safely with MK-3475 2 mg/kg, other alternative dose 
schedules (ie, intermittent dosing) of INCB024360 may be tested, if needed, following the 
review of available safety data at the Dose Escalation/Cohort Review meetings.  If an alternate 
schedule is tested and determined to be safe, re-escalation of INCB024360 according to Table 1 
will proceed with MK-3475 2 mg/kg Q3W. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 62 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
The cohorts and dose levels are shown in Table 1 for the dose escalations of INCB024360 with 
Q3W schedule of MK-347 and in Table 2 for the safety expansions cohorts. 
Table 1: 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Schema for Daily INCB024360 in Combination 
With MK-3475 Once Every 3 Weeks 
Daily Dose
a 
of INCB024360 
Dose of MK-3475 
(Once Q3W) 
25 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
50 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
100 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
300 mg BID orally
b 
200 mg IV 
a Interim dose levels of 75 mg QD (50 mg in the morning/25 mg in the evening), 75 mg BID, or 200 mg BID may be evaluated if 
DLTs occur at 50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID following the review of available safety data at the Dose 
Escalation/Cohort Review meetings. 
b Based on study INCB 24360-101, in which the average kynurenine inhibition after doses of 100 mg BID and 300 mg BID was 
89% and 94% respectively, a final escalation of INCB024360 300 mg BID may be evaluated but will be tested with the flat 
dose of MK-3475 200 mg. 
Table 2: 
Phase 1 Safety Expansion for Daily INCB024360 in Combination With 
MK-3475 Once Every 3 Weeks 
Daily Dose  
of INCB024360 
Dose of MK-3475 
(Once Q3W) 
50 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
100 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
300 mg BID
a 
200 mg IV 
a The RP2D will be selected from the safety expansions enrolled (50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID). 
During the study, dose interruptions and/or dose decreases may be implemented based on 
toxicity as described in Section 5.6.  However, dose adjustments should not be made during the 
DLT observation period without discussion with the medical monitor.  Intrasubject dose 
escalation is not permitted. 
4.1.2. 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansions 
The purpose of the cohort expansions is to gather additional safety, tolerability, preliminary 
efficacy, 
 information regarding the combination of INCB024360 and 
MK-3475 200 mg.  Once the safety profile of all doses tested has been characterized and the 
RP2D of combined administration of INCB024360 and MK-3475 has been defined, the cohort 
expansions will be initiated at the RP2D (determined in Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID).  Fourteen 
expansion cohorts will be restricted to NSCLC (2 cohorts:  PD-L1 positive and PD-L1 
low/negative or indeterminate), melanoma (3 cohorts:  checkpoint-naïve, primary refractory and 
relapsed), transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, DLBCL, 
MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, and HCC.  Continuous evaluation of toxicity 
events in the cohort expansions will be performed throughout enrollment in the expansion 
cohorts (see Section 9.6).  If the rate of DLTs exceeds 40%, the findings will be reviewed and 
further enrollment may be interrupted until the sponsor(s), investigators, and regulatory 
authorities, if applicable, have determined the appropriate course of action.  If an expansion 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 63 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
cohort is discontinued due to toxicity, a new cohort may be initiated at a previously tested lower 
dose level. 
In each of the cohorts, approximately 18 to 42 subjects will be enrolled to allow for a more 
precise estimate of ORR in subjects with these tumors and determine whether a target response 
rate (20%-62%) is likely (Table 3). 
Table 3: 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansions 
Tumor Type 
Approximate No. of Subjects Enrolled 
NSCLC high positive (PD-L1 TPS ≥ 50%)
a 
42 
NSCLC low/negative or indeterminate (PD-L1 TPS 
0%-49% or indeterminate)
b 
25 
Melanoma (immune checkpoint–naïve) 
40 
Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
36 
TNBC 
32 
Ovarian cancer 
33 
SCCHN 
32 
DLBCLa 
37 
RCC 
36 
MSI high CRCa 
29 
Gastric cancer 
27 
HCCa 
32 
Melanoma (primary refractory)a 
27
c 
Melanoma (relapsed)a 
18c 
Total 
446
d 
a These cohorts were discontinued before full enrollment. 
b Subjects whose biopsies are PD-L1 indeterminate will not be excluded from the study, with the exception as noted 
in inclusion criterion 10a.  They will be enrolled under the PD-L1 low/negative group but will be analyzed 
separately.  This may require additional enrollment into the PD-L1 low/negative group to ensure that 25 PD-L1 
low/negative subjects are enrolled.  Low/negative is defined as TPS of 0% to 49%. 
c These 2 cohorts will use a Simon 2-stage design.  These numbers represent the maximum total sample size for 
each cohort.  The actual sample size may be smaller. 
d Closing of cohorts before full enrollment will result in fewer than 446 subjects. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 64 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Figure 1: 
Study Design 
 
4.2. 
Study Endpoints 
4.2.1. 
Primary Endpoints 
• Phase 1:  Safety and tolerability will be assessed by monitoring frequency, duration, 
and severity of AEs, through physical examinations, by evaluating changes in vital 
signs and electrocardiograms (ECGs), and through clinical laboratory blood and urine 
sample evaluations. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  ORR will be assessed based on irRECIST v1.1 for select 
solid tumors and the Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
4.2.2. 
Secondary Endpoints – Phase 2 
• Ordinal categorical response score, determined by radiographic disease assessments 
per irRECIST v1.1.  The 5-category ordinal response endpoint is determined at a 
given timepoint by classifying response into one of the following groups:  CR; very 
good response, defined as PR with percent reduction from baseline in tumor line 
length > 60%; minor response, defined as PR with percent reduction from baseline in 
tumor line length > 30% ≤ 60%; SD; and PD. 
• Duration of response determined by radiographic disease assessment defined as the 
time from earliest date of disease response until earliest date of disease progression. 
• Progression-free survival determined from date of treatment start date until first date 
for confirmed disease progression or death. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 65 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• Duration of disease control (including CR, PR, and SD) measuring from treatment 
start date until the earliest date of disease progression for subjects whose best 
response is SD or better. 
• Overall survival determined from the date of first dose until death due to any cause. 
• Safety and tolerability of the treatment regimens through assessment of AEs and 
changes in safety assessments, including laboratory parameters. 
4.3. 
Measures Taken to Avoid Bias 
The measurement of most toxicities using the CTCAE v4.0 and assessment of tumor size using 
the irRECIST v1.1 criteria or modified Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) represent 
objective endpoints. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 66 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
4.4. 
Number of Subjects 
Overall study accrual will be approximately 508 subjects.  This includes approximately 
62 subjects enrolled in the Phase 1 dose-escalation portion of the study, followed by 
approximately 446 subjects for the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study depending on screen 
failure rate.  Closing of Phase 2 cohorts before full enrollment will result in fewer than 
446 subjects.  Additional subjects may be screened and potentially enrolled in each cohort to 
ensure a minimum number of subjects are enrolled. 
4.5. 
Study Termination 
The investigator retains the right to terminate study participation at any time, according to the 
terms specified in the study contract.  The investigator is to notify the IRB or independent ethics 
committee (IEC) in writing of the study’s completion or early termination, and send a copy of 
the notification to the sponsor or sponsor’s designee and retain 1 copy for the site study 
regulatory file. 
The sponsor may terminate the study electively or if required by regulatory decision.  If the study 
is terminated prematurely, the sponsor will notify the investigators, the IRBs and IECs, and 
regulatory bodies of the decision and reason for termination of the study.   
In addition, early study termination by the sponsor may occur based on clinical criteria specified 
below: 
1. Quality or quantity of data recording is inaccurate or incomplete; 
2. Poor adherence to Protocol and regulatory requirements; 
3. Incidence or severity of adverse drug reaction in this or other studies indicates a potential 
health hazard to subjects; 
4. Plans to modify or discontinue the development of the study drug. 
In the event of sponsor decision to no longer supply study drug, ample notification will be 
provided so that appropriate adjustments to subject treatment can be made. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 67 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. 
TREATMENT OF SUBJECTS 
5.1. 
Administration of Study Drug 
5.1.1. 
INCB024360 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, INCB024360 administration is removed from the regimen for 
melanoma cohorts (except with medical monitor approval).  Ongoing subjects with melanoma 
will be instructed to stop taking INCB024360 and to continue on MK-3475 alone (for up to the 
35 infusions) or to stop treatment if on INCB024360 monotherapy unless medical monitor 
approval has been received to continue for the Protocol-specified interval (up to 12 months).  
Treatment with INCB024360 monotherapy and as part of combination therapy during the 
re-treatment periods is removed for subjects who have not already initiated such treatment.  For 
those subjects who have already initiated INCB024360 monotherapy treatment or re-treatment 
and who do not have melanoma, treatment is limited to 12 months. 
Subjects in Phase 1 will be administered study drug according to cohort enrollment (Table 1).  
Subjects in Phase 2 will be administered study drug at the dose or doses selected by the sponsor 
upon review of Phase 1 data. 
All BID doses of INCB024360 will be taken orally morning and evening, approximately 
12 hours apart without regard to food.  If the morning or evening dose is missed by more than 
4 hours, that dose should be skipped and the next scheduled dose should be taken at the usual 
time.  Doses of INCB024360 will be self-administered except on the days scheduled to be given 
at the study clinic (see Section 7.8.1).  INCB024360 will be given daily in combination with 
MK-3475 for approximately 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475).  After completion of 
24 months of combination treatment, the option for treatment with INCB024360 monotherapy is 
available for up to 12 months for subjects who are receiving benefit from treatment and have not 
had disease progression or met any criteria for study withdrawal, or they may stop both 
INCB024360 and MK-3475.  Monotherapy treatment is only available for subjects who have 
already initiated monotherapy at the time of implementation of Amendment 10.  Medical 
monitor approval is required for monotherapy INCB024360 treatment beyond 12 months.   
Subjects who complete 24 months (35 administrations) of MK-3475, continue on monotherapy 
INCB024360 for up to 12 months or stop both therapies, and later experience disease 
progression may be considered for re-treatment with the combination for an additional 
12 months (17 administrations of MK-3475) followed by the option to continue monotherapy 
INCB024360 for up to 12 months as long as they are receiving benefit from treatment and have 
not met any criteria for study withdrawal, or to stop both therapies.  Intrasubject dose escalation 
of INCB024360 is not permitted. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 68 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.1.2. 
MK-3475 
The treatment to be used in this study is outlined in Table 4. 
Table 4: 
Dosage and Mode of Administration for MK-3475 
Drug 
Dose/Potency 
Dose 
Frequency 
Route of 
Administration 
Regimen/Treatment 
Period 
Use 
MK-3475 
2 mg/kg 
Q3W 
IV infusion 
Day 1 of each cycle for 
approximately 24 months 
(35 administrations) 
Experimental 
MK-3475 
200 mg 
Q3W 
IV infusion 
Day 1 of each cycle for 
approximately 24 months 
(35 administrations) 
Experimental 
The dose amount required to prepare the MK-3475 infusion solution for a weight based dose will be based on the 
subject’s weight in kilograms.  Details on the dose calculation, preparation, and administration are provided in the 
Procedures Manual. 
The dose of MK-3475 may be changed to 200 mg, as detailed in Section 4.1.1. 
Note:  The 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475) of study drug is calculated from the date of first dose.  
Subjects who stop MK-3475 after 24 months may be eligible for up to 1 year (17 administrations of MK-3475) of 
additional study treatment if they experience disease progression after stopping study treatment provided they 
meet requirements detailed in Section 6.2.1. 
Study treatment should begin on the day of enrollment or as close as possible to the date on 
which treatment is allocated/assigned. 
5.1.2.1. 
Timing of Dose Administration of MK-3475 
Study treatment should be administered on Day 1 of each cycle after all procedures/assessments 
have been completed as detailed in the schedule of assessments (Section 6).  All study treatments 
will be administered on an outpatient basis. 
MK-3475 will be administered as a 30-minute IV infusion.  Sites should make every effort to 
target infusion timing to be as close to 30 minutes as possible.  However, given the variability of 
infusion pumps from site to site, a window of -5 minutes and +10 minutes is permitted (ie, 
infusion time is 30 minutes -5 min/+10 min). 
The Procedures Manual contains specific instructions for MK-3475 dose calculation, 
reconstitution, preparation of the infusion fluid, and administration. 
5.2. 
Treatment Compliance 
Treatment compliance with all study-related medications should be emphasized to the subject by 
the site personnel, and appropriate steps should be taken to optimize compliance during the 
study.  Subjects will bring all bottles of unopened, empty, and unused study drug with them to 
each study visit.  Investigative site staff will perform a count of returned tablets to assess 
compliance, and this information will be entered into the electronic case report form (eCRF).  
Bottles of study drug, including all bottles of unopened, partially opened, or empty bottles cannot 
be destroyed or returned to the depot until a monitor reviews and verifies all tablet counts for 
compliance.  Compliance with MK-3475 will also be documented in the medical record and 
monitored by the sponsor or its designee. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 69 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.3. 
Randomization and Blinding 
For Phase 1 and Phase 2 expansion cohorts, subjects will be allocated by nonrandom 
assignments and will occur centrally by an interactive response technology system (IRT).  The 
assigned bottle numbers will be entered into the eCRF.  At subsequent medication dispensing 
visits, the investigator or designee will follow the same procedures.  Full details will be provided 
in the IRT manual. 
5.4. 
Duration of Treatment and Subject Participation 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, the INCB024360 monotherapy, second course (re-treatment), and 
re-treatment monotherapy periods are removed.  The option for INCB024360 monotherapy, 
re-treatment combination, and re-treatment monotherapy are only available for up to 12 months 
to subjects who have already initiated those therapies at the time of implementation of this 
amendment and who do not have melanoma.  The last study visit is the safety follow-up visit. 
Each subject enrolled in the study will continue receiving combination study treatment in 
continuous 21-day cycles for up to 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475).  After 
24 months of combination treatment, the option for treatment with INCB024360 monotherapy is 
available for up to 12 additional months for subjects who are receiving benefit from treatment 
and have not had disease progression or met any criteria for study withdrawal, or they may stop 
both INCB024360 and MK-3475.  Monotherapy treatment is only available for subjects who 
have already initiated monotherapy at the time of Amendment 10.  Medical monitor approval is 
required for monotherapy INCB024360 treatment beyond 12 months.  Subjects who complete 
24 months of MK-3475 (35 administrations), continue on monotherapy INCB024360 for up to 
12 months or stop both therapies, and later experience disease progression may be considered for 
re-treatment with the combination for an additional 12 months (17 administrations of MK-3475) 
followed by the option to continue monotherapy INCB024360 for up to 12 months as long as 
they are receiving benefit from treatment and have not met any criteria for study withdrawal, or 
to stop both therapies.  If the subject discontinues all study treatment, the treatment period will 
end, and the subject will enter the follow-up period (see Section 6.4).  Study participation is 
expected to average about 6 months. 
5.5. 
Rationale for Dose Modification 
The purpose of the dose-escalation portion of the study (Phase 1) is to establish a suitable dose of 
INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475.  Thus, toxicities during the first 42 days of 
treatment will be used to define tolerability.  Independent of the determination of tolerability 
during Phase 1 of the study, subjects may require individual modification of INCB024360 or 
MK-3475 if necessitated by drug-related AEs, including irAEs.  Dose adjustments are 
summarized in Section 5.6. 
5.5.1. 
Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities for Phase 1 
A DLT will be defined as the occurrence of any treatment-emergent AE in Table 5 occurring up 
to and including Study Day 42 (6-week observation period).  Dose-limiting toxicities include all 
treatment-emergent AEs of the specified grades, regardless of investigator attribution or 
relatedness.  Only toxicities with a clear alternative explanation (eg, due to disease progression) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 70 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
or transient (≤ 72 hours), abnormal laboratory values without associated clinically significant 
signs or symptoms based on investigator determination can be deemed a non-DLT. 
Table 5: 
Criteria for Defining Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
Toxicity 
Hematologic Toxicities: 
• 
Any Grade 4 thrombocytopenia or neutropenia lasting > 7 days 
Nonhematologic Toxicities: 
• 
Any Grade 4 toxicity 
• 
Any Grade 3 or 4 AST, ALT, or total bilirubin elevation 
• 
Any other Grade 3 toxicity EXCLUDING: 
− 
Nausea/vomiting controlled by medical intervention within 72 hours 
− 
Grade 3 rash in the absence of desquamation, no mucosal involvement, does not require 
systemic steroids, and resolves to Grade 1 by the next scheduled dose of MK-3475 or 
14 days, whichever is longer.  
• 
Episcleritis, uveitis, or iritis of Grade 2 or higher 
General: 
• 
If subjects are unable to receive 75% of INCB024360 or 2 doses of MK-3475 during the DLT 
observation period because of toxicity, even if the toxicity does not meet DLT criteria defined 
above. 
• 
Greater than 2 week delay in starting Cycle 3 because of a treatment-related toxicity, even if 
the toxicity does not meet DLT criteria defined above. 
5.5.2. 
Procedures for Cohort Review and Dose Escalation in Phase 1 
Telephone conferences will be scheduled by the sponsor with Phase 1 investigators in order to 
review cohort-specific data, overall safety data from prior cohorts (if applicable), and to agree on 
dose escalation.  For additional safety oversight, this group will review and adjudicate individual 
high-grade AEs as potentially dose-limiting and for guiding the study team on decisions 
regarding dose escalation and cohort expansion.  The same method will be used for reviewing 
data at the end of Phase 1 to determine the recommended dose for Phase 2. 
5.5.3. 
Procedures for Safety Review for Phase 2 Expansion Cohorts 
Interim safety analyses are planned for Phase 2 after 20 subjects have been enrolled and treated 
for 9 weeks, and then every 3 months thereafter.  If the following is reported during these 
reviews, enrollment of subjects would be suspended until the sponsor(s), investigators, and 
regulatory authorities, if applicable, have determined the appropriate course of action: 
• > 40% of subjects have had an AE ≥ Grade 3 that was attributable to the 
investigational agents. 
5.5.4. 
Follow-Up for Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
Subjects whose treatment is discontinued because of a DLT must be followed until resolution or 
stabilization of the DLT event, whichever comes first. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 71 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.6. 
Dose Adjustment of Study Drugs 
5.6.1. 
Planned Dose Adjustments 
Intrasubject dose escalations are not permitted.  Subjects will remain on their cohort-assigned 
dose, or a lower dose if required because of AEs, throughout the treatment and extension 
portions. 
5.6.2. 
Criteria and Procedures for Interruption 
In some circumstances, it may be necessary to temporarily interrupt both study treatments as a 
result of AEs that may have an unclear relationship to study drug.  Any interruptions of 
> 2 weeks or for LFT abnormalities must be discussed with the medical monitor before resuming 
treatment.  Treatment with both study drugs should be withheld for drug-related Grade 4 
hematologic toxicities, nonhematological toxicity ≥ Grade 3 (including laboratory 
abnormalities), and severe or life-threatening AEs (see Table 6).  Table 6 summarizes the dosing 
actions for MK-3475 and INCB024360 that must be implemented with the indicated related AEs.  
Table 7 provides dose modification guidance for epacadostat.  Additional information related to 
dose changes for INCB024360 and MK-3475 and guidance for immune-related toxicities can be 
found in Section 5.6.3 and for SS in Section 5.6.5. 
Except in cases of emergency, it is recommended that the investigator consult with the sponsor’s 
medical monitor (or other representative of the sponsor) before temporarily interrupting therapy 
for reasons other than Protocol-mandated medication hold.  Additionally, the investigator must 
notify the sponsor’s medical monitor and study project manager via email before restarting study 
drug that was temporarily interrupted because of an AE. 
Dosing interruptions are permitted in the case of medical/surgical events or logistical reasons not 
related to study therapy (eg, elective surgery, unrelated medical events, subject vacation, and/or 
holidays).  Subjects should be placed back on study therapy within 3 weeks of the scheduled 
interruption, unless otherwise discussed with the sponsor.  The reason for interruption should be 
documented in the subject’s study record.
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 72 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 6: 
Dose Modification Guidelines for Drug-Related Adverse Events 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Hold 
Treatment 
(Y/N) 
Timing for 
Treatment 
Restart 
Dose/Schedule for Treatment Restart 
Discontinue Subject 
(After Medical Monitor 
Consultation) 
INCB024360 
MK-3475 
Hematologic toxicity 
1, 2 
No 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
3 
Yes 
Toxicity 
resolves to 
≤ Grade 1 or 
baseline 
Restart at same dose 
Restart at same dose and 
schedule.  See 
Section 5.6.3 for 
recommendations 
regarding immune-
mediated AEs. 
Toxicity does not resolve 
within 12 weeks of last 
infusion. 
4 
Yes 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
Permanently discontinue  
Nonhematologic toxicity 
Note:  Exception to be 
treated to similar Grade 1 
toxicity: 
− Grade 2 alopecia 
− Grade 2 fatigue 
− Grade 3 rash in the 
absence of 
desquamation, no 
mucosal involvement, 
does not require 
systemic steroids, and 
resolves to Grade 1 
within 14 days 
For additional information 
regarding AEs with 
potential immune 
etiology, see Section 5.6.3 
or for subjects with HCC, 
refer to Appendix J for 
guidance related to 
hepatic adverse events. 
1 
No 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
2 
Consider 
holding for 
persistent 
symptoms 
Toxicity 
resolves to 
≤ Grade 1 or 
baseline 
Restart at same dose 
Restart at same dose and 
schedule.  See 
Section 5.6.3 for 
recommendations 
regarding immune-
mediated AEs. 
Toxicity does not resolve 
within 12 weeks of last 
infusion 
3 
Yes 
Toxicity 
resolves to 
≤ Grade 1 or 
baseline 
Restart at 1 dose level 
lower. 
Restart at same dose and 
schedule.  See 
Section 5.6.3 for 
recommendations 
regarding immune-
mediated AEs. 
Toxicity does not resolve 
within 12 weeks of last 
infusion.  Permanent 
discontinuation should be 
considered for any severe 
or life-threatening event. 
4 
Yes 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
Permanently discontinue 
Note:  Subjects who experience a recurrence of the same severe or life-threatening AE at the same grade or greater with rechallenge of the combination should be discontinued 
from study treatment.  For toxicities such as recurrent or intolerant rash with this combination, subjects may have the opportunity to resume treatment with MK-3475 alone with 
medical monitor approval.
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 73 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
In case toxicity does not resolve to Grade 0 to 1 within 12 weeks after last infusion of MK-3475, 
study treatment should be discontinued after consultation with the sponsor.  With investigator 
and sponsor agreement, subjects with a laboratory AE still at Grade 2 after 12 weeks may 
continue treatment in the study only if asymptomatic and controlled.  For information on the 
management of irAEs, see Section 5.6.3. 
Table 7: 
Dose Modifications for INCB024360 (Epacadostat) 
Current Dose 
Dose Adjustment 
300 mg BID 
100 mg BID 
100 mg BID 
50 mg BID 
50 mg BID 
25 mg BID 
A maximum of 2 dose reductions of INCB024360 are permitted.  Twenty-five mg BID is the 
lowest dose of epacadostat in this Protocol.  See the general instructions at the bottom of Table 8 
for guidance regarding the re-occurrence of an AE when a subject has had his or her epacadostat 
dose reduced to 25 mg BID. 
5.6.3. 
Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events 
This section is meant to apply to suspected irAEs or events of clinical interest (ECIs) of a 
potential immunologic etiology from INCB024360, MK-3475 or the combination. 
Events of clinical interest of a potential immunologic etiology or irAEs may be defined as an AE 
of unknown etiology, associated with drug exposure and consistent with an immune 
phenomenon.  irAEs may be predicted based on the nature of the MK-3475 or INCB024360 
compounds, their mechanism of action, and reported experience with immunotherapies that have 
a similar mechanism of action.  Special attention should be paid to AEs that may be suggestive 
of potential irAEs.  An irAE can occur shortly after the first dose or several months after the last 
dose of treatment.  Of note, the requirement for reporting ECIs applies to all groups, including 
comparators, of MK-3475. 
If an irAE is suspected, efforts should be made to rule out neoplastic, infectious, metabolic, toxin 
or other etiologic causes before labeling an AE as an irAE.  Subjects who develop a ≥ Grade 2 
irAE should be discussed with the sponsor. 
General recommendations to managing irAEs not detailed elsewhere in the Protocol are detailed 
in Table 8 and below. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 74 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Diarrhea/ 
Colitis 
2-3 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper 
• 
Subjects should be carefully monitored for 
signs and symptoms of enterocolitis (such as 
diarrhea, abdominal pain, blood or mucus in 
stool, with or without fever) and of bowel 
perforation (such as peritoneal signs and 
ileus).   
• 
All subjects who experience diarrhea/colitis 
should be advised to drink liberal quantities 
of clear fluids.  If sufficient oral fluid intake 
is not feasible, fluid and electrolytes should 
be substituted via IV infusion.   
• 
For Grade 2 or higher diarrhea, consider GI 
consultation and endoscopy to confirm or 
rule out colitis. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks 
of last dose, or cannot taper below 10 mg or 
less of prednisone or equivalent within 
12 weeks, must permanently discontinue. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose 
level if assessed as related.  
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
4 or 
recurrent 
Grade 3 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper 
• 
Subjects should be carefully monitored for 
signs and symptoms of enterocolitis (such as 
diarrhea, abdominal pain, blood or mucus in 
stool, with or without fever) and of bowel 
perforation (such as peritoneal signs and 
ileus).   
• 
All subjects who experience diarrhea/colitis 
should be advised to drink liberal quantities 
of clear fluids.  If sufficient oral fluid intake 
is not feasible, fluid and electrolytes should 
be substituted via IV infusion.   
• 
For Grade 2 or higher diarrhea suspecting 
colitis, consider GI consultation and 
endoscopy to confirm or rule out colitis. 
INCB024360  Permanently discontinue 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 75 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
AST, ALT, or 
Increased 
Bilirubin 
2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 0.5-1 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper 
  
• 
Monitor with liver function tests (consider 
weekly or more frequently until liver enzyme 
values return to baseline or are stable. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, or cannot taper below 10 mg or less 
of prednisone or equivalent within 12 weeks, 
must permanently discontinue. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose level 
if assessed as related. 
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
3-4 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 0.5-1 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
Monitor with liver function tests (consider 
weekly or more frequently until liver enzyme 
values return to baseline or are stable 
INCB024360  Permanently discontinue 
Type 1 
diabetes 
mellitus 
(TIDM) (if 
new onset) or 
Hyper-
glycemiaa 
T1DM or  
3-4 hyper-
glycemia 
associated 
with 
evidence of 
β-cell 
failure 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Initiate insulin replacement 
therapy for subjects with 
T1DM  
Administer anti-
hyperglycemic in subjects 
with hyperglycemia 
• 
Monitor subjects for hyperglycemia or other 
signs and symptoms of diabetes. 
• 
Resume MK-3475 when subjects are clinically 
and metabolically stable. 
• 
Resume INCB024360 when subjects are 
clinically and metabolically stable. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose level 
if assessed as related. 
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 76 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Hypophysitis 
2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
and initiate hormonal 
replacements as clinically 
indicated 
• 
Monitor for signs and symptoms of 
hypophysitis (including hypopituitarism and 
adrenal insufficiency). 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose level 
if assessed as related. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, must permanently discontinue. 
INCB024360 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
3-4 
MK-3475 
Withhold or permanently 
discontinueb 
Administer corticosteroids 
and initiate hormonal 
replacements as clinically 
indicated 
• 
Monitor for signs and symptoms of 
hypophysitis (including hypopituitarism and 
adrenal insufficiency). 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease  by 1 dose 
level if assessed as related 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, must permanently discontinue. 
INCB024360 
Withhold or permanently 
discontinueb 
Hyper-
thyroidism a 
2 
MK-3475 
Continue 
Treat with non-selective 
beta-blockers (eg, 
propranolol) or 
thionamides as appropriate 
• 
Monitor for signs and symptoms of thyroid 
disorders.  
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, must permanently discontinue. 
INCB024360   Continue 
3-4 
MK-3475 
Withhold or permanently 
discontinueb 
Treat with non-selective 
beta-blockers (eg, 
propranolol) or 
thionamides as appropriate 
• 
Monitor for signs and symptoms of thyroid 
disorders. 
INCB024360   Withhold or permanently 
discontinueb 
Hypo-
thyroidisma 
2-4 
MK-3475 
Continue 
Initiate thyroid 
replacement hormones (eg, 
levothyroxine or 
liothyronine) per standard 
of care 
• 
Monitor for signs and symptoms of thyroid 
disorders.  
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, must permanently discontinue. 
INCB024360  Continue 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 77 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Pneumonitis 
2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
Monitor subjects for signs and symptoms of 
pneumonitis 
• 
Evaluate subjects with suspected pneumonitis 
with radiographic imaging and initiate 
corticosteroid treatment 
• 
Add prophylactic antibiotics for opportunistic 
infections. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, or cannot taper below 10 mg or less 
of prednisone or equivalent within 12 weeks, 
must permanently discontinue. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose level 
if assessed as related. 
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
3-4 or 
recurrent 
Grade 2 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
Monitor subjects for signs and symptoms of 
pneumonitis 
• 
Evaluate subjects with suspected pneumonitis 
with radiographic imaging and initiate 
corticosteroid treatment 
• 
Add prophylactic antibiotics for opportunistic 
infections 
INCB024360  Permanently discontinue 
Renal Failure 
or Nephritis 
2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
Monitor for changes in renal function. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, or cannot taper below 10 mg or less 
of prednisone or equivalent within 12 weeks, 
must permanently discontinue. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if event 
assessed as unrelated, decrease by 1 dose level 
if assessed as related. 
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
3-4 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
Monitor for changes in renal function. 
INCB024360  Permanently discontinue 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 78 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Rash 
1 or 2 
MK-3475 
Continue 
Manage with topical 
steroids with or without 
drug interruption. 
 
INCB024360 
Continue 
3 c 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose, or cannot taper below 10 mg or less 
of prednisone or equivalent within 12 weeks, 
must permanently discontinue. 
• 
Restart INCB024360 at same dose if rash is 
mild and assessed as Grade 3 based only on 
body surface area and resolves without oral 
steroids.  If oral steroids are required, or rash 
is severe, decrease by 1 dose level once 
resolved to Grade 0-1. 
 
INCB024360  Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
4 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
Administer corticosteroids 
(initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
prednisone or equivalent) 
followed by taper. 
 
INCB024360 
Permanently discontinue 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 79 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Asymptomatic 
Amylase or 
Lipase 
Increased 
3 
MK-3475 
May continue treatment 
with medical monitor 
approval 
 
• 
Permanently discontinue if clinical signs and 
symptoms of pancreatitis develop (abdominal 
pain, nausea, vomiting). 
• 
If toxicity does not resolve within 12 weeks of 
last dose after an interruption, must 
permanently discontinue unless approved by 
the medical monitor to continue. 
• 
If Grade 4 lipase/amylase elevation is 
asymptomatic and abdominal imaging 
suggests no pathology, study drug 
administration dosing may continue with 
medical monitor approval. 
INCB024360 
May continue treatment 
with medical monitor 
approval 
 
4 
MK-3475 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
 
INCB024360 
Withhold until toxicity 
resolves to Grade 0-1 
 
Once resolved to Grade 
0-1, may restart: 
Related:  Reduce by 
1 dose level. 
Not Related:  Same dose 
level. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 80 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
All Other 
Drug-Related 
Toxicity 
Intolerable/ 
persistent 
Grade 2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until Grade 0-1 
Based on severity of AE 
administer corticosteroids  
• 
Ensure adequate evaluation to confirm 
etiology or exclude other causes 
INCB024360 
Withhold until Grade 0-1 
 
Once resolved to 
Grade 0-1, may restart: 
Related:  Reduce by 
1 dose level. 
Not Related:  Same dose 
level. 
Grade 3 
MK-3475 
Withhold until 
Grade 0-1, or discontinue 
based on the type of 
event.  Events that 
require discontinuation 
include and not limited 
to:  Gullain-Barre, 
encephalitis 
INCB024360 
Withhold until Grade 0-1 
 
Once resolved to 
Grade 0-1, may restart: 
Related: Reduce by 
1 dose level. 
Not Related: Same dose 
level.  
 
Events that require 
discontinuation include 
and not limited to:  
Gullain-Barre, 
encephalitis 
Grade 4 or 
recurrent 
Grade 3 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
INCB024360 
Permanently discontinue 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 81 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 8: 
Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events (Continued) 
Toxicity 
Grade 
Study 
Treatment 
Action Taken 
AE Management 
Monitor, Follow-up and Restart Guidelines 
Myocarditis 
Grade 1 or 
2 
MK-3475 
Withhold until Grade 0 
Based on severity of AE 
administer corticosteroids 
Ensure adequate evaluation to confirm etiology 
and/or exclude other causes 
INCB024360  Withhold until Grade 0 
Grade 3 or 
4 
MK-3475 
Permanently discontinue 
INCB024360 
Permanently discontinue 
General Instructions: 
1. Corticosteroid taper should be initiated upon AE improving to Grade 1 or less and continue to taper over at least 4 weeks. 
2. For situations where MK-3475 and INCB024360 have been withheld, MK-3475 and INCB024360 can be resumed after AE has been reduced to Grade 1 or 0, and 
corticosteroid has been tapered.  MK-3475 and INCB024360 should be permanently discontinued if AE does not resolve within 12 weeks of last dose or corticosteroids 
cannot be reduced to ≤10 mg prednisone or equivalent per day within 12 weeks.  
3. For severe and life-threatening irAEs, IV corticosteroid should be initiated first followed by oral steroid.  Other immunosuppressive treatment should be initiated if irAEs 
cannot be controlled by corticosteroids. 
4. If the same AE that required INCB024360 dose reductions to the 25 mg BID dose level re-occurs, regardless of the causality to INCB024360, INCB024360 should be 
discontinued.  If a participant who is being treated at INCB024360 25 mg BID has a different AE that is considered unrelated to INCB024360 by the investigator, the 
participant may resume study treatment at 25 mg BID after discussion with the study medical monitor. 
NOTES:  
a. For participants with Grade 3 or 4 immune-related endocrinopathy where withholding of MK-3475 and INCB024360 is required, MK-3475 and INCB024360 may be 
resumed when AE resolves to ≤Grade 2 and is controlled with hormonal replacement therapy or achieved metabolic control (in case of T1DM)  
b. Withhold OR permanently discontinue MK-3475 + INCB024360 at the discretion of the Investigator.   
c. Participants with Grade 3 rash in the absence of desquamation, no mucosal involvement, does not require systemic steroids, and resolves to Grade 1 within 14 days does not 
have to hold  study treatment. 
Abbreviations:  AEs = adverse events; ALT (SGPT) = alanine aminotransferase (serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase); AST (SGOT) = aspartate aminotransferase (serum 
glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase); CTCAE = Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events; IV = intravenous; irAE = immune-related adverse events; T1DM = Type 1 
diabetes mellitus. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 82 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.6.3.1. 
Procedures and Guidance for Infusion Reactions 
Pembrolizumab may cause severe or life threatening infusion-reactions including severe 
hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis.  Signs and symptoms usually develop during or shortly after 
drug infusion and generally resolve completely within 24 hours of completion of infusion.  
Table 9 shows treatment guidelines for subjects who experience an infusion reaction associated 
with administration of pembrolizumab (MK-3475). 
Table 9: 
Infusion Reaction Treatment Guidelines 
NCI CTCAE Grade 
Treatment 
Premedication at 
Subsequent Dosing 
Grade 1 
Mild reaction; infusion 
interruption not indicated; 
intervention not indicated 
Increase monitoring of vital signs as medically 
indicated until the subject is deemed medically 
stable in the opinion of the investigator. 
None 
Grade 2 
Requires infusion 
interruption but responds 
promptly to symptomatic 
treatment (eg, 
antihistamines, NSAIDs, 
narcotics, IV fluids); 
prophylactic medications 
indicated for ≤ 24 hours 
Stop infusion and monitor symptoms. 
Additional appropriate medical therapy may 
include but is not limited to: 
• IV fluids 
• Antihistamines 
• NSAIDs 
• Acetaminophen 
• Narcotics 
Increase monitoring of vital signs as medically 
indicated until the subject is deemed medically 
stable in the opinion of the investigator. 
If symptoms resolve within 1 hour of stopping 
drug infusion, the infusion may be restarted at 
50% of the original infusion rate (eg, from 
100 mL/hr to 50 mL/hr).  Otherwise dosing will 
be held until symptoms resolve and the subject 
should be premedicated for the next scheduled 
dose. 
Subjects who develop Grade 2 toxicity despite 
adequate premedication should be permanently 
discontinued from further study treatment 
administration. 
Subject may be premedicated 
1.5 hours (± 30 minutes) prior 
to infusion of pembrolizumab 
(MK-3475) with: 
• Diphenhydramine 50 mg 
orally (or equivalent dose 
of antihistamine). 
• Acetaminophen 500 to 
1000 mg orally (or 
equivalent dose of 
antipyretic). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 83 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 9: 
Infusion Reaction Treatment Guidelines (Continued) 
NCI CTCAE Grade 
Treatment 
Premedication at 
Subsequent Dosing 
Grades 3 or 4 
Grade 3: 
Prolonged (ie, not rapidly 
responsive to symptomatic 
medication and/or brief 
interruption of infusion); 
recurrence of symptoms 
following initial 
improvement; 
hospitalization indicated 
for other clinical sequelae 
(eg, renal impairment, 
pulmonary infiltrates) 
Grade 4: 
Life-threatening; pressor 
or 83prague83te support 
indicated 
Stop infusion. 
Additional appropriate medical therapy may 
include but is not limited to: 
• IV fluids 
• Antihistamines 
• NSAIDs 
• Acetaminophen 
• Narcotics 
• Oxygen 
• Pressors 
• Corticosteroids 
• Epinephrine 
Increase monitoring of vital signs as medically 
indicated until the subject is deemed medically 
stable in the opinion of the investigator. 
Hospitalization may be indicated. 
Subject is permanently discontinued from 
further study treatment administration. 
No subsequent dosing. 
NSAID = nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug. 
Note:  Appropriate resuscitation equipment should be available in the room and a physician readily available during the period of 
drug administration. 
5.6.4. 
Treatment After Initial Evidence of Radiologic Evidence of Disease Progression 
Immunotherapeutic agents such as MK-3475 and INCB024360 may produce antitumor effects 
by potentiating endogenous cancer-specific immune responses.  The response patterns seen with 
such an approach may extend beyond the typical time course of responses seen with cytotoxic 
agents and can manifest as a clinical response after an initial increase in tumor burden or even 
the appearance of new lesions. 
If radiologic imaging shows PD, tumor assessment should be repeated ≥ 4 weeks later to confirm 
PD, with the option of continuing treatment per below while awaiting radiologic confirmation of 
progression.  If repeat imaging shows a reduction in the tumor burden compared to the initial 
scan demonstrating PD, treatment may be continued as per treatment calendar.  If repeat imaging 
confirms PD, subjects will be discontinued from study therapy.  In determining whether the 
tumor burden has increased or decreased, investigators should consider all target lesions as well 
as nontarget lesions. 
When feasible, subjects should not be discontinued until progression is confirmed; however, the 
decision to continue study treatment after the first evidence of disease progression is at the 
investigator’s discretion based on the clinical status of the subject as described in Table 10.   
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 84 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Subjects may receive study treatment while waiting for confirmation of PD if they are clinically 
stable as defined by the following criteria: 
• Absence of signs and symptoms (including worsening of laboratory values) indicating 
disease progression. 
• No decline in ECOG performance status. 
• Absence of rapid progression of disease. 
• Absence of progressive tumor at critical anatomical sites (eg, cord compression) 
requiring urgent alternative medical intervention. 
Table 10: 
Imaging and Treatment After First Radiologic Evidence of Progressive 
Disease 
 
Clinically Stable 
Clinically Unstable 
Imaging 
Treatment 
Imaging 
Treatment 
First radiologic 
evidence of PD  
Repeat imaging at 
≥ 4 weeks to 
confirm PD 
May continue study 
treatment at the 
investigator’s 
discretion while 
awaiting 
confirmatory scan 
Repeat imaging at 
≥ 4 weeks to 
confirm PD if 
possible 
Discontinue 
treatment 
Repeat scan 
confirms PD  
No additional 
imaging required 
Discontinue 
treatment 
No additional 
imaging required 
N/A 
Repeat scan shows 
SD, PR, or CR  
Continue regularly 
scheduled imaging 
assessments every 
9 weeks 
Continue study 
treatment at the 
investigator’s 
discretion 
Continue regularly 
scheduled imaging 
assessments every 
9 weeks 
May restart study 
treatment if 
condition has 
improved and/or 
clinically stable per 
investigator’s 
discretion 
5.6.5. 
Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Serotonin Syndrome 
As noted in Section 1.3, an uncommon risk of IDO1 inhibition is an increase in serotonin levels 
that could precipitate a cluster of AEs termed SS when administered alone or in combination 
with other serotonergic agents.  This rare syndrome has been associated with some MAOIs and 
combinations of serotonergic drugs (Boyer and Shannon 2005).  Serotonin reuptake inhibitors 
and serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) are permitted in the study.  The 
following procedures will be implemented if subjects exhibit the signs/symptoms of SS 
described in Section 7.5.4, including tremor; hyperreflexia; spontaneous, ocular, or inducible 
clonus; together with agitation, fever, diaphoresis, or muscle rigidity: 
• Immediately interrupt INCB024360 and MK-3475 administration. 
• Immediately interrupt any SSRI or SNRI administration. 
• Provide appropriate medical management of the subject until all signs/symptoms are 
resolved (eg, IV fluids and/or sympathomimetic amines for hypotension, 
benzodiazepines for agitation, administration of 5-hydroxytryptamine antagonists 
such as cyproheptadine). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 85 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• If etiologies other than SS are excluded, MK-3475 administration may be resumed 
unless other AE management guidelines apply for the specific event. 
• If subject chooses to remain in the study, restart treatment with INCB024360 after the 
SSRI or SNRI has been discontinued, no sooner than 5 half-lives have elapsed for the 
specific SSRI or SNRI in question, and after resolution of signs/symptoms of SS.  
The SSRI or SNRI dosing MAY NOT be restarted. 
• If subject chooses to withdraw from the study, or must restart treatment with SSRI or 
SNRI, the subject should be scheduled for a follow-up visit.  Treatment with SSRI or 
SNRI may be initiated 2 weeks after resolution of signs and symptoms of SS. 
5.7. 
Diet, Activity, and Other Considerations 
5.7.1. 
Diet 
Subjects should maintain a normal diet unless modifications are required to manage an AE such 
as diarrhea, nausea, or vomiting. 
5.7.2. 
Contraception 
Subjects should be informed that taking MK-3475 and INCB024360 may have unknown adverse 
effects on a fetus (unborn baby) in utero if pregnancy were to occur during the study.  
Furthermore, it is not known if MK-3475 or INCB024360 has transient adverse effects on the 
composition of sperm.  Nonpregnant, non-breastfeeding women may be enrolled only if they are 
willing to agree to take appropriate precautions to avoid pregnancy (with at least 99% certainty) 
from screening through follow-up if of childbearing potential.  (Note:  Permitted methods that 
are at least 99% effective in preventing pregnancy are given in Appendix A).  Subjects should 
start using birth control from study Visit 1 throughout the study period up to 120 days after the 
last dose of study therapy.  If there is any question that a subject will not reliably comply with 
the requirements for contraception, that subject should not be entered into the study.  
Note:  Abstinence is acceptable if this is established and preferred contraception for the subject. 
5.7.3. 
Use in Nursing Women 
It is unknown whether MK-3475 or INCB024360 is excreted in human milk.  Since many drugs 
are excreted in human milk, and because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in the 
nursing infant, subjects who are breastfeeding are not eligible for enrollment. 
5.8. 
Criteria for Permanent Discontinuation of Study Drug 
Subjects may withdraw consent at any time for any reason or be withdrawn from the study at the 
discretion of the investigator should any untoward effect occur.  In addition, a subject may be 
withdrawn by the investigator or the sponsor if enrollment into the study is inappropriate, the 
study plan is violated, or for administrative and/or other safety reasons.  Specific details 
regarding discontinuation or withdrawal are provided in Section 7.10.6, Withdrawal or 
Discontinuation. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 86 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Subjects must be withdrawn from the study for the following reasons: 
• In the investigator’s medical judgment, further participation would be injurious to the 
subject’s health or well-being. 
• The subject becomes pregnant. 
• Consent is withdrawn by the subject or legal representative (such as parent or legal 
guardian). 
• The study is terminated by the sponsor. 
• The study is terminated by the local health authority or IRB/IEC. 
• Confirmed radiographic progression of disease per irRECIST v1.1 (Appendix F) or 
Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014; Table 17).   
− Note:  For unconfirmed radiographic disease progression, see Section 7.6.3.1. 
− Note:  A subject may be granted an exception to continue on treatment with 
confirmed radiographic progression if clinically stable or clinically improved.  
See Section 7.6. 
• The subject has experienced an unacceptable toxicity or a toxicity that does not 
recover in 4 weeks.  Investigators who wish to continue treatment after a treatment 
delay of 4 weeks should consult with the sponsor’s medical monitor for approval. 
− NOTE:  For toxicities such as recurrent or intolerant rash with the combination, 
subjects may have the opportunity to resume treatment with pembrolizumab 
(MK-3475) alone with medical monitor approval. 
• Noncompliance with study treatment or procedure requirements. 
• The subject is lost to follow-up. 
• Administrative reasons. 
The end-of-treatment (EOT) and follow-up visit procedures are listed in Section 6 (Table 12 and 
Table 13).  After the end of treatment, each subject will be followed for 42 days for AE 
monitoring (SAEs will be collected for 90 days after the end of treatment as described in 
Section 8.3.2). 
5.8.1. 
Discontinuation of MK-3475 Treatment After Complete Response 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, the option for re-treatment is only available for subjects who have 
already initiated the re-treatment period.  The text below applies to subjects who met criteria for 
re-treatment with MK-3475 before Amendment 10. 
Discontinuation of MK-3475 treatment may be considered for subjects who have attained a 
confirmed CR that have been treated for at least 24 weeks with MK-3475 and had at least 
2 treatments of MK-3475 beyond the date when the initial CR was declared.  Subjects may 
continue on INCB024360 at this time or stop both therapies.  Subjects who then experience 
radiographic disease progression will be eligible for re-treatment with MK-3475 at the discretion 
of the investigator if no cancer treatment was administered other than INCB024360, the subject 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 87 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
meets the safety parameters listed in the inclusion/exclusion criteria, and the study is open.  
Subjects will resume combination therapy as detailed in Section 6.2.1. 
5.9. 
Study Completion 
5.9.1. 
Study Completion Criteria 
Subjects will be considered completing the study if they met any of the following criteria:  
• Subject dies and a date of death is available. 
• Subject is known to have died; however, the date of death cannot be obtained.  
(NOTE:  Every effort must be made to obtain the date of death.) 
• Consent is withdrawn for any further contact related to this study. 
− Subjects may choose to withdraw from the study at any time without penalty of 
jeopardizing their health care or loss of benefits to which the subject is otherwise 
entitled.  Every reasonable effort should be made to determine the reason a 
subject withdraws prematurely, and this information should be recorded in the 
eCRF. 
• The study is terminated by the sponsor. 
• The study is terminated by the local health authority or IRB or IEC. 
• Data collection for all primary and secondary endpoints for a given tumor-specific cohort 
has been completed, as defined by the following: 
− The cohort is fully enrolled or closed to further enrollment. 
− The last subject in a given cohort has completed treatment (2 years on study 
treatment) or all subjects in a given cohort are off study treatment and completed 
the required 90-day safety follow-up assessments. 
5.9.2. 
Withdrawal Procedures 
In the event that any subject discontinues study drug and, subsequently, withdraws from the 
study before completion, regardless of reason, reasonable efforts should be made to have the 
subject return for the EOT procedures to be completed as described in Section 6.3.  The date the 
subject was withdrawn from the study and the specific reason for withdrawal will be recorded in 
the eCRF. 
If a subject is withdrawn from the study: 
• The study monitor or sponsor must be notified. 
• The reason(s) for withdrawal must be documented in the subject’s medical record and 
in the eCRF. 
• The EOT or early termination visit should be performed. 
• Subjects must be followed for safety until the time of the follow-up visit or until 
study drug–related toxicities resolve, return to baseline, or are deemed irreversible, 
whichever is longer. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 88 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.10. 
Beginning and End of the Study 
The study begins when the first subject signs the informed consent.  The end of the study may be 
designated as the timepoint when all subjects have discontinued the study or are a minimum of 
6 months after initial study medication administration.  If by the end of the study there remains at 
least 1 subject still on study treatment for at least 6 months, the subject(s) may enter additional 
treatment cycles.  At this point a database lock of the study may occur to allow the analysis of 
the study data.  Any remaining subjects may continue to receive study medication and be seen by 
the investigator per usual standard of care for this subject population.  In addition, the 
investigator will be expected to monitor for and report any SAEs, ECIs, and pregnancies, as 
detailed in Section 8.3 (Serious Adverse Events).  The subject is considered on study until such 
time that he/she meets any of the discontinuation criteria and written notification is given to the 
sponsor. 
5.11. 
Concomitant Medications and Measures 
Medications or vaccinations specifically prohibited in the exclusion criteria are not allowed 
during the ongoing study.  If there is a clinical indication for one of these or other medications or 
vaccinations specifically prohibited during the study, discontinuation from study therapy or 
vaccination may be required.  The investigator should discuss any questions regarding this with 
the sponsor.  The final decision on any supportive therapy or vaccination rests with the 
investigator and/or the subject’s primary physician.  However, the decision to continue the 
subject on study therapy or vaccination schedule requires the mutual agreement of the 
investigator, the sponsor, and the subject. 
5.11.1. 
Acceptable Concomitant Medications 
All treatments that the investigator considers necessary for a subject’s welfare may be 
administered at the discretion of the investigator in keeping with the community standards of 
medical care.  All concomitant medication will be recorded on the eCRF, including all 
prescription, over-the-counter, herbal supplements, and IV medications and fluids.  If changes 
occur during the study period, documentation of drug dosage, frequency, route, and date may 
also be included on the eCRF. 
All concomitant medications received within 28 days before the first dose of study treatment and 
42 days after the last dose of study treatment should be recorded.  Concomitant medications 
administered after 42 days after the last dose of study treatment should be recorded for SAEs and 
AEs as defined in Section 8. 
5.11.1.1. Antiviral Therapies 
Antiviral therapies for subjects with HCC with a history of HBV are permitted.  The following 
antivirals have no known drug-drug interactions with pembrolizumab and epacadostat based on 
metabolism:  adefovir, entecavir, lamivudine, telbivudine, and tenofovir. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 89 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5.12. 
Restricted Medications and Measures 
• Systemic steroids may be used at doses ≤ 10 mg/day prednisone or equivalents or 
corticosteroids may be used for radiographic procedures. 
• Use of coumarin-based anticoagulants (eg, warfarin) is discouraged.  Low-dose 
warfarin (1 mg) is acceptable; however, doses that increase the INR are discouraged 
and may require dose modification.  If an alternative to coumarin-based 
anticoagulants cannot be used, investigators should follow the guidelines in Table 11 
and either closely monitor or closely monitor and reduce the subject’s dose of 
coumarin-based anticoagulant upon initiating therapy with INCB024360.  The INR 
should be monitored weekly for the first 4 weeks after initiation of therapy and upon 
discontinuation of INCB024360. 
Table 11: 
Warfarin Dose Adjustment Recommendation When Initiating Concurrent 
INCB024360 (Epacadostat) Treatment 
Stable INR 
INCB024360 (Epacadostat) Dose 
≤ 100 mg BID 
200 mg BID 
300 mg BID 
INR  ≤ 2.5 
Close INR monitoring 
Close INR monitoring 
Reduce warfarin by ~33% 
INR  > 2.5 
Close INR monitoring 
Reduce warfarin by 20%-25% 
Reduce warfarin by ~33% 
5.13. 
Prohibited Medications and Measures 
Subjects are prohibited from receiving the following therapies during the screening and treatment 
periods of this study unless otherwise noted below: 
• Any investigational medication other than the study drugs. 
• Any anticancer medications, including chemotherapy or biologic therapy other than 
the study medications. 
• Any immunological-based treatment for any reason.  (NOTE:  Inhaled or topical 
steroids are allowed, and systemic steroids at doses ≤ 10 mg/day prednisone or 
equivalents or corticosteroid use for radiographic procedures are allowed as described 
in Section 5.12, and immune suppressants are allowed for treatment for immune 
toxicities.) 
• Radiation therapy or surgery 
Note:  In the presence of a mixed response (some lesions improving or stable and 
other lesions progressing), radiation therapy or surgery to a symptomatic solitary 
lesion or to the brain is allowed.  No pembrolizumab infusions are permitted during 
radiation therapy or procedure and epacadostat should be stopped the day treatment 
begins.  Study medications may be resumed as early as 1 week after treatment if the 
subject’s symptoms are improving and not requiring corticosteroids for management.  
If study medications are not resumed within 4 weeks of completing treatment, the 
subject should discontinue study treatment permanently. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 90 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• Administration of live attenuated vaccines within 30 days before the first dose of 
study treatment and while participating in the study is prohibited.  Examples of live 
vaccines include, but are not limited to, the following:  measles, mumps, rubella, 
chicken pox, yellow fever, rabies, BCG, and typhoid vaccine.  Seasonal influenza 
vaccines for injection are generally killed virus vaccines and are allowed; however, 
intranasal influenza vaccines (eg, FluMist®) are live attenuated vaccines and are not 
allowed. 
• Administration of an injectable influenza vaccine is prohibited during the DLT 
observation period (ie, 42 days after Cycle 1 Day 1). 
• Any MAOI or drug associated with significant MAO inhibitory activity agents is 
prohibited from 21 days before Day 1 through 2 weeks after the final dose of 
INCB024360 has been taken (see Appendix D). 
• Any UGT1A9 inhibitor, including:  acitretin, amitriptyline, androsterone, 
cyclosporine, dasatinib, diclofenac, diflunisal, efavirenz, erlotinib, flutamide, 
gefitinib, gemfibrozil, glycyrrhetinic acid glycyrrhizin, imatinib, imipramine, 
ketoconazole (systemic), linoleic acid supplements, mycophenolic acid, niflumic acid, 
nilotinib, phenobarbital, phenylbutazone, phenytoin, probenecid, quinidine, ritonavir, 
sorafenib, sulfinpyrazone, valproic acid, and verapamil.  
Subjects who, in the assessment by the investigator, require the use of any of the aforementioned 
treatments for clinical management should be removed from the study.  Subjects may receive 
other medications that the investigator deems to be medically necessary. 
The exclusion criteria (Section 3.3) describes other medications that are prohibited during this 
study.  There are no prohibited therapies during the post-treatment follow-up period. 
5.13.1. 
Supportive Care Guidelines 
Subjects should receive appropriate supportive care measures as deemed necessary by the 
treating investigator, including, but not limited to, the items outlined below: 
• 
Nausea/vomiting:  Nausea and vomiting should be treated aggressively, and 
consideration should be given in subsequent cycles to the administration of 
prophylactic antiemetic therapy according to standard institutional practice.  Subjects 
should be strongly encouraged to maintain liberal oral fluid intake. 
• 
Anti-infectives:  Subjects with a documented infectious complication should receive 
oral or IV antibiotics or other anti-infective agents as considered appropriate by the 
treating investigator for a given infectious condition, according to standard 
institutional practice. 
• 
Immune-related AEs:  See Section 5.6.3 regarding diagnosis and management of 
adverse experiences of a potential immunologic etiology. 
• Management of infusion reactions from MK-3475:  Signs and symptoms usually 
develop during or shortly after drug infusion and generally resolve completely within 
24 hours of completion of infusion.  Table 9 shows treatment guidelines for subjects 
who experiences an infusion reaction associated with administration of MK-3475.  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 91 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6. 
STUDY ASSESSMENTS 
All study assessments will be performed as indicated in the schedules of assessments (Table 12 
and Table 13).  If a subject qualifies for re-treatment, all assessments as indicated in Table 12 
and Table 13 should be performed.  The order of assessments is suggested by the order of 
mention within the schedules.  For instructions on each assessment, see Section 7.  The required 
laboratory analytes are listed in Table 14. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 92 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 12: 
Schedule of Assessments 
As of Amendment 10, for those subjects remaining on study, procedures are simplified.  The Schedule of Assessment tables 
have been amended, and assessments that are no longer required have been deleted.  For subjects who meet Amendment 10 
criteria for re-treatment, the following Schedule of Assessments should be followed, except for the screening visit, which does 
not apply. 
Visit Day (Range) 
Screening 
Combination, Monotherapy, and Re-Treatment Period
a 
EOT 
Follow-Up 
C1D1 
Weekly for 
First 6 Weeks 
(Phase 1 only)
b 
C2D1 
Day 1 All 
Subsequent 
Cycles 
Every 9-
12 Weeks 
Discontin-
uation 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Safety/Survival 
Follow-Up
c 
Evaluation/Window 
Day -28 
to Day -1 
Day 1 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
± 14 Days 
+ 5 Days 
42-49 Days After 
Last Dose of  
INCB024360
d  
(+ 7 Days) 
90 Days After 
Last Dose of 
Study Drug  
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES 
Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contact IRT 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
 
Prior medical and cancer history 
(tumor-specific)
e 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Concomitant medications review 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
Administer INCB024360 in clinic 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Administer MK-3475 
 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
CLINICAL PROCEDURES AND ASSESSMENTS 
Comprehensive physical exam 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
Targeted physical exam 
 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
ECOG performance status 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
Vital signs and weight (height at screening 
only)  
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
 
12-lead ECG  
X 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
AE assessment  
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
Laboratory assessments 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
Assess for ascites and encephalopathy 
(subjects with HCC only) 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
Esophagogastroduodenoscopy (subjects with 
HCC only) 
X
f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 93 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 12: 
Schedule of Assessments (Continued) 
Visit Day (Range) 
Screening 
Combination, Monotherapy, and Re-Treatment Perioda 
EOT 
Follow-Up 
C1D1 
Weekly for 
First 6 Weeks 
(Phase 1 only)b 
C2D1 
Day 1 All 
Subsequent 
Cycles 
Every 9-
12 Weeks 
Discontin-
uation 
Safety 
Follow-Up 
Safety/Survival 
Follow-Upc 
Evaluation/Window 
Day -28 
to Day -1 
Day 1 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
± 14 Days 
+ 5 Days 
42-49 Days After 
Last Dose of  
INCB024360d  
(+ 7 Days) 
90 Days After 
Last Dose of 
Study Drug 
Fresh/archival tissue collection 
X
g 
Xg 
X
h 
Pathology review of tumor tissue 
Xg 
Xh 
EFFICACY MEASUREMENTS 
Radiologic tumor assessments
i 
X 
X
j 
X
k 
Xk 
Bone marrow exam
l 
Xl 
Xl 
a Treatment cycles are 3 weeks.  Imaging should  be performed every 9 weeks (63 days ± 5 days) regardless of any treatment delays for the first 2 assessments (Weeks 9 and 18), 
then every 12 weeks thereafter. 
b Weekly LFTs are only required in Phase 1. 
c Visit may occur through a phone call, email, or visit by the subject or the subject’s caretaker. 
d Subjects must be followed for AEs for 42 to 49 days after the last dose of study drug; however, subjects must be followed for 90 days for SAEs. 
e For RCC:  Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center (MSKCC) score; for HCC:  CP score, BCLC stage, and HCV/HBV status; for DLBCL:  International Prognostic Index 
score; for gastric cancer:  history of H. pylori and Epstein Barr virus (EBV). 
f Esophagogastroduodenoscopy will only be required at screening for subjects with HCC to screen for varices.  If esophagogastroduodenoscopy has been performed within the 
past 12 months before first dose of treatment it does not have to be repeated at screening. 
g Archived tissue samples obtained since last treatment may be acceptable per Inclusion Criterion #11.  Tissue should be submitted during screening but must be submitted before 
study drug administration on Cycle 1 Day 1.  For subjects in the melanoma primary refractory and relapsed cohorts, fresh baseline tumor tissue is mandatory and confirmed by 
local pathologist review that sample in fact contains tumor tissue (unless medical monitor approval is received). 
h An optional biopsy can be obtained any time after Cycle 1 Day 14, for safety or with confirmed response or progression.  For subjects in the melanoma primary refractory and 
relapsed cohorts, tumor tissue is mandatory during Cycle 3 anytime between Days 8 and 15 (Study Days 50 and 57) and confirmed by local pathologist review that sample in 
fact contains tumor tissue (unless medical monitor approval is received).  If the subject progresses before this timepoint then biopsy should be done at time of progression.  
Note:  If the baseline tumor biopsy was found to be inadequate, the patient should not undergo an on treatment biopsy.  Post-progression biopsy can still be optional. 
i Initial tumor imaging will be performed within 28 days before the first dose of study treatment.  Scans performed as part of routine clinical management are acceptable for use as 
the screening scan if they are of diagnostic quality and performed within 28 days before the first dose of study treatment (including PET imaging for subjects with DLBCL). 
j On-study imaging will be performed every 9 weeks (± 5 days) after the first dose of study treatment for the first 2 assessments (Weeks 9 and 18) then every 12 weeks thereafter, 
should follow calendar days, and should not be adjusted for delays in cycle starts or extension of combination treatment cycle frequencies.  The same imaging technique should 
be used in a subject throughout the study.  Per the irRECIST v1.1 used in this Protocol, if imaging shows progressive disease, the imaging assessment should be performed at a 
minimum of 4 weeks later to confirm progressive disease as described in the Protocol. 
k In subjects who discontinue study drug without confirmed disease progression, a radiological evaluation should be repeated at the time of treatment discontinuation (ie, date of 
discontinuation ± 4-week window). 
l Bone marrow examination is only required for subjects with DLBCL.  Exceptions include:  1) if a recent bone marrow biopsy was performed (within 60 days of Cycle 1 Day 1), 
a new bone marrow biopsy does not need to be repeated for screening, or 2)  if bone marrow involvement is clearly evident or absent per PET/CT it also would not be required at 
screening.  Subsequently, bone marrow biopsy will be performed only to confirm CR or as clinically indicated. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 94 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 13: 
Laboratory Assessments 
As of Amendment 10, for those subjects remaining on study, procedures are simplified.  The Schedule of Assessment tables 
have been amended, and assessments that are no longer required have been deleted.  For subjects who meet Amendment 10 
criteria for re-treatment, the following Schedule of Assessments should be followed, except for the screening visit, which does 
not apply. 
Visit Day (Range) 
Screening 
Combination, Monotherapy, and Re-Treatment Period
a 
EOT 
Safety Follow-Up 
C1D1 
Weekly for 
6 Weeks 
(Phase 1 only)  
C2D1 
C4D1 
C6D1 and 
C8D1 
C12D1 and 
C16D1 
Day 1 All 
Cycles 
Every 9-
12 Weeks  
Discon-
tinuation 
42-49 Days After 
EOT or Last Dose 
of INCB024360 
Laboratory Assessment
b
/Window 
Day -28 
to Day -1 
Day 1 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
 
 
 
± 3 Days 
± 14 Days 
+ 5 Days 
+ 7 Days 
Comprehensive serum chemistry 
X
c 
X
d 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
LFTs  
 
 
X
e,f 
Xe 
Xe 
Xe 
Xe 
Xe 
 
X 
X 
Hematology with differential 
Xc 
Xd 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
Coagulation panel (PT, aPTT, 
INR) 
Xc 
Xd,g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
Endocrine function testing 
Xc 
Xd 
 
 
 
 
 
X
h 
 
X 
X 
Tumor-specific history 
X
i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PD-L1 Testing  (NSCLC) 
X
j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CA 125 testing (ovarian cancer 
only) 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
k 
X 
 
CA19-9 and CEA (gastric cancer 
only)  
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Xk 
X 
 
AFP tumor marker (HCC only) 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Xk 
X 
 
If anti-HCV positive (HCC only): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HCV genotype 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HCV viral load (HCV RNA) 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 95 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 13: 
Laboratory Assessments (Continued) 
Visit Day (Range) 
Screening 
Combination, Monotherapy, and Re-Treatment Perioda 
EOT 
Safety Follow-Up 
C1D1 
Weekly for 
6 Weeks 
(Phase 1 only)  
C2D1 
C4D1 
C6D1 and 
C8D1 
C12D1 and 
C16D1 
Day 1 All 
Cycles 
Every 9-
12 Weeks  
Discon-
tinuation 
42-49 Days After 
EOT or Last Dose 
of INCB024360 
Laboratory 
Assessmentb/Window 
Day -28 
to Day -1 
Day 1 
± 3 Days 
± 3 Days 
 
 
 
± 3 Days 
± 14 Days 
+ 5 Days 
+ 7 Days 
If (1) HbsAg+ or (2) anti-HBc+, 
anti-HBs-, HbsAg-, and viral load 
< 100 IU/mL (HCC only): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-HDV 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anti-Hbe and HbeAg 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HbsAg and HBV viral load 
(HBV DNA) 
 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
Anti-HBc (total), anti-Hbe, 
anti-HBs, and HbeAg 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Serum pregnancy test or urine  
X
l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Serology  
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Urinalysis 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
a If subjects are re-treated with MK-3475 as described in Section 6.2.1, subjects should follow this schedule of events. 
b All laboratory analysis will be done locally unless otherwise noted. 
c If screening laboratory testing occurs within 7 days of Cycle 1 Day 1, it is not required to be evaluated on Day 1 before treatment initiation.  See required list of analytes for each 
panel in Table 14. 
d Cycle 1 Day 1 laboratory tests (eg, serum chemistry, complete blood count, and coagulation panel) may be omitted IF the screening test was performed no more than 7 days 
prior. 
e If LFTs are abnormal, then LFT should be monitored closely per standard of care until resolved to baseline. 
f LFT testing is required weekly for the first 6 weeks during Phase 1 dose escalation.  For Phase 2, weekly LFTs are not required and should be performed on Day 1 of each cycle. 
g If a coumarin-based anticoagulant is given, monitor INR weekly for the first 4 weeks after initiation of therapy and upon discontinuation of INCB024360. 
h To be repeated every 4 cycles (eg, Cycle 5 Day 1, Cycle 9 Day 1, Cycle 13 Day 1, Cycle 17 Day 1, etc). 
i For subjects with SCCHN, HPV status; for NSCLC, EGFR status; for CRC, MSI status; for RCC, MSKCC score; for melanoma, BRAF status; for gastric cancer:  CA19-9, 
EBV, H. pylori, CEA; for HCC, AFP, HCV/HBV status. 
j PD-L1 testing for subjects with NSCLC may be performed locally using the PD-L1 IHC 22C3 pharmDX assay only.  If local test results are unavailable, then tissue must be 
submitted for central testing before enrollment to determine appropriate cohort. 
k Tumor markers should be performed every 9 weeks for the first 2 assessments (Weeks 9 and 18), then every 12 weeks thereafter. 
l For women of child-bearing potential, a serum pregnancy test is required at screening but must be within 72 hours before first dose of study treatment.  Pregnancy tests (serum or 
urine) should be repeated if required by local regulations. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 96 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 14: 
Laboratory Tests:  Required Analytes 
Serum Chemistry 
Hematology 
Other  
Albumin  
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
AST 
Amylase  
Bicarbonate 
Blood urea nitrogen  
Calcium 
Chloride  
Creatinine 
Glucose 
Iron 
Lactate dehydrogenase 
Phosphorus 
Potassium 
Serum or plasma lipase 
Sodium 
Total bilirubin 
Direct bilirubin (If total bilirubin 
is elevated above ULN) 
Total protein 
Uric acid 
IgG
a 
Complete blood count, 
including:  
• Hemoglobin 
• Hematocrit 
• Platelet count 
• Red blood cell count 
• Reticulocyte count 
• White blood cell count 
 
Differential count, including: 
• Basophils 
• Eosinophils 
• Lymphocytes 
• Monocytes 
• Neutrophils 
Serology: 
Hepatitis B surface antigen 
Hepatitis B surface antigen antibody 
Hepatitis B core antibody 
Hepatitis C virus antibody 
HCV-RNA 
HBV-DNA 
Pregnancy test:  
Female subjects of childbearing potential only 
require a serum test at screening.  
Pregnancy tests (serum or urine) should be repeated 
if required by local regulations. 
Urinalysis with microscopic examination: 
Color and appearance 
pH and specific gravity 
Bilirubin 
Glucose 
Ketones 
Leukocytes 
Nitrite 
Occult blood 
Protein 
Urobilinogen 
Coagulation: 
PT  
aPTT 
INR 
Tumor Specific:   
Ovarian:  CA 125 testing   
Gastric:  CEA 
HCC:  AFP 
HCC (if anti-HCV positive only):  HCV genotype, 
HCV viral load (HCV RNA) 
HCC (if HbsAg+ or anti-HBc+, anti-HBs-, 
HbsAg- and viral load < 100 UI/mL):  Anti-HDV, 
anti-Hbe,  HbsAg, HBV viral load (HBV DNA), 
anti-HBc (total), anti-HBs, and HbeAg 
Standard LFT Monitoring 
Endocrine Monitoring 
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
AST 
Total bilirubin 
 
ACTH 
Serum cortisol (9 AM)
b 
LH
c 
Prolactin 
TSH 
Free thyroxine (T4) 
Total triiodothyronine (T3) 
Serum testosterone (9 AM)b d 
ACTH = adrenocorticotropic hormone; HDL = high-density lipoprotein; HS-CRP = high-sensitivity C-reactive protein; 
LDL = low-density lipoprotein; LH = luteinizing hormone; PEF = peak expiratory flow; TSH = thyroid-stimulating hormone; 
VA = alveolar volume. 
a Total IgG is obtained by an automated assay such as rate nephelometry.  As long as the IgG is measured and not total 
immunoglobulin, institutional normal method of assessment is acceptable 
b Serum cortisol and testosterone ideally should be drawn close to 9 AM but can be done any time before noon. 
c Not needed in subjects receiving testosterone therapy. 
d Not needed in women, surgically castrated men, or men taking LHRH agonist therapy. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 97 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6.1. 
Screening Period 
The screening period will be up to 28 days.  Screening is the interval between the signing of the 
inform consent form (ICF) and the day the subject received the first dose of treatment in the 
study (Cycle 1 Day 1).  Informed consent must be obtained before performing any study-specific 
procedures.  Assessments that are required to demonstrate eligibility may be performed over the 
course of 1 or more days during this period. 
Results from the screening visit evaluations will be reviewed to confirm subject eligibility before 
enrollment or the administration of study drug.  Tests with results that fail eligibility 
requirements may be repeated once during the screening period if the investigator believes the 
results to be in error (eg, repeat biopsy allowed for subjects with a PD-L1 status of indeterminate 
when the PD-L1−low/negative NSCLC cohort is full, since the subject could be found to be 
PD-L1−positive with repeat biopsy).  Additionally, a subject who fails screening may repeat the 
screening process 1 time if the investigator believes there has been a change in eligibility status 
(eg, after recovery from an infection). 
6.2. 
Treatment Period 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, the option for monotherapy and re-treatment are only available to 
subjects who have already initiated monotherapy or re-treatment periods.  
The treatment period with the combination therapy will continue every 21 days for up to 
24 months, and then treatment with monotherapy INCB024360 may continue for up to 
12 months if subjects are receiving benefit from treatment and have not had disease progression 
or met any criteria for study withdrawal, or subjects may stop both MK-3475 and INCB024360.  
Subjects who complete 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475) of MK-3475, continue on 
monotherapy INCB024360 or stop both therapies, and later experience disease progression on 
INCB024360 monotherapy or off therapy may be considered for re-treatment with the 
combination for an additional 12 months (17 administrations of MK-3475) followed by the 
option to continue monotherapy INCB024360 for up to 12 months.  Medical monitor approval is 
required for INCB024360 monotherapy treatment beyond 12 months.  
6.2.1. 
Second Course Period (Re-Treatment Period) 
Subjects who stop MK-3475 with SD or better may be eligible for up to 1 year of additional 
combination therapy if they experience disease progression after stopping the combination study 
treatment.  This re-treatment is termed the second course period of this study and is only 
available if the study remains open and the subject meets either one of the following conditions. 
1a. Stopped initial treatment of the combination after attaining an investigator-determined 
confirmed CR according to RECIST v1.1. 
− Was treated for at least 24 weeks before discontinuing therapy. 
− Received at least 2 cycles of the combination (2 doses of MK-3475 and at least 
80% of the planned doses of INCB024360) beyond the date when the initial CR 
was declared. 
OR 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 98 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
1b. Subject had SD, PR, or CR and stopped after 24 months (35 administrations of 
MK-3475) of study therapy for reasons other than disease progression or intolerability. 
AND 
2. Experienced an investigator-determined confirmed radiographic disease progression after 
stopping their initial treatment with MK-3475. 
3. Did not receive any anticancer treatment since the last dose of MK-3475 other than 
INCB024360. 
4. Have an ECOG performance status of 0 or 1. 
5. Demonstrate adequate organ function as detailed in study inclusion criteria (Section 3.2). 
6. Female subject of childbearing potential should have a negative urine or serum pregnancy 
test within 72 hours before receiving re-treatment with study medication. 
7. Female subjects of childbearing potential (defined as women who have not undergone 
surgical sterilization with a hysterectomy and/or bilateral oophorectomy, and are not 
postmenopausal, defined as ≥ 12 months of amenorrhea) must have a negative serum 
pregnancy test.  All female and male subjects of childbearing potential must agree to take 
appropriate precautions to avoid pregnancy or fathering children (with at least 99% 
certainty) from screening through 120 days after the last dose of study treatment.  
Permitted methods that are at least 99% effective in preventing pregnancy (see  
Appendix A) should be communicated to the subject and their understanding confirmed. 
8. Does not have a history or current evidence of any condition, therapy, or laboratory 
abnormality that might interfere with participation for the full duration of the study or is 
not in the best interest of the subject to participate, in the opinion of the treating 
investigator. 
Subjects who restart treatment will be re-treated with the 200 mg flat dose of MK-3475.  For 
INCB024360, subjects should be treated at the same dose of INCB024360 they LAST received 
during the initial combination therapy (in particular, if a subject was dose reduced during initial 
combination therapy, he or she must resume second course at the same dose of INCB024360).  
Exceptions are noted below: 
• If the subject was treated in Phase 1 with a dose lower than the recommended Phase 2 
dose of INCB024360 (100 mg BID) as his or her initial treatment, AND did not require 
a dose reduction, he or she may begin second course treatment at 100 mg BID. 
Treatment will be administered for up to 1 additional year. 
Visit requirements are outlined in Table 12 and Table 13. 
6.3. 
End of Treatment 
If a decision is made that the subject will permanently discontinue study drug, the EOT visit 
should be conducted.  If the EOT visit coincides with a regular study visit, the EOT evaluations 
will supersede those of that scheduled visit, and the data should be entered in the EOT page in 
the eCRF.  The subject should be encouraged to return for the follow-up visit. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 99 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6.4. 
Follow-Up Period 
6.4.1. 
Safety Follow-Up 
The safety follow-up period is the interval between the EOT visit and the scheduled safety 
follow-up visit, which should occur 42 to 49 days after the EOT visit (or after the last dose of 
study drug if the EOT visit was not performed).  Adverse events and SAEs must be reported up 
until at least 42 days (90 days for SAEs) after the last dose of study drug, the date of the 
follow-up visit, or until study drug–related toxicities resolve, return to baseline, or are deemed 
irreversible, whichever is longer.  If a subject initiates a new anticancer therapy within 42 days 
after the last dose of study treatment, the 42-day safety follow-up visit must occur before the first 
dose of the new therapy.  Reasonable efforts should be made to have the subject return for the 
follow-up visit and report any AEs that may occur during this period.   
Subjects who are eligible for re-treatment with the combination therapy (as described in 
Section 6.2.1) may have up to 2 safety follow-up visits, 1 after the treatment period and 1 after 
the second course period. 
6.4.2. 
Follow-Up 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, follow-up beyond the safety follow-up is discontinued.  This 
section should be disregarded. 
Subjects who discontinue study treatment for a reason other than disease progression will move 
into the follow-up period and should be assessed every 9 weeks (63 ± 5 days) by radiologic 
imaging to monitor disease status.  Every effort should be made to collect information regarding 
disease status until the start of new antineoplastic therapy, disease progression, death, and end of 
the study, or if the subject begins re-treatment with the combination therapy (MK-3475 and 
INCB024360) as detailed in Section 6.2.1.  Information regarding poststudy antineoplastic 
treatment will be collected if new treatment is initiated. 
 
Subjects who are eligible to receive re-treatment with MK-3475 and INCB024360 according to 
the criteria in Section 6.2.1 will move from the follow-up period to the second course period 
when they experience disease progression.  Details are provided in Section 6 (Table 12 and 
Table 13). 
6.4.3. 
Survival Follow-Up 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, long-term survival follow-up is discontinued.  This section should 
be disregarded. 
Once a subject has confirmed disease progression or starts a new anticancer therapy, the subject 
moves into the survival follow-up period and should be contacted by telephone, email, or visit 
every 12 weeks to assess for survival status until death, withdrawal of consent, or the end of the 
study, whichever occurs first. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 100 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6.5. 
Unscheduled Visits 
Unscheduled study visits may occur at any time if medically warranted.  Any assessments 
performed at those visits should be recorded in the eCRF. 
6.6. 
Early Termination 
Not applicable. 
7. 
CONDUCT OF STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES 
7.1. 
Study Procedures 
Section 6 summarizes the study procedures to be performed at each visit.  Individual study 
procedures are described in detail below.  It may be necessary to perform these procedures at 
unscheduled timepoints if deemed clinically necessary by the investigator. 
Furthermore, additional evaluations/testing may be deemed necessary by the sponsor and/or 
Merck for reasons related to subject safety.  In some cases, such evaluation/testing may be 
potentially sensitive in nature (eg, HIV, hepatitis C, etc), and thus local regulations may require 
that additional informed consent be obtained from the subject.  In these cases, such 
evaluations/testing will be performed in accordance with those regulations. 
7.2. 
Administration of Informed Consent Form 
Valid informed consent must be obtained from the study subject before conducting any 
study-specific procedures.  The granting of informed consent for study participation must be 
documented in writing, using an ICF that contains all the elements required by ICH E6 and 
describes the nature, scope, and possible consequences of the study in a form understandable to 
the study subject.  Local and institutional guidelines for ICF content and administration must be 
followed; a copy of the signed ICF must be provided to the study subject.  Subjects of 
childbearing potential must agree to take appropriate measures to avoid pregnancy in order to 
participate in the study (Appendix A). 
7.3. 
Interactive Response Technology Procedure 
The IRT will be contacted to obtain a subject identification number when a subject enters the 
screening period.  Upon determining that the subject is eligible for study entry, the IRT will be 
contacted to obtain study drug assignment.  Additionally, the IRT will be contacted at each 
regular study visit to update the study drug supply. 
7.4. 
Demography and History 
7.4.1. 
Demographics and Medical History 
Demographic data and a complete medical and medication history will be collected at screening 
by the investigator or qualified designee and will include date of birth, race, ethnicity, medical 
and surgical history, and concurrent illnesses assessed using the NCI CTCAE v4.0 (NCI 2010).  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 101 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Medical history should include all active conditions, and any condition diagnosed within the 
prior 10 years that are considered to be clinically significant by the investigator. 
7.4.2. 
Tumor-Specific History 
Details regarding the disease for which the subject has enrolled in the study (eg, date of 
diagnosis, primary tumor histology, prior systemic therapies, surgeries, radiation therapy, and 
stage of cancer) will be recorded separately and not listed in medical history.  In addition, 
disease-relevant 
 information is required where available; for RCC, MSKCC score; for 
SCCHN, HPV status; for NSCLC, EGFR status; for melanoma, BRAF status; for CRC, MSI 
status; for gastric cancer, CA19-9, H. pylori, EBV, and CEA; for HCC, AFP, CP score, BCLC 
stage, and HCV/HBV status; and for DLBCL, International Prognostic Index score. 
7.4.2.1. 
Esophagogastroduodenoscopy 
Esophagogastroduodenoscopy will only be required at screening for subjects with HCC to screen 
for varices if it has not been performed within the past 12 months before first dose of study drug. 
7.4.3. 
PD-L1 Testing (Phase 2 NSCLC Cohorts Only) 
PD-L1 testing for subjects with NSCLC may be performed locally using the PD-L1 IHC 22C3 
pharmDX assay only.  If local test results are unavailable, then tissue must be submitted for 
central testing before enrollment to determine appropriate cohort placement.  
 
 
7.4.4. 
Prior Medications 
Prior and ongoing medications will be reviewed to determine study eligibility.  The investigator 
or qualified designee will review prior medication use, including any Protocol-specified washout 
requirement, and record prior medication taken by the subject within 28 days before starting the 
study.  Treatment for the disease for which the subject has enrolled in this study will be recorded 
separately and not listed as a prior medication. 
7.4.5. 
Concomitant Medications 
The investigator or qualified designee will record medication, if any, taken by the subject during 
the study.  Concomitant medications include any prescription, over-the-counter, or natural/herbal 
preparations taken or administered during the study period.  All medications related to reportable 
SAEs and ECIs should be recorded as defined in Section 8.1. 
7.4.6. 
Poststudy Anticancer Therapy Status 
The investigator or qualified designee will review all new antineoplastic therapy initiated after 
the last dose of study treatment.  If a subject initiates a new anticancer therapy within 42 days 
after the last dose of study treatment, the 42-day safety follow-up visit must occur before the first 
dose of the new therapy.   
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 102 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
7.5. 
Safety Assessments 
7.5.1. 
Adverse Events 
Adverse events will be monitored from the time the subject signs the ICF.  Subjects will be 
instructed to report all AEs during the study and will be assessed for the occurrence of AEs 
throughout the study.  In order to avoid bias in eliciting AEs, subjects will be asked general, 
nonleading questions such as “How are you feeling?”  All AEs (serious and nonserious) must be 
recorded on the source documents and eCRFs regardless of the assumption of a causal 
relationship with the study drug.  The definition, reporting, and recording requirements for AEs 
are described in Section 8. 
All AEs of unknown etiology associated with MK-3475 and INCB024360 exposure should be 
evaluated to determine if it is possibly an ECI of a potentially immunologic etiology (irAE). 
Nonserious events of clinical interest identified from the date of first dose through 90 days 
following cessation of treatment, or 30 days after the initiation of a new anticancer therapy, 
whichever is earlier, must be reported to the SPONSOR within 24 hours of the event, similar to 
standard SAE reporting guidelines, and either by electronic media or paper.  Events of clinical 
interest that meet serious criteria must be reported within 24 hours as defined in Section 8.3.2.  
Sponsor contact information can be found in the regulatory binder. 
Subjects should be assessed for possible irAEs prior to each dose.  Laboratory results should be 
evaluated and subjects should be asked for signs and symptoms suggestive of an immune-related 
event.  Subjects who develop an AE thought to be immune-related should have additional testing 
to rule out other etiologic causes.  If laboratory results or symptoms indicate a possible irAE, 
then additional testing should be performed to rule out other etiologic causes.  If no other cause 
is found, then it is assumed to be immune-related. 
7.5.2. 
Comprehensive Physical Examination 
Physical examinations must be performed by a medically qualified individual such as a licensed 
physician, Physician’s Assistant, or an advanced Registered Nurse Practitioner, as local law 
permits. 
The comprehensive physical examination will include the following organ or body system 
assessments:  skin; head, eyes, ears, nose, and throat; thyroid; lungs; cardiovascular system; 
abdomen (liver, spleen); extremities; lymph nodes; and a brief neurological examination.  Before 
the first dose of study treatment, clinically significant abnormal findings should be recorded as 
medical history.  After the first dose of study treatment, new clinically significant abnormal 
findings should be recorded as AEs. 
7.5.3. 
Targeted Physical Examination 
For cycles that do not require a full physical examination per the schedules of assessments 
(Table 12), the investigator or qualified designee will perform a directed physical examination as 
clinically indicated before study treatment administration.  A targeted physical examination will 
be a symptom-directed evaluation conducted by the investigator or designee.  The targeted 
physical examination will include assessment(s) of the body systems or organs, as indicated by 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 103 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
subject symptoms, AEs, or other findings.  New clinically significant abnormal findings should 
be recorded as AEs.   
7.5.4. 
Assessment of Serotonin Syndrome Symptoms 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, assessment for serotonin syndrome is no longer required.  This 
section should be disregarded. 
Subjects will be assessed for the presence of any of the following symptoms approximately 
6 hours postdose at the Cycle 1 Day 1 visit and at any time on Day 1 of all subsequent cycles and 
at the EOT visit.  Symptoms are based on the findings of Boyer and Shannon (2005; 
Appendix H) as indicated in Table 15. 
Table 15: 
Serotonin Syndrome Symptoms 
Tremor and hyperreflexia 
Spontaneous clonus 
Muscle rigidity, temperature > 38°C, and either ocular clonus or inducible clonus 
Ocular clonus and either agitation or diaphoresis 
Inducible clonus and either agitation or diaphoresis 
7.5.5. 
Vital Signs 
Vital sign measurements include blood pressure, pulse, respiratory rate, body temperature, and 
weight.  Height will be measured at screening only. 
7.5.6. 
Twelve-Lead Electrocardiograms 
Baseline ECGs will be obtained at screening, at EOT, and as clinically indicated.  Clinically 
significant abnormal findings prior to signing consent should be recorded as medical history.  
Clinically significant abnormal findings after signing consent should be recorded as an AE. 
The 12-lead ECGs will be interpreted by the investigator at the site and will be used for 
immediate subject management.  The decision to include or exclude a subject or withdraw a 
subject from the study based on an ECG flagged as “Abnormal, Clinically Significant” is the 
responsibility of the investigator, in consultation with the sponsor’s medical monitor, as 
appropriate.  The correction method (Fridericia or Bazett) used for calculating QTc will need to 
be provided in the eCRF. 
7.5.7. 
Laboratory Assessments 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, all laboratory assessments will be performed locally unless 
otherwise specified. 
Laboratory tests for screening or entry into the second course period should be performed within 
7 days before the first dose of treatment.  After Cycle 1, for local laboratories noted below, 
predose laboratory procedures can be conducted up to 72 hours before study drug administration.  
Results must be reviewed by the investigator or qualified designee and found to be acceptable 
before each dose of study treatment. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 104 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
7.5.7.1. 
Hematology, Coagulation Panel, Serology, and Endocrine Function Testing  
Hematology, coagulation panel, serology, and endocrine function will all be analyzed by a local 
laboratory. 
7.5.7.2. 
Urinalysis 
Urinalysis will be analyzed by the site local laboratory. 
7.5.7.3. 
Serum Chemistry and Liver Function Tests 
All serum chemistry testing (screening, Cycle 1 Day 1, and Day 1 of each cycle) as well as 
weekly LFTs for the first 6 weeks of study treatment (for Phase 1) then Q3W thereafter will be 
performed by the site’s local laboratory, as well as more frequent LFT monitoring (per standard 
of care for elevations) if it is required.  Throughout the Protocol, LFT refers specifically to liver 
chemistry testing, and required analytes for LFTs are listed in Table 14.  
7.5.7.4. 
Pregnancy Testing 
Serum pregnancy tests will be analyzed by the site laboratory during screening and must be 
within 72 hours before first dose of study treatment.  Subsequently, pregnancy tests will be 
conducted only as medically indicated. 
If a subject inadvertently becomes pregnant while on treatment with MK-3475 and 
INCB024360, the subject will immediately be withdrawn from the study.  The site will contact 
the subject at least monthly and document the subject’s status until the first well-baby visit to 
determine outcome, including spontaneous or voluntary termination, details of the birth, and the 
presence or absence of any birth defects, congenital abnormalities, or maternal and/or newborn 
complications.  The outcome of the pregnancy will be reported to the sponsor without delay and 
within 24 hours if the outcome is an SAE (eg, death, abortion, congenital anomaly, or other 
disabling or life-threatening complication to the mother or newborn).  The study investigator will 
make every effort to obtain permission to follow the outcome of the pregnancy and report the 
condition of the fetus or newborn to the sponsor.  If a male subject impregnates his female 
partner, the study personnel at the site must be informed immediately and the pregnancy reported 
to the sponsor and followed as described above and in Section 8.5. 
7.5.7.5. 
Laboratory Assessments for Subjects With Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
All testing noted in this section will be done locally.  Anti-HBc (total), anti-HBs, HBV viral load 
(HBV DNA), HbsAg, hepatitis C virus antibody, and HCV RNA testing are required for all 
subjects with HCC at screening. 
If (1) HbsAG+ or (2) anti-HBc+, anti-HBs-, HbsAg-, and viral load < 100 IU/mL, then the 
following testing will also be required: 
• Anti-HDV, anti-Hbe, and HbeAg at screening. 
• HbsAg and HBV viral load (HBV DNA) will be required at each cycle while on 
study treatment and at EOT.  
• Anti-HBc (total), anti-Hbe, anti-HBs, and HbeAG will be required every 4 cycles 
while on study treatment and at EOT.   
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 105 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
For all subjects who are anti-HCV positive: 
• HCV genotype testing is required at screening along with HCV viral load (HCV 
RNA) testing.  HCV viral load (HCV RNA) testing will also be required at each cycle 
while on study treatment and at EOT. 
7.6. 
Efficacy Assessments 
7.6.1. 
Initial Tumor Imaging 
Initial tumor imaging must be performed within 28 days before the first dose of study treatment.  
The site study team must review prestudy images to confirm the subject has measurable disease 
per RECIST v1.1 for solid tumors or Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL.  A 
standard, full assessment for lesions should be conducted at baseline, including CT or MRI scans 
of chest, abdomen, and pelvis for solid tumors.  Baseline imaging of the CNS (eg, MRI or 
contrast CT of the brain) should be performed for all subjects with previously treated brain 
metastases.  Otherwise, baseline brain MRI is only indicated if there are symptoms consistent 
with CNS disease based on investigator assessment.  The same modality (CT or MRI) should be 
used for follow-up assessments at Week 9, Week 18, and every 12 weeks, including radiological 
assessments of all sites of disease present at baseline.  In addition to radiological monitoring, all 
other lesions observed at the screening visit should be followed. 
Scans performed as part of routine clinical management are acceptable for use as the screening 
scan if they are of diagnostic quality and performed within 28 days before the first dose of study 
treatment.  The same imaging technique should be used in a subject throughout the study.  
Baseline scan must be a contrast computed tomography (CT) or magnetic resonance imaging 
(MRI), except in circumstances where there is a contrast allergy or with medical monitor 
approval.  When the CT component of a positron emission tomography (PET)/CT uses higher 
energy and thinner slices, it may be acceptable (with medical monitor approval). 
For selection of target lesions, RECIST v1.1 and the Lugano Classification should be followed.  
For example, RECIST discourages selection of target lesions inside the field of prior irradiation.  
Lesions situated in a previously irradiated area, or in an area subjected to other loco-regional 
therapy, are usually not considered measurable unless it is the solitary site of measurable disease 
AND there has been demonstrated progression in the lesion.  Also, if a subject has only 
1 measurable lesion, this lesion should not be biopsied. 
7.6.2. 
Tumor Imaging During the Study 
Tumor imaging may be performed by CT or MRI, but the same imaging technique should be 
used in a subject throughout the study.  Scans must be a contrast CT or MRI, except in 
circumstances where there is a contrast allergy or with medical monitor approval.  When the CT 
component of a PET/CT uses higher energy and thinner slices, it may be acceptable (with 
medical monitor approval) if it was the same technique used for baseline.  Imaging should be 
performed every 9 weeks (63 days ± 5 days) for the first 2 timepoints (Weeks 9 and 18), then 
every 12 weeks thereafter.  More frequent imaging should be performed if clinically indicated.  
Imaging should not be delayed for delays in cycle starts or extension of combination treatment 
cycle intervals. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 106 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Per RECIST v1.1, response should be confirmed by a repeat radiographic assessment not less 
than 4 weeks from the date the response was first documented.  The scan for confirmation of 
response may be performed at the earliest 4 weeks after the first indication of response, or at the 
next scheduled scan (9 or 12 weeks later), whichever is clinically indicated.  Confirmation scans 
are considered interval scan and subjects need to stay on 9 or 12-week schedule from baseline 
(eg, imaging at Week 9 shows PR, confirmation scan done at Week 13, next scheduled scan 
should be Week 18 followed by Week 30, etc). 
Imaging should continue to be performed until documented disease progression, the start of new 
anticancer treatment, withdrawal of consent, death, or the end of the study, whichever occurs 
first.  Disease progression should be confirmed at least 4 weeks after the first scan indicating 
progressive disease in clinically stable subjects.  Subjects who have unconfirmed disease 
progression may continue on treatment until progression is confirmed provided they have met 
the conditions detailed in Section 7.6.3. 
7.6.3. 
Assessment of Disease 
7.6.3.1. 
Assessment of Disease According to Modified RECIST v1.1 for Solid Tumors 
RECIST v1.1 will be applied by the site as the primary measure for assessment of tumor 
response and as a basis for Protocol guidelines related to disease status (eg, discontinuation of 
study therapy).  RECIST v1.1 will be adapted for defining PD as follows to account for the 
unique tumor response seen in this class of therapeutics. 
If imaging shows PD, tumor assessment should be repeated ≥ 4 weeks later to confirm PD with 
the option of continuing treatment for clinically stable subjects (see Table 16).  Clinically stable 
is defined by the following criteria: 
• Absence of signs and symptoms indicating disease progression 
• No decline in ECOG performance status 
• Absence of rapid progression of disease 
• Absence of progressive tumor at critical anatomical sites (eg, cord compression) 
requiring urgent alternative medical intervention. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 107 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 16: 
Imaging and Treatment After First Radiographic Evidence of Progressive 
Disease 
 
Clinically Stable 
Clinically Unstable 
Imaging 
Treatment 
Imaging 
Treatment 
First radiologic 
evidence of PD  
Repeat imaging at 
≥ 4 weeks to 
confirm PD  
May continue study 
treatment at the 
investigator’s 
discretion while 
awaiting 
confirmatory scan  
Repeat imaging at 
≥ 4 weeks to 
confirm PD if 
possible  
Discontinue 
treatment  
Repeat scan 
confirms PD  
No additional 
imaging required  
Discontinue 
treatment  
No additional 
imaging required  
N/A  
Repeat scan 
shows SD, PR, or 
CR  
Continue regularly 
scheduled imaging 
assessments every 
12 weeks  
Continue study 
treatment at the 
investigator’s 
discretion  
Continue regularly 
scheduled imaging 
assessments every 
12 weeks  
May restart study 
treatment if 
condition has 
improved and/or 
clinically stable per 
investigator’s 
discretion  
In determining whether the tumor burden has increased or decreased, investigators should 
consider all target lesions as well as nontarget lesions.  Subjects who are deemed clinically 
unstable are not required to have repeat imaging for confirmation.  If radiologic progression is 
confirmed, then the subject will be discontinued from study treatment as specified in the 
Protocol, and the first radiographic evidence of PD should be the date of progression.  If 
radiologic progression is not confirmed, then the subject should resume/continue study treatment 
and have their next scan according to the Protocol-specified schedule.  If progression is not 
confirmed and the subject continues on treatment, the next scan that documents disease 
progression (and is confirmed by a second scan at least 4 weeks later), will be considered the 
date of disease progression. 
NOTE:  If a subject with confirmed radiographic progression (ie, 2 scans at least 28 days apart 
demonstrating progressive disease) is clinically stable or clinically improved, and there is no 
further increase in the tumor dimensions at the confirmatory scan, an exception may be 
considered to continue treatment upon consultation with the sponsor.  Clinically stable subjects 
should also have at the confirmatory scan no further increase in the target lesions, no 
unequivocal increase in nontarget lesions, and no additional new lesions develop (nonworsening 
PD) to continue study treatment. 
7.6.4. 
Assessment of Response for DLBCL by the Lugano Classification 
An objective assessment of disease status is required using the Lugano Classification 
(Cheson et al 2014) and will be adapted for defining PD as noted in Section 7.6.3.1 to account 
for the unique tumor response seen in this class of therapeutics. 
Details regarding response assessment per the Lugano Classification are presented in Table 17. 
Positron emission tomography using [18F] FDG, or combined PET-CT is required at screening.  
If imaging assessment was performed under standard of care prior to signing of the ICF but 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 108 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
within 30 days of Cycle 1 Day 1, the result of that assessment may be recorded in the CRF in 
lieu of a study-specific assessment.  On-treatment assessments should be performed every 
9 weeks following Cycle 1 Day 1.  This assessment schedule also applies to those subjects who 
discontinue study treatment for reasons other than disease progression until disease progression, 
start of new anticancer therapy, withdrawal of consent, end of the study, or death, whichever 
comes first.  Scheduled PET assessments should always be calculated from the first dose of study 
treatment.  Imaging should not be delayed for delays in cycle starts.  Results will be captured in 
the eCRF. 
Table 17: 
Revised Criteria for Response Assessment (Lugano Classification) 
Site 
PET-CT–Based Response 
CT-Based Response 
Complete response 
Lymph nodes and 
extralymphatic sites 
Score 1, 2, or 3 with or without a 
residual mass on 5PS
a. 
Target nodes/nodal masses must regress to 
≤ 1.5 cm in Ldi. 
No extralymphatic sites of disease. 
Nonmeasured lesion 
Not applicable. 
Absent. 
Organ enlargement 
Not applicable. 
Regress to normal. 
New lesions 
None. 
None. 
Bone marrow 
No evidence of FDG-avid disease in 
marrow. 
Normal by morphology; if indeterminate, IHC 
negative. 
Partial response 
Lymph nodes and 
extralymphatic sites 
 
Partial metabolic response: 
• Score 4 or 5a with reduced uptake 
compared with baseline and 
residual mass(es) of any size. 
• At interim, these findings suggest 
responding disease. 
• At EOT, these findings indicate 
residual disease. 
Partial remission (all of the following): 
• ≥ 50% decrease in SPD of up to 6 target 
measurable nodes and extranodal sites. 
• When a lesion is too small to measure on CT, 
assign 5 mm × 5 mm as the default value. 
• When no longer visible, 0 × 0 mm. 
For a node > 5 mm × 5 mm but smaller than 
normal, use actual measurement for calculation. 
Nonmeasured lesions 
Not applicable. 
Absent/regressed, but no increase. 
Organ enlargement 
Not applicable. 
Spleen must have regressed by > 50% in length 
beyond normal. 
New lesions 
None. 
None. 
Bone marrow 
Residual uptake higher than uptake 
in normal marrow but reduced 
compared with baseline (diffuse 
uptake compatible with reactive 
changes from chemotherapy 
allowed).  If there are persistent focal 
changes in the marrow in the context 
of a nodal response, consideration 
should be given for further 
evaluation with MRI or biopsy at 
interval scan. 
Not applicable. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 109 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 17: 
Revised Criteria for Response Assessment (Lugano Classification) 
(Continued) 
Site 
PET-CT–Based Response 
CT-Based Response 
No response or stable disease 
Target nodes/nodal 
masses, extranodal 
lesions 
No metabolic response. 
Score of 4 or 5a with no significant 
change in FDG uptake from baseline 
at interim or EOT. 
Stable disease. 
< 50% decrease from baseline in SPD of up to 
6 dominant, measurable nodes and extranodal 
sites; no criteria for progressive disease are met. 
Nonmeasured lesions 
Not applicable. 
No increase consistent with progression. 
Organ enlargement 
Not applicable. 
No increase consistent with progression. 
New lesions 
None. 
None. 
Bone marrow 
No change from baseline. 
Not applicable. 
Progressive disease 
Individual target 
nodes/nodal lesions 
Progressive metabolic disease. 
 
Individual target nodes/nodal lesions: 
• Score 4 or 5a with an increase in 
intensity of uptake from baseline 
and/or 
• New FDG-avid foci consistent with 
lymphoma at interim or EOT 
assessment. 
 
Extranodal lesions: 
• New FDG-avid foci consistent with 
lymphoma at interim or end-of-
treatment assessment. 
 
New lesions: 
• New FDG-avid foci consistent with 
lymphoma rather than another 
etiology (eg, infection, 
inflammation).  If uncertain 
regarding etiology of new lesions, 
biopsy or interval scan may be 
considered. 
 
Bone marrow: 
New or recurrent FDG-avid foci. 
Progressive disease requires at least one of the 
following PPD progression: 
• An individual node/lesion must be abnormal 
with all of the following:   
− Ldi > 1.5 cm  
− Increase by ≥ 50% from PPD nadir 
− An increase in Ldi or Sdi from nadir 
 0.5 cm for lesions ≤ 2 cm 
 1.0 cm for lesions > 2 cm 
• In the setting of splenomegaly, the splenic 
length must increase by > 50% of the extent of 
its prior increase beyond baseline (eg, a 15-cm 
spleen must increase to > 16 cm).  If no prior 
splenomegaly, must increase by at least 2 cm 
from baseline. 
• New or recurrent splenomegaly. 
• New or clear progression of preexisting 
nonmeasured lesions. 
• Regrowth of any previously resolved lesions. 
• A new node > 1.5 cm in any axis. 
• A new extranodal site > 1.0 cm in any axis; if 
< 1.0 cm in any axis, its presence must be 
unequivocal and must be attributable to 
lymphoma. 
• Assessable disease of any size unequivocally 
attributable to lymphoma. 
New or recurrent involvement of the bone 
marrow. 
5PS = 5-point scale; Ldi = longest transverse diameter of lesion; PPD = cross product of the Ldi and perpendicular diameter; 
Sdi = shortest axis perpendicular to the Ldi; SPD = sum of the product of the perpendicular diameters for multiple lesions. 
a PET 5-point scale:  1, no uptake above background; 2, update ≤ mediastinum; 3, uptake > mediastinum but ≤ liver; 4, uptake 
moderately > liver; 5, uptake markedly higher than liver and/or new lesions; X, new areas of uptake unlikely to be related to 
lymphoma. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 110 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
7.6.4.1. 
Bone Marrow Examination 
Bone marrow examination is required as a baseline assessment for subjects with disease subtypes 
(DLBCL) that utilize bone marrow histology as part of the objective criteria for disease staging.  
Exceptions include:  1) if a recent bone marrow biopsy was performed (within 60 days of 
Cycle 1 Day 1), a new bone marrow biopsy does not need to be repeated for screening, or 2) if 
bone marrow involvement is clearly evident or absent per PET/CT it also would not be required 
at screening.  Subsequently, bone marrow biopsy will be performed only to confirm CR or as 
clinically indicated. 
Data from the pathology report resulting from the bone marrow examination will be captured in 
the CRF.  Results of assessments performed under standard-of-care prior to the signing of 
informed consent may be used as the baseline assessment in lieu of a study-specific procedure IF 
performed within 60 days of the first dose of study drug (Cycle 1 Day 1). 
All bone marrow examinations should include a unilateral aspiration and biopsy, when feasible.  
Subjects may be enrolled based on a biopsy only when a “packed marrow” precludes aspiration.  
An aspiration only may be performed at the discretion of the investigator. 
Subsequently, bone marrow biopsy will be performed only to confirm CR or as clinically 
indicated.  If the bone marrow does not have lymphoma involvement at baseline, a repeat bone 
marrow exam is not required to confirm indication of CR on imaging. 
7.6.5. 
Tumor Markers 
7.6.5.1. 
CA 125 Monitoring (Ovarian Cancer Only) 
CA 125 monitoring will be performed locally for subjects with ovarian cancer only at screening, 
Week 9, then every 12 weeks until EOT. 
7.6.5.2. 
CA19-9  and CEA Monitoring (Gastric Cancer Only) 
CA19-9 and CEA monitoring will be performed locally for subjects with gastric cancer only at 
screening, Week 9, then every 12 weeks until EOT. 
7.6.5.3. 
Alpha Fetoprotein Tumor Marker (HCC Only) 
AFP monitoring will be performed locally for subjects with HCC only at screening, Week 9, 
Week 18, then every 12 weeks until EOT. 
7.6.5.4. 
Assessments for Ascites and Encephalopathy (HCC Only) 
Assessments for ascites and for encephalopathy should be documented at each visit for subjects 
with HCC only. 
7.6.6. 
Tumor Biopsy 
Fresh tumor biopsies (defined as a biopsy specimen taken since completion of the most recent 
prior systemic regimen) will be required (except as indicated in the inclusion criteria) at baseline.  
Optional tumor biopsy specimens on study may be obtained any time after C1D14 or with 
confirmed response or progression in subjects with accessible tumors
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 111 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
 
 Biopsy specimens obtained to evaluate toxicities will also be collected to evaluate 
target-related expression. 
Details and methods for obtaining, processing, and shipping the fresh tumor biopsy samples will 
be provided in the Laboratory Manual for the study.  Archived tumor tissue should also be 
submitted if available.  Details for processing and shipping the archived tumor tissue samples 
will be provided in the Laboratory Manual. 
7.6.6.1. 
Tumor Biopsy in the Phase 2 Melanoma Primary Refractory and Relapsed 
Cohorts 
Note:  As of Amendment 10, the melanoma primary refractory and relapsed cohorts are closed to 
further enrollment.  The following text applies to subjects enrolled before Amendment 10. 
Pretreatment and on-treatment tumor biopsies are required for subjects enrolled in the Phase 2 
primary refractory and relapsed melanoma cohorts.  Subjects should have tumor lesions that are 
amenable to repeat percutaneous or endoscopic biopsy.  Tumor biopsy samples will be collected 
at baseline (before Day 1 administration) and while the subject is receiving therapy as specified 
in the following: 
• Screening:  A fresh biopsy at baseline is required.  Archival samples are not permitted 
in order to enable analysis of TIL infiltration into tumors during treatment. 
• On-treatment biopsy:  A biopsy will be collected during Cycle 3 between Days 8 and 
15 (Study Days 50 and 57).  The biopsy should be collected from the same lesion as 
the screening biopsy.  If the subject progresses before this timepoint, then biopsy 
should be done at time of progression. 
If a subject is scheduled to have a tumor biopsy for the purposes of this study and it is 
subsequently determined by the interventional radiologist that tumor tissue cannot safely be 
obtained, or if the biopsy does not meet the minimum standards for evaluation (as outlined in the 
Laboratory Manual), then the subject may still enroll in the cohort and will be followed for 
efficacy and safety.  The subject may be replaced in order to enroll sufficient numbers of 
biopsy-evaluable subjects.  Note:  If the baseline tumor biopsy was found to be inadequate, the 
patient should not undergo an on treatment biopsy.  Post-progression biopsy can still be optional. 
Subjects with solitary target lesions should not be enrolled in either of these cohorts. 
7.7. 
Performance and Quality of Life Assessments 
7.7.1. 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status 
The investigator or qualified designee will assess ECOG performance status (Appendix C) at 
screening and before the administration of each cycle of study treatment and EOT as specified in 
the schedules of assessments (Table 12).  No quality of life instrument will be used in this study. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 112 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 113 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 114 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 115 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
7.10. 
Other Study Procedures 
7.10.1. 
Study Compliance (Medication, Diet, Activity, Other) 
Interruptions from the Protocol-specified treatment plan for > 12 weeks between MK-3475 and 
INCB024360 doses due to toxicity require consultation between the sponsor and investigator and 
written documentation of the collaborative decision on subject management. 
7.10.2. 
Administration of MK-3475 and Compliance 
Administration of MK-3475 (± 3 days) will be witnessed by the investigator and/or study staff.  
The total volume of study treatment infused will be compared to the total volume prepared to 
determine compliance with each dose administered. 
The instructions for preparing and administering MK-3475 will be provided in the Procedures 
Manual. 
7.10.3. 
Administration of INCB024360 and Compliance 
Subjects will self-administer their dose of INCB024360 in the morning and evening, 
approximately 12 hours apart without regard to food.   
INCB024360 compliance will be calculated by the sponsor based on the drug accountability 
documented by the site staff and monitored by the sponsor/designee (tablet counts).  The 
objective is 100% compliance and investigators and their staff should evaluate compliance at 
each visit, and take appropriate steps to optimize compliance. 
7.10.4. 
Dispensing of INCB024360 
Site staff will contact the IRT to obtain the subject study drug assignment.  The investigator or 
designee will select the assigned bottles from their stock that correspond to the number provided 
by the IRT and dispense the medication.  The investigator will enter the bottle numbers in the 
eCRF.  At subsequent medication dispensing visits, the investigator or designee will follow the 
same procedures as described above.  Full details will be provided in the IRT Manual. 
7.10.5. 
Distribution of Subject Reminder Cards and Diaries 
Subjects will be provided with reminder cards at each visit.  The subject reminder cards will 
indicate the date/time of the next visit.  On Day 1 only subjects will also be given an SS 
information sheet for signs and symptoms of SS.  This information sheet also instructs subjects 
to seek immediate medical care if any of these symptoms are observed. 
7.10.6. 
Withdrawal or Discontinuation 
When a subject discontinues or withdraws before study completion, all applicable activities 
scheduled for the final study visit should be performed at the time of discontinuation.  Any AEs 
that are present at the time of discontinuation or withdrawal should be followed in accordance 
with the safety requirements outlined in Section 8.1.1.  These subjects should return to the site 
for the safety follow-up visit (described in Section 6.4.1). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 116 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
8. 
SAFETY MONITORING AND REPORTING 
8.1. 
Adverse Events 
8.1.1. 
Definitions and Reporting 
For the purposes of this Protocol, an AE is defined as the appearance of (or worsening of any 
pre-existing) undesirable sign(s), symptom(s), or medical condition(s) that occur after a subject 
provides informed consent.  Abnormal laboratory values or test results occurring after informed 
consent constitute AEs only if they induce clinical signs or symptoms, are considered clinically 
meaningful, require therapy (eg, hematologic abnormality that requires transfusion), or require 
changes in the study drug(s). 
Adverse events that begin or worsen after informed consent should be recorded on the Adverse 
Events page of the eCRF.  Conditions that were already present at the time of informed consent 
should be recorded on the Medical History page of the eCRF.  Adverse event monitoring should 
be continued for at least 42 days after the last dose of study drug.  Adverse events (including 
laboratory abnormalities that constitute AEs) should be described using a diagnosis whenever 
possible rather than by individual underlying signs and symptoms.  When a clear diagnosis 
cannot be identified, each sign or symptom should be reported as a separate AE. 
Adverse events will be assessed according to the CTCAE v4.0.  The CTCAE severity Grade 5 
(death) will not be used in this study; rather, information about deaths will be collected as an 
outcome of the event.  
If an event is not classified by CTCAE, the severity of the AE will be graded according to the 
scale below to estimate the grade of severity: 
Grade 1 
Mild; asymptomatic or mild symptoms; clinical or diagnostic observations only; 
intervention not indicated. 
Grade 2 
Moderate; minimal, local, or noninvasive intervention indicated; limiting 
age-appropriate activities of daily living. 
Grade 3 
Severe or medically significant but not immediately life-threatening; 
hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization indicated; disabling; limiting 
self-care activities of daily living. 
Grade 4 
Life-threatening consequences; urgent intervention indicated. 
The occurrence of AEs should be sought by nondirective questioning of the subject during the 
screening process after signing the ICF and at each visit during the study.  Adverse events may 
also be detected when they are volunteered by the subject during the screening process or 
between visits, or through physical examination, laboratory test, or other assessments.  As far as 
possible, each AE should be evaluated to determine: 
• The severity grade (CTCAE Grade 1 to 4). 
• Reasonable possibility that the AE is related to the study treatment:  unrelated (no) or 
related (yes). 
NOTE:  Since this is a study of INCB024360 combined with MK-3475, the 
relationship to study drug can be assessed for INCB024360 alone, MK-3475 alone, 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 117 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
INCB024360 combined with MK-3475, or not related to either INCB024360 or 
MK-3475. 
• Start and end dates, unless unresolved at final examination. 
• Action taken with respect to study drug (eg, none, dose adjusted, temporarily 
interrupted, permanently discontinued, unknown, not applicable). 
• Outcome (eg, not recovered/not resolved, recovered/resolved, recovering/resolving, 
recovered/resolved with sequelae, fatal, unknown). 
• Whether it is serious, as per SAE definition provided in Section 8.3.1. 
Unlike routine safety assessments, SAEs are monitored continuously and have special reporting 
requirements, see Section 8.3.2. 
All AEs should be treated appropriately.  If a concomitant medication or nondrug therapy is 
given, this action should be recorded on the AE and Prior/Concomitant medications pages of the 
eCRF. 
Once an AE is detected, it should be followed until it has resolved or until it is judged to be 
permanent; assessment should be made at each visit (or more frequently if necessary) of any 
changes in severity, the suspected relationship to the study drug, the interventions required to 
treat it, and the outcome. 
The disease/disorder being studied or expected progression, signs, or symptoms of the 
disease/disorder being studied, unless more severe than expected for the participant’s condition 
or considered to be treatment-related by the investigator, should not be reported as an adverse 
event.   
Efficacy endpoints as outlined in Section 4 will not be reported as AE/SAEs, specifically, any 
event that is related to disease progression of the cancer under study.  Unblinded aggregated 
efficacy endpoint events and safety data will be monitored to ensure the safety of the participants 
in the study.  Any suspected endpoint that upon review is not progression of the cancer under 
study will be forwarded to Incyte Pharmacovigilance as a SAE within 24 hours of determination 
that the event is not progression of the cancer under study. 
8.2. 
Laboratory Test Abnormalities 
8.2.1. 
Definitions and Reporting 
Laboratory abnormalities that constitute an AE in their own right (are considered clinically 
meaningful, induce clinical signs or symptoms, require concomitant therapy, or require changes 
in study drug), should be recorded on the AE page of the eCRF.  Whenever possible, a diagnosis 
rather than a symptom should be provided (eg, anemia instead of low hemoglobin).  Laboratory 
abnormalities that meet the criteria for AEs should be followed until they have returned to 
normal or an adequate explanation of the abnormality is found.  When an abnormal laboratory 
test result corresponds to a sign or symptom of a previously reported AE, it is not necessary to 
separately record the laboratory test result as an additional event. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 118 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Laboratory abnormalities that do not meet the definition of an AE should not be reported as AEs.  
A Grade 3 or 4 (severe) AE, as per CTCAE, does not automatically indicate an SAE unless it 
meets the definition of serious, as defined in Section 8.3.1, and/or per the investigator’s 
discretion.  A dose interruption or adjustment for the laboratory abnormality may be required 
(see Section 5.6.2) and should not contribute to the designation of a laboratory test abnormality 
as an SAE. 
8.3. 
Serious Adverse Events 
8.3.1. 
Definitions 
A SAE is defined as an event that meets 1 of the following criteria: 
• Is fatal or life-threatening (ie, immediate risk of dying). 
• Results in persistent or significant disability or incapacity. 
• Constitutes a congenital anomaly or birth defect. 
• Is clinically meaningful (ie, defined as an event that jeopardizes the subject or 
requires potential medical or surgical intervention to prevent 1 of the outcomes listed 
above).  Considered meaningful by the investigator as an important medical event 
that may not result in death, be life-threatening, or require hospitalization, but may be 
considered a SAE when, based upon appropriate medical judgment, it may jeopardize 
the subject or may require medical or surgical intervention to prevent 1 of the 
outcomes listed in this definition. 
• Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, unless 
hospitalization is a result of: 
− Routine treatment or monitoring of the studied indication not associated with any 
deterioration in condition.   
− Elective or preplanned treatment for a pre-existing condition that is unrelated to 
the indication under study and has not worsened since signing the ICF. 
− Treatment on an emergency outpatient basis for an event not fulfilling any of the 
definitions of a SAE given above and not resulting in hospital admission. 
− Social reasons and respite care, in the absence of any deterioration in the subject’s 
general condition. 
− Any SAEs that are expected due to the condition being treated, including if the 
SAE is a primary outcome measure, or where there has been a clear agreement 
with regulators not to consider these as SAEs, provided the information is 
collected elsewhere. 
8.3.2. 
Reporting 
To ensure subject safety, every SAE, regardless of suspected causality, occurring after the 
subject has signed the ICF and up to 90 days after the subject has stopped study treatment, or 
30 days following cessation of treatment if the subject initiates new anticancer therapy, 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 119 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
whichever is earlier, must be reported to the sponsor (or designee) within 24 hours of learning of 
its occurrence.  Any SAEs experienced after this period should be reported to the sponsor (or 
designee) only if the investigator suspects a causal relationship to the study drug.  Recurrent 
episodes, complications, or progression of the initial SAE must be reported as the follow-up to 
the original episode within 24 hours of the investigator receiving the follow-up information.  An 
SAE occurring at a different time interval or otherwise considered completely unrelated to a 
previously reported one should be reported separately as a new event.  Previously planned 
(before providing informed consent) surgeries should not be reported as SAEs unless the 
underlying medical condition worsens over the course of the study. 
Information about all SAEs is collected and recorded on the Serious Adverse Event Report 
Form.  The investigator must assess and record the relationship of each SAE to each specific 
study drug (if there is more than 1), complete the SAE Report Form in English, and send the 
completed, signed form by fax or emailed within 24 hours to the sponsor or its designee.  The 
investigator must assess if there is a reasonable possibility that the SAE is related to the study 
treatment:  unrelated (no) or related (yes). 
Serious AEs related to unblinded comparator drugs or concomitant medications/drug delivery 
systems are reported directly to the manufacturers of those drugs/devices in accordance with the 
package insert. 
The telephone, email, and facsimile number of the sponsor’s contact persons, specific to the 
study, are listed in the investigator binder provided to each site.  The original copy of the SAE 
Report Form and the fax or email confirmation sheet must be kept with the eCRF documentation 
at the study site. 
Follow-up information is sent to the same person to whom the original SAE Report Form was 
sent, using a new SAE Report Form stating that this is a follow-up to the previously reported 
SAE and giving the date of the original report.  Each recurrence, complication, or progression of 
the original event should be reported as a follow-up to that event regardless of when it occurs.  
The follow-up information should describe whether the event has resolved or continues, if and 
how it was treated, and whether the subject continued or withdrew from study participation, or if 
study drug was interrupted or discontinued. 
If the SAE is not previously documented in the IB for the study drug (new occurrence) and is 
thought to be related to the sponsor’s study drug, a sponsor’s associate may urgently require 
further information from the investigator for reporting to health authorities. 
The sponsor or its designee may need to issue an Investigator Notification (IN) to inform all 
investigators involved in any study with the same drug that this SAE has been reported.  
Suspected Unexpected Serious Adverse Reactions (SUSARs) will be collected and reported to 
the competent authorities and relevant ethics committees in accordance with Directive 
2001/20/EC, or as per national regulatory requirements in participating countries. 
8.4. 
Emergency Unblinding of Treatment Assignment 
Not applicable. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 120 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
8.5. 
Pregnancy 
Pregnancy, in and of itself, is not regarded as an AE unless there is suspicion that study drug may 
have interfered with the effectiveness of a contraceptive medication or method.  When a 
pregnancy has been confirmed, including the pregnancy of a male subject’s female partner that 
occurs during the study, or within 120 days of completing the study or 30 days following 
cessation of treatment if the subject initiates new anticancer therapy, whichever is earlier, the 
following procedures should occur: 
• The investigator must notify the sponsor or its designee immediately.  
• The study drug must be discontinued immediately. 
• The subject must be withdrawn from the study. 
• The EOT visit evaluations must be performed. 
• The investigator must complete and submit the Pregnancy Initial and Follow-Up 
Report forms to the sponsor or its designee. 
• A serum pregnancy test must be performed to confirm the urine pregnancy test result.  
(The serum test should be performed at the investigative site to ensure the test will be 
performed promptly and the result available immediately for review.) 
If a negative serum test does not confirm the urine pregnancy test result, then: 
• The investigator will use his or her expert judgment, based on an assessment of the 
potential benefit/risk to the subject, to determine if it is in the subject’s best interest to 
resume study drug and continue participation in the study. 
To ensure subject safety, each pregnancy in a subject during maternal or paternal 
exposures to study drug must be reported within 24 hours of learning of its occurrence.  
Data on fetal outcome and breastfeeding are collected for regulatory reporting and drug safety 
evaluation.  Follow-up to each pregnancy should be conducted, by following until the first 
well-baby visit.  Pregnancy should be recorded on a Clinical Study Pregnancy Form and reported 
by the investigator to the sponsor or its designee.  Pregnancy follow-up should be recorded on 
the same form and should include an assessment of the possible relationship to the sponsor’s 
study drug of any pregnancy outcome and follow-up to the first well-baby visit.  Any SAE 
experienced during pregnancy must be reported on the SAE Report Form and to the 
sponsor or its designee.  
8.6. 
Definition of an Overdose for This Protocol and Reporting of 
Overdose to the Sponsor 
For this study, an overdose will be defined as ≥ 1000 mg (5 times the dose) of MK-3475 or 
> 1000 mg of epacadostat.  No specific information is available on the treatment of overdose of 
MK-3475 or epacadostat.  In the event of overdose, the subject should be observed closely for 
signs of toxicity.  Appropriate supportive treatment should be provided if clinically indicated. 
If an AE(s) is associated with (“results from”) the overdose of study therapies the AE(s) is 
reported as an SAE, even if no other seriousness criteria are met. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 121 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
If a dose of the study therapy (MK-3475) meeting the Protocol definition of overdose is taken 
without any associated clinical symptoms or abnormal laboratory results, the overdose is 
reported as a nonserious ECI using the terminology “accidental or intentional overdose without 
adverse effect.” 
All reports of overdose with and without an AE must be reported within 24 hours to the sponsor 
either by electronic media or paper. 
8.7. 
Warnings and Precautions 
No evidence available at the time of the approval of this study Protocol indicated that special 
warnings or precautions were appropriate, other than those noted in the provided IB.  Additional 
safety information collected between IB updates will be communicated in the form of 
Investigator Notifications (Ins).  Any important new safety information should be discussed with 
the subject during the study as needed.  If new, significant risks are identified, they will be added 
to the ICF. 
8.8. 
Data Monitoring Committee 
There will be no formal data monitoring committee for this open-label study.  For Phase 1, 
approximately weekly the sponsor will conduct telephone conferences with investigators in order 
to review cohort-specific data, overall safety data from prior cohorts (if applicable), and to agree 
on dose escalation, de-escalation, and cohort expansion decisions.  For Phase 2, safety and 
tolerability will be carefully monitored throughout the study by the sponsor in accordance with 
interim safety analyses planned procedures as described in Section 9.6. 
8.9. 
Events of Clinical Interest 
Selected nonserious and serious AEs of special interest are also known as ECIs and must be 
recorded as such in the eCRF and reported to the sponsor within 24 hours either by electronic 
media or paper.  Sponsor contact information can be found in the Investigator Study File Binder 
(or equivalent).  Events of Clinical Interest for this study include: 
1. An overdose of sponsor’s product, as defined in Section 8.6 — Definition of an Overdose 
for This Protocol and Reporting of Overdose to the Sponsor, that is not associated with 
clinical symptoms or abnormal laboratory results. 
2. An elevated AST or ALT laboratory value that is ≥ 3 × the ULN and an elevated total 
bilirubin laboratory value that is ≥ 2 × the ULN and, at the same time, an alkaline 
phosphatase laboratory value that is < 2 × the ULN, as determined by way of 
Protocol-specified laboratory testing or unscheduled laboratory testing. 
Note:  These criteria are based on available regulatory guidance documents.  The purpose 
of the criteria is to specify a threshold of abnormal hepatic tests that may require an 
additional evaluation for an underlying etiology.  The study site guidance for assessment 
and follow-up of these criteria can be found in the Investigator Study File Binder (or 
equivalent). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 122 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
 This syndrome has been most closely associated 
with use of MAOIs, meperidine (Demerol®), linezolid, or methylene blue; all of these agents are 
prohibited during the study.  Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and SNRIs are permitted in 
the study.  Procedures listed in Section 5.6.5 will be implemented if subjects exhibit the signs 
and symptoms of SS described in Section 7.5.4, including tremor, hyperreflexia, and 
spontaneous, ocular, or inducible clonus together with agitation, fever, diaphoresis, or muscle 
rigidity. 
8.10. 
Product Complaints 
The sponsor collects product complaints on study drugs and drug delivery systems used in 
clinical studies in order to ensure the safety of study participants, monitor quality, and facilitate 
process and product improvements. 
All product complaints associated with material packaged, labeled, and released by the sponsor 
or its designee will be reported. 
The investigator or his/her designee is responsible for reporting a complete description of the 
product complaint and any associated AEs via email or other written communication to the 
Incyte contact. 
If the investigator is asked to return the product for investigation, he/she will return a copy of the 
product complaint communication with the product. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 123 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9. 
STATISTICS 
9.1. 
Study Populations 
Efficacy Evaluable:  All subjects enrolled in the study who take at least 1 dose of study drug. 
Safety Evaluable:  All subjects enrolled in the study who take at least 1 dose of study drug. 
 
9.2. 
Selection of Sample Size 
9.2.1. 
Sample Size for the Phase 1 Portion of the Study 
The primary objective of the open-label Phase 1 portion of the study is to determine the MTD 
and DLT of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475.  The total number of subjects will 
depend on the number of dose levels tested before the MTD is established.  Approximately 
54 subjects (3-9 subjects per dose level for 4 dose levels plus an additional 9 subjects treated at 
50 mg BID, 100 mg BID and potentially at 300 mg BID) will be included based on the dose 
escalation.  Dose escalation will follow a 3 + 3 + 3 design algorithm, as defined in Section 4.1.  
Based on this algorithm, 3 evaluable subjects are enrolled in each cohort with a maximum of 
9 subjects at any dose level (except for MTD or PAD, where a total of 9 subjects will be treated 
to further evaluate safety and confirm it as the RP2D). 
9.2.2. 
Sample Size for the Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the Study 
The sample size of 18 to 42 subjects are expected to be enrolled in each of the 14 response 
expansion cohorts (NSCLC PD-L1 positive, NSCLC PD-L1 low/negative or indeterminate, 
melanoma [3 cohorts – checkpoint-naïve, primary refractory and relapsed], transitional cell 
carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, ovarian cancer, SCCHN, DLBCL, MSI high CRC, clear cell 
RCC, gastric cancer, and HCC).  The sample size for each independent cohort yields a power of 
80% to detect an increase in ORR by about 20% (Ha) from historical response rate (H0).  This 
assumes a 1-sided alpha of 5% and 10% lost to follow-up.  See details in Table 21. 
A Simon 2-stage design will be used for the primary refractory and relapsed melanoma cohorts.  
In the first stage for the primary refractory cohort, 8 subjects will be enrolled.  If at least 
1 response is observed in those 8 subjects, an additional 19 subjects will be enrolled, for a total 
sample size of 27 subjects.  The power for this design is 80% and the Type I error is 3.2%.  
In the first stage for the relapsed melanoma cohort, 11 subjects will be enrolled.  If at least 
2 responses are observed in those 11 subjects, an additional 7 subjects will be enrolled, for a total 
sample size of 18 subjects.  The power for this design is 80% and the Type I error is 2.7%. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 124 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Table 21: 
Sample Size Calculation for Each Cohort:  Comparing to a Known 
Proportion 
Tumor Type 
ORR 
Sample Size 
H0 
Ha 
NSCLC high positive (PD-L1 TPS ≥ 50%) 
36% 
56% 
42 
NSCLC low/negative or indeterminate (PD-L1 
TPS 0%-49% or indeterminate) 
12% 
32% 
25 
Melanoma (immune checkpoint-naïve) 
32% 
52% 
40 
Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
24% 
44% 
36 
TNBC 
19% 
39% 
32 
Ovarian cancer 
20% 
40% 
33 
SCCHN 
19% 
39% 
32 
DLBCL 
36% 
57% 
37 
RCC 
25% 
45% 
36 
MSI high CRC 
57% 
80% 
29 
Gastric cancer 
14% 
34% 
27 
HCC 
19% 
39% 
32 
Melanoma (primary refractory) 
3% 
20% 
27
a 
Melanoma (relapsed) 
10% 
35% 
18a 
Total 
 
 
446 
a Maximum possible sample size for Simon 2-stage design.  Actual sample size may be less. 
9.3. 
Level of Significance 
The level of significance for the primary endpoint in Phase 2 is one-sided 5%, which is deemed 
acceptable for a proof-of-concept study.   
9.4. 
Statistical Analyses 
9.4.1. 
Primary Analyses 
Primary efficacy analysis will be conducted for the Phase 2 efficacy evaluable population.  The 
primary variable for the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study is ORR, which is defined as the 
proportion of subjects with best response (CR or PR) by irRECIST v1.1 for select solid tumors 
and modified Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL.  The 95% exact CI for the 
ORR will be estimated using the Clopper-Pearson method.  One sample binomial test will be 
used to test the null hypotheses. 
9.4.2. 
Secondary Analyses 
Secondary efficacy analysis will be conducted for the efficacy evaluable population. 
Progression-free survival is defined as number of days from the first day of taking study drug to 
the earlier of death or disease progression by irRECIST v1.1 for select solid tumors and modified 
Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL.  Time-to-event data will be analyzed by 
the Kaplan-Meier method, treating subjects with no observed death or progression as censored at 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 125 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
their last valid response assessment or last valid response assessment date prior to post study 
cancer treatment.  For the OS analysis, the nonparametric Kaplan-Meier method will be used to 
estimate the survival time distribution and the median survival of each tumor type. 
For objective responders, the duration of response is the time from the first objective response 
contributing to an objective response, to the first objective response of PD (by irRECIST v1.1) 
occurring after the first objective response contributing to the objective response.  Median 
duration of response will be estimated using the Kaplan-Meier method.  The duration of disease 
control is the time from the treatment start date to the first objective response of PD (by 
irRECIST v1.1 or Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) occurring after the first objective 
response of CR/PR/SD.  Median duration of disease control will be estimated using the 
Kaplan-Meier method. 
The ordinal response scores are defined as the following: 
• 1 = Complete response per irRECIST v1.1 
• 2 = Very good response, defined as > 60% tumor reduction 
• 3 = Minor response, defined as >30% to ≤ 60% tumor reduction 
• 4 = Stable disease per irRECIST v1.1 
• 5 = Progressive disease per irRECIST v1.1 
The frequency of subjects in each category will be summarized by tumor type. 
For OS analysis, the Kaplan-Meier method will be used to estimate the survival time distribution 
and the median survival of each tumor type. 
9.4.3. 
Safety Analyses 
The principal analysis will be based on the safety evaluable population, according to treatment 
assignment. 
Adverse events will be coded by the MedDRA, and incidences will be tabulated by preferred 
term and system organ class for all events, related events, events ≥ Grade 3 and adverse events of 
special interest.  Severity of AEs will be based on the CTCAE scale as indicated in Section 8.1.1.  
Quantitative safety variables and their changes from baseline (laboratory, vital signs) will be 
summarized with descriptive statistics.  Clinically significant abnormal values will be flagged 
and tabulated based on predefined criteria. 
Exposure will be analyzed by describing dose intensity, which is defined as the dose-received 
divided by the dose planned over a given time interval.  This will be done by cycle as well as 
overall cycles received for MK-3475 + INCB024360.  The percentage of subjects with any delay 
and/or reduction will also be calculated. 
The clinical laboratory data will be analyzed using summary statistics (eg, means and 
frequencies), and no formal statistical comparisons among the treatments are planned.  In 
addition, these values will also be classified into CTCAE toxicity grades and tabulated.  
Descriptive statistics and mean change from baseline will be determined for vital signs at each 
assessment time.  Vital sign results will be reviewed for clinically notable abnormalities. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 126 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9.5. 
Data Monitoring Committee 
Not applicable. 
9.6. 
Interim Safety Analyses 
An interim safety analysis is planned for Phase 2 after 20 subjects have been enrolled and treated 
for 9 weeks, and then approximately every 3 months thereafter.  If the following is reported 
during these reviews, enrollment of subjects would be suspended until the sponsor(s), 
investigators, and regulatory authorities, if applicable, have determined the appropriate course of 
action: 
• > 40% of subjects have had an AE ≥ Grade 3 that was attributable to the 
investigational agents. 
Based on these rules, the probabilities of stopping a treatment group for safety is provided in 
Table 22. 
Table 22: 
Probability of Early Termination for Various Safety Event Rates 
Proportion of Subjects Having an AE ≥ Grade 3 
That Was Attributable to the Investigational Agent 
Probability of Early Termination Based on an AE 
≥ Grade 3 That Was Attributable to the 
Investigational Agenta 
5% 
0.0% 
10% 
0.04% 
15% 
0.58% 
20% 
3.17% 
25% 
10.35% 
30% 
24.31% 
40% 
85.37% 
a The probability of early termination = Prob ((≥ 40% of subjects in the active treatment group have had an AE ≥ Grade 3 at the 
first  interim safety analysis OR at the second  interim OR at the third interim OR at the fourth interim). 
No formal interim analysis for futility or efficacy is planned for this study. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 127 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
10. 
STUDY DRUG MATERIALS AND MANAGEMENT 
10.1. 
Investigational Products Description 
10.1.1. 
Packaging, Labeling, and Preparation of Study Drug  
10.1.1.1. INCB024360  
The study drug will be available as 25 mg and 100 mg tablets packaged in high-density 
polyethylene bottles.  All tablet excipients comply with the requirements of the applicable 
compendial monographs (Ph. Eur., USP/NF) (refer to the iIB).  All Incyte investigational product 
labels will be in the local language and will comply with the legal requirements of each country. 
10.1.1.2. MK-3475 
The investigator shall take responsibility for and shall take all steps to maintain appropriate 
records and ensure appropriate supply, storage, handling, distribution and usage of 
investigational product in accordance with the Protocol and any applicable laws and regulations.  
Clinical supplies will be provided by Merck as summarized in Table 23. 
Table 23: 
MK-3475 Product Descriptions 
Product Name and Potency 
Dosage Form 
MK-3475 100 mg/4 mL 
Solution for Injection 
Clinical supplies will be affixed with a clinical label in accordance with regulatory requirements. 
10.1.2. 
Storage and Stability of Study Drugs  
10.1.2.1. INCB024360 
Clinical supplies must be stored as described in the iIB. 
10.1.2.2. MK-3475 
Clinical supplies must be stored in a secure, limited-access location under the storage conditions 
specified on the label.  Receipt and dispensing of study drug must be recorded by an authorized 
person at the study site.  Clinical supplies may not be used for any purpose other than that stated 
in the Protocol. 
10.2. 
Accountability, Handling, and Disposal of INCB024360 and 
MK-3475 
Responsibility for drug accountability at the study site rests with the investigator; however, the 
investigator may assign some of the drug accountability duties to an appropriate pharmacist or 
other designee.  Inventory and accountability records must be maintained and readily available 
for inspection by the study monitor and are open to inspection at any time by any applicable 
regulatory authorities. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 128 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
The investigator or designee will be expected to collect and retain all used, unused, and partially 
used containers of study drug according to their institution policies.  The investigator or designee 
must maintain records that document: 
• Delivery of study drug to the study site. 
• Inventory of study drug at the site. 
• Subject use of the study drug including pill or unit counts from each supply 
dispensed. 
• Return of study drug to the investigator or designee by subjects. 
These records should include dates, quantities, batch or serial numbers (if available), and the 
unique code numbers (if available) assigned to the investigational product and study subjects. 
The investigational product must be used only in accordance with the Protocol.  The investigator 
will also maintain records adequately documenting that the subjects were provided the correct 
study drug specified. 
Completed accountability records will be archived by the site.  At the completion of the study, 
the investigator or designee will oversee shipment of any remaining INCB024360 back to the 
sponsor or its designee for destruction according to institutional standard operating procedures.  
If local procedures mandate site destruction of investigational supply, prior written approval 
must be obtained from Incyte.  
Upon completion or termination of the study, all unused and/or partially used MK-3475 will be 
destroyed at the site per institutional policy.  It is the investigator’s responsibility to arrange for 
disposal of all empty containers, provided that procedures for proper disposal have been 
established according to applicable federal, state, local, and institutional guidelines and 
procedures, and provided that appropriate records of disposal are kept. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 129 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
11. 
STUDY ADMINISTRATION 
11.1. 
Data Management 
11.1.1. 
Data Collection 
The investigator will be provided with an eCRF for each subject.  Entries made in the eCRF must 
be verifiable against source documents; any discrepancies should be explained and documented.  
The investigator will be responsible for reviewing all data and eCRF entries and will sign and 
date the designated pages in each subject’s eCRF, verifying that the information is true and 
correct.  The investigator is responsible for the review and approval of all responses. 
11.1.2. 
Data Management 
Data management will be performed from eCRFs.  All eCRF data will be entered into a validated 
database.  All data entry, verification, and validation will be performed in accordance with the 
current standard operating procedures of the Data Management Department at the sponsor or its 
designee.  The database will be authorized for lock once all defined procedures are completed. 
11.2. 
Study Monitoring 
Qualified representatives of the sponsor or its designee, “study monitors,” will monitor the study 
according to a predetermined monitoring plan.  Monitoring visits provide the sponsor with the 
opportunity to: 
• Evaluate the progress of the study. 
• Verify the accuracy and completeness of eCRFs. 
• Assure that all Protocol requirements, applicable laws and/or regulations, and 
investigator’s obligations are being fulfilled. 
• Resolve any inconsistencies in the study records. 
The investigator must allow the study monitors to periodically review, at mutually convenient 
times during the study and after the study has been completed, all CRFs and office, hospital, and 
laboratory records supporting the participation of each subject in the study.  The eCRFs and 
other documentation supporting the study must be kept up-to-date by the investigator and the 
research staff at the investigative site.  These study materials must be available for review by the 
study monitor, and/or other qualified representatives of the sponsor or its designee, at each 
monitoring visit. 
The study monitor will review the various records of the study (eCRFs, subject medical and 
laboratory records, and other pertinent data).  The study monitor will verify the eCRF data 
against original source documentation for accuracy and completeness.  The study monitor will 
identify data discrepancies and collaborate with the investigator and research staff to resolve the 
discrepancies in a timely manner.  Protocol deviations will also be identified and recorded on a 
“Protocol Deviation Log.”  The study monitor will follow an “Issue Escalation” plan in order to 
ensure that each issue identified during a monitoring visit is appropriately documented, reported, 
and resolved in a timely manner in accordance with the plan’s requirements. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 130 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
11.3. 
Protocol Adherence 
The principal investigator must obtain IRB or IEC approval for the investigation.  Initial IRB or 
IEC approval and all materials approved by the IRB or IEC for this study including the subject 
ICF and recruitment materials must be maintained by the investigator and made available for 
inspection. 
Each investigator must adhere to the Protocol as described in this document and agree that 
changes to the Protocol, with the exception of medical emergencies, must be discussed and 
approved, firstly, by the sponsor or its designee and, secondly, by the IRB or IEC.  Each 
investigator is responsible for enrolling subjects who have met the Protocol inclusion and 
exclusion criteria.  The IRB or IEC that granted original approval, or the IRB or IEC currently 
responsible for overseeing the conduct of the study, must be notified of all changes in and 
deviations from the Protocol that may increase risk to the subject, and/or that may adversely 
affect the rights of the subject or validity of the investigation.  The investigator must send a copy 
of the approval letter from the IRB or IEC to the sponsor or its designee and retain the original in 
the site study regulatory file. 
Major eligibility deviations must be reported to the IRB or IEC in accordance with the IRB or 
IEC requirements.  During the course of the study, the monitor must notify the sponsor or its 
designee of subjects found not to have met eligibility criteria.  The medical monitor, in 
collaboration with the investigator, will determine if the subject should be withdrawn from the 
study. 
11.4. 
Financial Disclosure 
All clinical investigators participating in clinical studies subject to FDA Regulation Title 21 
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 54 – Financial Disclosure by Clinical Investigators, are 
required before study initiation to submit a completed Clinical Investigator Financial Disclosure 
Request Form that sufficiently details any financial interests and arrangements that apply.  For 
the purpose of this regulation, clinical investigator is defined as any investigator or 
subinvestigator who is directly involved in the treatment or evaluation of research subjects, 
including the spouse and each dependent child of the clinical investigator.  These requirements 
apply to both US and foreign clinical investigators conducting covered clinical studies. 
Any new investigators or subinvestigators added to the covered clinical study during its conduct 
must also submit a completed Clinical Investigator Financial Disclosure Request Form.  During a 
covered clinical study, any changes to the financial information previously reported by a clinical 
investigator must be reported to the sponsor or its designee.  At the conclusion of the covered 
clinical study, the clinical investigators will be reminded of their obligation to report to the 
sponsor or its designee any changes to the financial information previously reported.  The 
clinical investigators will also be reminded that they must report any changes in their financial 
information for a period of 1 year after completion of the covered clinical study. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 131 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
11.5. 
Compliance with Study Registration and Results Posting 
Requirements 
Under the terms of the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act and the Food and Drug 
Administration Amendments Act, the sponsor of the study is solely responsible for determining 
whether the study and its results are subject to the requirements for submission to the Clinical 
Trials Data Bank, www.clinicaltrials.gov.  Information posted will allow individuals to identify 
potentially appropriate studies for their disease conditions and pursue participation by calling a 
central contact number for further information on appropriate study locations and study site 
contact information. 
12. 
QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 
12.1. 
Sponsor Audits 
At some point during the study, individuals from the sponsor’s Quality Assurance department 
and/or their authorized representative may visit the investigator’s site to conduct an audit of the 
study.  The purpose of this visit will be to determine the investigator’s adherence to the Protocol, 
applicable regulations, and the sponsor’s procedures, in addition to assessing the accuracy of the 
study data.  Before initiating this audit, the investigator will be contacted by the sponsor to 
arrange a convenient time for this visit.  The investigator and staff are expected to cooperate with 
the auditors and allow access to all subject records supporting the eCRFs and other study-related 
documents. 
12.2. 
Inspection by Regulatory Authorities 
At some point during the investigational product’s development program, a regulatory authority 
may visit the investigator to conduct an inspection of the study and the site.  The investigator and 
staff are expected to cooperate with the inspectors and allow access to all source documents 
supporting the eCRFs and other study-related documents.  The investigator must immediately 
notify the sponsor when contacted by any regulatory authority for purposes of conducting an 
inspection. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 132 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
13. 
ETHICS 
13.1. 
Ethical Conduct of the Study 
This study will be performed in accordance with ethical principles that have their origin in the 
Declaration of Helsinki and conducted in adherence to the study Protocol, GCPs as defined in 
Title 21 of the US CFR Parts 50, 54 56, 312, and Part 11, as well as ICH GCP consolidated 
guidelines (E6) and applicable regulatory requirements. 
13.2. 
Written Informed Consent 
Informed consent documentation that includes both information about the study and the ICF will 
be prepared and given to the subject.  This document will contain all elements required by the 
ICH E6 Guideline for GCP and any additional elements required by local regulations.  The 
document must be in a language understandable to the subject and must specify who informed 
the subject.  Where required by local law, the person who informs the subject must be a 
physician. 
The principal investigator at each center will ensure that the subject is given full and adequate 
verbal and written information about the nature, purpose, and the possible risk and benefit of the 
study.  Subjects must also be notified that they are free to discontinue study drug and withdraw 
from the study at any time.  The subject should be given the opportunity to ask questions and 
allowed time to consider the information provided. 
The subject’s signed and dated ICF must be obtained before conducting any study procedures.  
The principal investigator must maintain the original, signed ICF.  A copy of the signed ICF 
must be given to the subject.  The investigator should inform the subject’s primary physician 
about the subject’s participation in the study if the subject has a primary physician and if the 
subject agrees to the primary physician being informed. 
Preparation of the ICF is the responsibility of the investigator and must include all elements 
required by the ICH GCP, and applicable regulatory requirements, and must adhere to the ethical 
principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.  A template will be provided by 
the sponsor or its designee.  The sponsor or its designee must review and approve all changes to 
site-specific ICFs.  The ICF must include a statement that the sponsor or its designee and 
regulatory authorities have direct access to subject records.  Before the beginning of the study, 
the IRB or IEC must provide the investigator with written approval/favorable opinion of the 
written ICF and any other information to be provided to the subjects. 
13.3. 
Ethics Review 
It is the responsibility of the investigator to assure that all aspects of the ethics review are 
conducted in accordance with the Declaration of Helsinki as described in the ICH E6:  Guideline 
for GCP, and/or local laws, whichever provides the greatest level of protection for the study 
participants.  The Protocol and any information supplied to the subject to obtain informed 
consent, including written ICFs, subject recruitment procedures (eg, advertisements), and written 
information to be provided to subjects (information leaflets), must be reviewed and approved by 
a qualified IRB/IEC before enrollment of participants in the study.  Before initiation of the study, 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 133 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
the sponsor or its designee must receive documentation of the IRB or IEC approval, which 
specifically identifies the study/Protocol, and a list of the committee members. 
The principal investigator is responsible for informing the IRB or IEC of any amendment to the 
Protocol in accordance with local requirements.  Protocol amendments and revisions to the ICF 
must be submitted to and approved by the IRB or IEC. 
Investigators must submit progress reports to the IRB or IEC in accordance with the IRB or IEC 
requirements and local regulations.  Annual re-approval of the study must be obtained.  Copies 
of progress reports and annual re-approvals must be sent to the sponsor or its designee. 
The principal investigator is also responsible for providing the IRB or IEC with reports of any 
reportable serious adverse drug reactions from any other study conducted with the investigational 
product.  The sponsor or its designee will provide this information to the principal investigator. 
When the sponsor or its designee provides the investigator with a safety report, the investigator is 
responsible for ensuring that the safety report is reviewed and processed in accordance with 
regulatory requirements and with the policies and procedures established by their respective 
IRBs. 
After completion or termination of the study, the investigator must submit a final report to the 
IRB or IEC and to the sponsor or its designee. 
The investigator, as part of the records retention requirements for the study, must maintain 
documentation of all submissions, correspondence, and approvals to and from the IRB or IEC. 
Each clinical investigator is responsible to conduct the study in accordance with the Protocol, all 
applicable laws, regulations, and GCP according to ICH guidelines. 
13.4. 
Data Privacy 
The investigator and the sponsor or its designee must adhere to applicable data privacy laws and 
regulations.  The investigator and the sponsor (or its designee) are responsible for ensuring that 
sensitive information is handled in accordance with local requirements (eg, HIPAA).  
Appropriate consent and authorizations for use and disclosure and/or transfer (if applicable) of 
protected information must be obtained. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 134 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
14. 
DATA HANDLING AND RECORDKEEPING 
14.1. 
Inspection of Records 
The sponsor or its designee will be allowed to conduct site visits to the investigation facilities for 
the purpose of monitoring any aspect of the study.  The investigator agrees to allow the monitor 
to inspect the drug storage area, study drug stocks, drug accountability records, subject charts 
and study source documents, and other records relative to study conduct. 
The investigator must ensure that all records pertaining to the conduct of the clinical study (as 
listed above) are adequately maintained for a period of 2 years after the last approval of a 
marketing application in an ICH region and until there are no pending or contemplated marketing 
applications in an ICH region, or at least 2 years have elapsed since the formal termination of 
clinical development of the investigational product. 
14.2. 
Retention of Records 
The principal investigator must maintain all documentation relating to the study for a period of 
2 years after the last marketing application approval, or if not approved, 2 years following the 
termination of the test article for investigation.  If it becomes necessary for the sponsor or the 
regulatory authority to review any documentation relating to the study, the investigator must 
permit access to such records. 
The investigator must not destroy any records associated with the study without receiving 
approval from Incyte.  The investigator must notify the sponsor or its designee in the event of 
accidental loss or destruction of any study records.  If the investigator leaves the institution 
where the study was conducted, the sponsor or its designee must be contacted to arrange 
alternative record storage options. 
Whenever possible, an original recording of an observation must be retained as the source 
document.  However, a photocopy of a record is acceptable, provided it is legible and is a 
verified copy of the original document. 
All eCRF data entered by the site (including audit trail), as well as computer hardware and 
software (for accessing the data), will be maintained or made available at the site in compliance 
with applicable record retention regulations.  The sponsor will retain the original eCRF data and 
audit trail. 
14.3. 
Confidentiality 
Subject names will not be supplied to the sponsor or its designee if applicable.  Only the subject 
number and subject’s initials will be recorded in the eCRF, where permitted; if the subject’s 
name appears on any other document (eg, laboratory report), it must be obliterated on the copy of 
the document to be supplied to the sponsor or its designee.  Study findings stored on a computer 
will be stored in accordance with local data protection laws.  The subjects will be informed that 
representatives of the sponsor or its designee, IRB or IEC, or regulatory authorities may inspect 
their medical records to verify the information collected, and that all personal information made 
available for inspection will be handled in strictest confidence and in accordance with local data 
protection laws. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 135 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
15. 
PUBLICATION POLICY 
By signing the study Protocol, the investigator and his or her institution agree that the results of 
the study may be used by the sponsor, Incyte Corporation (Incyte), for the purposes of national 
and international registration, publication, and information for medical and pharmaceutical 
professionals.  Study results will be published in accordance with applicable local and national 
regulations.  If necessary, the authorities will be notified of the investigator’s name, address, 
qualifications, and extent of involvement.  The terms regarding the publication of study results 
are contained in the agreement signed with the sponsor or its designee.  The signed agreement is 
retained by the sponsor or its designee. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 136 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
16. 
REFERENCES 
Armand P, Nagler A, Weller EA, et al. Disabling immune tolerance by programmed death-1 
blockade with pidilizumab after autologous hematopoietic stem-cell transplantation for diffuse 
large B-cell lymphoma: results of an international phase II trial. J Clin Oncol 2013;31:4199-
4206. 
Boon T, van der Bruggen P. Human tumor antigens recognized by T lymphocytes. J Exp Med 
1996;183:725-729. 
Boyer EW, Shannon M. The serotonin syndrome. New Engl J Med 2005;352:1112-1120. 
Brahmer JR, Horn L, Antonia SJ, et al. Nivolumab (anti-PD-1; BMS-936558; ONO-4538) in 
patients with non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC): overall survival and long-term safety in a 
phase 1 trial. J Thorac Oncol 2013;8(suppl 2):S365 (abstr MO18.03). 
Brandacher G, Perathoner A, Ladurner R, et al. Prognostic value of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase 
expression in colorectal cancer: effect of tumor infiltrating T cells. Clin Cancer Res 
2006;12:1144-1151. 
Cheson BD, Fisher RI, Barrington SF, et al. Recommendations for initial evaluation, staging, and 
response assessment of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma: the Lugano classification. J Clin 
Oncol 2014;30:3059-3068. 
Child CG, Turcotte JG. Surgery and portal hypertension. In: Child CG, ed. The Liver and Portal 
Hypertension. Philadelphia, PA: WB Saunders; 1964:50-64. 
Cholongitas E, Papatheodoridis GV, Vangeli M, Terreni N, Patch D, Burroughs AK. Systematic 
review: the model for end-stage liver disease—should it replace Child-Pugh’s classification for 
assessing prognosis in cirrhosis? Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2005;22:1079-1089. 
Curran MA, Montalvo W, Yagita H, Allison JP. PD-1 and CTLA-4 combination blockade 
expands infiltrating T cells and reduces regulatory T and myeloid cells within B16 melanoma 
tumors. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 2010;107:4275-4280. 
Disis ML. Immune regulation of cancer. J Clin Oncol 2010;28:4531-4538. 
Eisenhauer EA, Therasse P, Bogaerts J, et al. New response evaluation criteria in solid tumors: 
revised RECIST guideline (version 1.1). Eur J Cancer 2009;45:228-247. 
El-Khoueiry AB, Melero I, Crocenzi TS, et al. Phase I/II safety and antitumor activity of 
nivolumab in patients with advanced hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC): CA209-040. J Clin Oncol 
2015;33(suppl): Abstract LBA101. 
Ercolini AM, Ladle BH, Manning EA, et al. Recruitment of latent pools of high avidity CD8(+) 
T cells to the antitumor immune response. J Exp Med 2005;201:1591-1602. 
Fallarino F, Grohmann U, You S, et al. The combined effects of tryptophan starvation and 
tryptophan catabolites down-regulate T cell receptor zeta-chain and induce a regulatory 
phenotype in I T cells. J Immunol 2006;176:6752-6761. 
Frumento G, Rotondo R, Tonetti M, et al. Tryptophan-derived catabolites are responsible for 
inhibition of T and natural killer cell proliferation induced by indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase. 
J Exp Med 2002;196:459-468. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 137 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Galon J, Costes A, Sanchez-Cabo F, et al. Type, density, and location of immune cells within 
human colorectal tumors predict clinical outcome. Science 2006;313:1960-1964. 
Gangadhar TC, Hamid O, Smith DC, et al. Preliminary results from a phase 1/2 study of 
epacadostat (INCB024360) in combination with pembrolizumab in patients with selected 
advanced cancers. J Immunother Cancer 2015;3(suppl 2):6-7 [abstr O7]. 
Gangadhar TC, Hamid O, Smith DC, et. Epacadostat plus pembrolizumab in patients with 
advanced melanoma and select solids tumors: updated Phase 1 results from 
ECHO-202/Keynote-037. Presented at ESMO Congress 2016, October 7-11, 2016, Copenhagen, 
Denmark (Absract 1110PD). 
Garon EB, Balmanoukian A, Hamid O, et al. Preliminary clinical safety and activity of MK-3475 
monotherapy for the treatment of previously treated paitents wit non-small cell lung 137pragu 
(NSCLC). J Thorac Oncol 2013;8(suppl 2):S364 (abstr MO18.02). 
Garon EB, Rizvi NA, Hui R. Pembrolizumab for the treatment of non-small-cell lung 137pragu. 
N Engl J Med 2015; DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa1501824. 
Gibney GT, Hamid O, Gangadhar TC, et al. Preliminary results from a phase 1/2 study of 
INCB024360 combined with ipilimumab (ipi) in patients (pts) with melanoma. J Clin Oncol 
2014;32(suppl):5s [abstr 3010]. 
Godin-Ethier J, Hanafi LA, Piccirillo CA, et al. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase expression in 
human cancers: clinical and immunologic perspectives. Clin Can Res 2011;17:6985-6991. 
Hamid O, Bauer TM, Spira AI, et al. Safety of epacadostat 100 mg BID plus pembrolizumab 
200 mg Q3W in advanced solid tumors: Phase 2 data from ECHO-202/KEYNOTE-037. J Clin 
Oncol 2017;35(suppl):15s (abstr 3012). 
Hamid O, Chasalow SD, Tsuchihashi S, et al. Association of baseline and on-study tumor biopsy 
markers with clinical activity in patients with advanced melanoma treated with ipilimumab. 
J Clin Oncol 2009;27(suppl):15s (abstr 9008). 
Hamid O, Rober C, Daud A, et al. Safety and tumor responses with lambrolizumab (Anti-PD-1) 
in melanoma. N Engl J Med 2013;369:134-144. 
Hamanishi J, Mandai M, Iwasaki M, et al. Programmed cell death 1 ligand 1 and tumor-
infiltrating CD8+ T lymphocytes are prognostic factors of human ovarian cancer. Proc Natl Acad 
Sci 2007;104:3360-3365. 
Herbst RS, Gordon MS, Fine GD, et al. A study of MPDL3280A, an engineered PD-L1 antibody 
in patients with locally advanced or metastatic tumors. J Clin Oncol 2013;31(suppl):3000 (abstr). 
Hillen F, Baeten CIM, van de Winkel A, et al. Leukocyte infiltration and tumor cell plasticity are 
parameters of aggressiveness in primary cutaneous melanoma. Cancer Immunol Immunother 
2008;57:97-106. 
Hiraoka N. Tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes and hepatocellular carcinoma: molecular biology. Int 
J Clin Oncol 2010;15:544-551. 
Hodi FS, Dranoff G. The biologic importance of tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes. J Cutan Pathol 
2010;37(suppl 1):48-53. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 138 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Hodi FS, O’Day SJ, McDermott DF, et al. Improved survival with ipilimumab in subjects with 
metastatic melanoma. N Engl J Med 2010;363:711-723. 
Holmgaard RB, Zamarin D, Munn DH, Wolchok JD, Allison JP. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase is 
a critical resistance mechanism in antitumor T cell immunotherapy targeting CTLA-4. J Exp 
Med 2013;210:1389-1402. 
Huang L, Baban b, Johnson BA, Mellor AL. Dendritic cells, indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase and 
acquired immune privilege. Int Rev Immunol 2010;29:133-155. 
INCB024360 Investigator’s Brochure (iIB). Wilmington, DE: Incyte Corporation. 
Ino K, Yoshida N, Kajiyama H, et al. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase is a novel prognostic 
indicator for endometrial cancer. Br J Cancer 2006;95:1555-1561. 
Iversen TZ, Engell-Noerregaard L, Ellebaek E, et al. Long-lasting disease stabilization in the 
absense of toxicity in metastatic lung cancer patients vaccinated with an epitope derived from 
indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase. Clin Cancer Res 2014;20:221-232. 
Kloor M. Lymphocyte infiltration and prognosis in colorectal cancer. Lancet Oncol 
2009;10:840-841. 
Lee HE, Chae SW, Lee YJ, et al. Prognostic implications of type and density of 
tumour-infiltrating lymphocytes in gastric cancer. Br J Cancer 2008;99:1704-1711. 
Leffers N, Gooden MJM, de Jong RA, et al. Prognostic significance of tumor-infiltrating 
T-lymphocytes in primary and metastatic lesions of advanced stage ovarian cancer. Cancer 
Immunol Immunother 2009;58:449-459. 
Liotta F, Gacci M, Frosali F, et al. Frequency of regulatory T cells in peripheral blood and in 
tumour-infiltrating lymphocytes correlates with poor prognosis in renal cell carcinoma. BJU Int 
2010;107:1500-1506. 
Llovet JM, Brú C, Bruix J. Prognosis of hepatocellular carcinoma: the BCLC staging 
classification. Semin Liver Dis 1999;19:329-338. 
Long GV, Dummer R, Hamid O, et al. Epacadostat (E) plus pembrolizumab (P) versus 
pembrolizumab alone in patients (pts) with unresectable or metastatic melanoma: results of the 
phase 3 ECHO-301/KEYNOTE-252 study. J Clin Oncol 2018;36(suppl):108. 
Mellor AL, Baban B, Chandler P, et al. Induced indoleamine 2,3, dioxygenase expression in 
dendritic cell subsets suppresses T cell clonal expansion. J Immunol 2003;171:1652-1655. 
Mellor AL, Munn DH. IDO expression by dendritic cells: tolerance and tryptophan catabolism. 
Nat Rev Immunol 2004;4:762-774. 
MK-3475 Investigator’s Brochure (mIB). Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck Sharp & Dohme 
Corporation. 
Muller AJ, DuHadaway JB, Donover PS, Sutanto-Ward E, Prendergast GC. Inhibition of 
indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase, an immunoregulatory target of the cancer suppression gene Bin1, 
potentiates cancer chemotherapy. Nat Med 2005;11:312-319. 
Munn DH, Zhou M, Attwood JT, et al. Prevention of allogeneic fetal rejection by tryptophan 
catabolism. Science 1998;281:1191-1193. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 139 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Munn DH, Sharma MD, Hou D, et al. Expression of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase by 
plasmacytoid dendritic cells in tumor-draining lymph nodes. J Clin Invest 2004;114:280-290. 
Munn DH, Mellor AL. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase and tumor- induced tolerance. J Clin Invest 
2007;117:1147-1154. 
Muro K, Chung HC, Shankaran V, et al. Pembrolizumab for patients with PD-L1-positive 
advanced gastric cancer (KEYNOTE-012): a 139prague139ter, open-label, phase 1b trial. Lancet 
Oncol 2016;17:717-726. 
Nakamura T, Shima T, Saeki A, et al. Expression of indoleamine 2, 3-dioxygenase and the 
recruitment of Foxp3-expressing regulatory T cells in the development and progression of 
uterine cervical cancer. Cancer Sci 2007;98:874-881. 
National Cancer Institute (NCI) Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events v4.0 
(CTCAE). June 14, 2010. http://ctep.cancer.gov/protocolDevelopment/electronic_applications/ 
ctc.htm. Accessed February 27, 2014. 
Nishimura H, Honjo T, Minato N. Facilitation of β selection and modification of positive 
selection in the thymus of PD-1-deficient mice. J Exp Med 2000;191:891-897. 
Nivolumab [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; 2017. 
Nobili C, Degrate L, Caprotti R, et al. Prolonged survival of a patient affected by pancreatic 
adenocarcinoma with massive lymphocyte and dendritic cell infiltration after interleukin-2 
immunotherapy. Report of a case. Tumori 2008;94:426-430. 
Okamoto A, Nikaido T, Ochiai K, et al. Indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase serves as a marker of poor 
prognosis in gene expression profiles of serous ovarian cancer cells. Clin Cancer Res 
2005;11:6030-6039. 
Oken MM, Creech RH, Tormey DC, et al. Toxicity and response criteria of the Eastern 
Cooperative Oncology Group. Am J Clin Oncol 1982;5:649-655. 
Opdivo [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb;2017. 
Pembrolizumab [package insert]. Whitehouse Station, NJ: Merck, Sharpe & Dohme Corp; 2017. 
Pugh RN, Murray-Lyon IM, Dawson JL, Pietroni MC, Williams R. Transection of the 
oesophagus for bleeding oesophageal varices. Br J Surg 1973;60:646-649. 
Quezada SA, Peggs KS. Exploiting CTLA-4, PD-1 and PD-L1 to reactivate the host immune 
response against cancer. Br J Cancer 2013;108:1560-1565. 
Robert C, Thomas L, Bondarenko I, et al. Ipilimumab plus dacarbazine for previously untreated 
metastatic melanoma. N Engl J Med 2011;364:2517-2526.  
Robert C, Long GV, Brady B, et al. Nivolumab in previously untreated melanoma without 
BRAF mutation. N Engl J Med 2015a;372:320-330. 
Robert C, Schachter J, Long GV, et al. Pembrolizumab versus ipilimumab in advanced 
melanoma. N Engl J Med 2015b; DOI: 10.1056/NEJMoa1503093. 
Selby M, Engelhardt J, Lu L-S, et al. Antitumor activity of concurrent blockade of immune 
checkpoint molecules CTLA-4 and PD-1 in preclinical models. J Clin Oncol 
2013;31(suppl):3061 (abstr). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 140 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Spranger S, Spaapen RM, Zha Y, Williams J, Meng Y, Ha TT, Gajewski TF. Up-regulation of 
PD-L1, IDO, and T(regs) in the melanoma tumor microenvironment is driven by CD8(+) T cells. 
Sci Transl Med 2013;5:200ra116. 
Talmadge JE, Donkor M, Scholar E. Inflammatory cell infiltration of tumors: Jekyll or Hyde. 
Cancer Metastasis Rev 2007;26:373-400. 
Topalian SL, Hodi FS, Brahmer JR, et al. Safety, activity, and immune correlates of Anti-PD-1 
antibody in cancer. N Engl J Med 2012;366:2443-2454. 
Trussell J. Contraceptive failure in the United States. Contraception 2004;70:89-96. 
Usubütün A, Ayhan A, Uygur MC, zen H, klu C, Acan S. Prognostic factors in renal cell 
carcinoma. J Exp Clin Cancer Res 1998;17:77-81. 
Uyttenhove C, Pilotte L, Théate I, et al. Evidence for a tumoral immune resistance mechanism 
based on tryptophan degradation by indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase. Nat Med 2003;9:1269-1274. 
Weinlich G, Murr C, Richardsen L, Winkler C, Fuchs D. Decreased serum tryptophan 
concentration predicts poor prognosis in malignant melanoma patients. Dermatology 
2007;214:8-14. 
Witkiewicz A, Williams TK, Cozzitorto J, et al. Expression of indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase in 
metastatic pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma recruits regulatory T cells to avoid immune 
detection. J Am Coll Surg 2008;206:849-854. 
Wolchok JD, Hoos A, O’Day S, et al. Guidelines for the evaluation of immune therapy activity 
in solid tumors: immune-related response criteria. Clin Cancer Res 2009;15:7412-7420. 
Wolchok JD, Kluger H, Callahan MK, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in advanced melanoma. 
N Engl J Med 2013;369:122-133. 
Yervoy [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Myers Squibb, 2017. 
 
 
 
Zou W. Regulatory T cells, tumour immunity and immunotherapy. Nat Rev Immunol 
2006;6:295-307. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 141 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX A. INFORMATION REGARDING EFFECTIVENESS OF 
CONTRACEPTIVE METHODS 
For Subjects Participating in the Study: 
The following methods have been determined to be more than 99% effective (< 1% failure rate 
per year when used consistently and correctly (Trussell 2004) and are permitted under this 
Protocol for use by the subject and his/her partner: 
• Complete abstinence from sexual intercourse 
• Double barrier methods: 
− Condom with spermicide in conjunction with use of an intrauterine device 
− Condom with spermicide in conjunction with use of a diaphragm 
• Birth control patch or vaginal ring 
• Oral, injectable, or implanted contraceptives 
• Surgical sterilization (tubal ligation or vasectomy) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 142 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 143 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX C. EASTERN COOPERATIVE ONCOLOGY GROUP 
PERFORMANCE STATUS 
Grade 
Performance Status 
0 
Fully active, able to carry on all predisease performance without restriction  
1 
Restricted in physically strenuous activity but ambulatory and able to carry out work of a 
light or sedentary nature, eg, light house work, office work  
2 
Ambulatory and capable of all selfcare but unable to carry out any work activities. Up and 
about more than 50% of waking hours  
3 
Capable of only limited selfcare, confined to bed or chair more than 50% of waking hours  
4 
Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any selfcare. Totally confined to bed or chair  
5 
Dead  
Source:  Oken et al 1982. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 144 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX D. PROHIBITED MONOAMINE OXIDASE INHIBITORS 
AND DRUGS ASSOCIATED WITH SIGNIFICANT 
MONOAMINE OXIDASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY 
Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors 
Drugs Associated With Significant Monoamine 
Oxidase Inhibitory Activity 
Hydrazines (example phenelzine) 
Meperidine 
Isocarboxazid 
Linezolid 
Tranylcypromine 
Methylene blue 
Brofaromine 
 
Rasagiline 
 
Selegiline 
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 145 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX E. COMMON TERMINOLOGY CRITERIA FOR ADVERSE 
EVENTS v4.0 
The descriptions and grading scales found in the revised NCI Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events (CTCAE) version 4.0 will be used for adverse event reporting 
(http://ctep.cancer.gov/reporting/ctc.html). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 146 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX F. RESPONSE EVALUATION CRITERIA IN SOLID 
TUMORS (RECIST) v1.1  
RECIST v1.1* will be used in this study for assessment of tumor response with some 
modification.  While either CT or MRI may be used, as per RECIST v1.1, CT is the preferred 
imaging technique in this study.  See modifications to RECIST criteria being utilized in 
Section 7.6.3.1. 
* As published in the European Journal of Cancer: 
E.A. Eisenhauer, P. Therasse, J. Bogaerts, L.H. Schwartz, D. Sargent, R. Ford, J. Dancey, S. 
Arbuck, S. Gwyther, M. Mooney, L. Rubinstein, L. Shankar, L. Dodd, R. Kaplan, D. Lacombe, 
J. Verweij. New response evaluation criteria in solid tumors: Revised RECIST guideline 
(version 1.1). Eur J Cancer. 2009 Jan;45(2):228-47. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 147 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX G. RESPONSE CRITERIA FOR DIFFUSE LARGE B-CELL 
LYMPHOMA 
The updated Cheson criteria that now incorporates the Lugano Classification will be utilized for 
this study to determine response in subjects with DLBCL with some modification as described in 
Section 7.6.3.1. 
Cheson BD, Fisher RI, Barrington SF, et al. Recommendations for initial evaluation, staging, and 
response assessment of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin Lymphoma: the Lugano classification. J Clin 
Oncol 2014;30:3059-3068. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 148 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX H. PUBLICATION ON SEROTONIN SYNDROME 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 149 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 150 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 151 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 152 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 153 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 154 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 155 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 156 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 157 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX I. CHILD-PUGH SCORE 
Child-Pugh Score 
Measure 
1 Point 
2 Points 
3 Points 
Total bilirubin, μmol/L (mg/dL) 
< 34 (< 2) 
34-50 (2-3) 
> 50 (> 3) 
Serum albumin, g/dL 
> 3.5 
2.8 – 3.5 
< 2.8 
Prothrombin time, prolongation(s) 
< 4.0 
4.0 – 6.0 
> 6.0 
Ascites 
None 
Mild (or suppressed 
with medication) 
Moderate to Severe (or 
refractory) 
Hepatic encephalopathy 
None 
Grade I-II 
Grade III-IV 
Interpretation 
Points 
Class 
1-Year Survival 
2-Year Survival 
5-6 
A 
100% 
85% 
7-9 
B 
81% 
57% 
10-15 
C 
45% 
35% 
Sources:  Cholongitas et al 2005, Child and Turcotte 1964, Pugh et al 1973. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 158 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX J. GUIDANCE FOR DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF 
HEPATIC EVENTS IN SUBJECTS WITH HCC 
All of the events listed below will require holding study treatment, notification of the sponsor 
within 24 hours, and a hepatology consultation.  All cases should be entered into EDC and 
recorded as events of clinical interest/immune AEs.  All cases of re-treatment and permanent 
discontinuation must be reported to the sponsor and recorded in the database. 
a. ALT: 
i. Among subjects with baseline ALT < 2 × ULN:  ALT ≥ 5 × ULN 
ii. Among subjects with baseline ALT ≥ 2 × ULN:  ALT > 3 × the baseline level 
iii. ALT > 500 U/L regardless of baseline level 
b. AST: 
i. Among subjects with baseline AST < 2 × ULN:  AST ≥ 5 × ULN 
ii. Among subjects with baseline AST ≥ 2 × ULN:  AST > 3 × the baseline level 
iii. AST >500 U/L regardless of baseline level 
c. Total bilirubin: 
i. Among subjects with baseline levels < 1.5 mg/dL: a value of > 2 mg/dL 
ii. Among subjects with baseline levels that are ≥ 1.5 mg/dL: a value ≥ 2 × the baseline level  
iii. Total bilirubin >3.0 mg/dL regardless of baseline level 
d. Regardless of laboratory values, hepatic decompensation diagnosed clinically, including: 
i. New onset clinically detectable ascites 
ii. Gastrointestinal bleeding suggestive of portal hypertension (e.g., esophageal or gastric 
varices) 
iii. Hepatic encephalopathy 
 
Immediate assessment 
• All subjects 
• All subjects should be evaluated according to directions below within 72 hours 
• Procedures: 
− Obtain a consultation with a hepatologist 
− Obtain a work-up for hepatitis if there is no underlying hepatitis, including 
hepatitis A, B,C, D, E, Epstein-Barr virus, and cytomegalovirus 
− Assess for ingestion of drugs/supplements with hepatotoxic potential 
− Assess for alcohol ingestion 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 159 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
− Assess for potential bacterial infection, biliary obstruction, or occult 
gastrointestinal bleeding 
− Repeat ALT, AST, total bilirubin (Tbil), direct bilirubin (Dbil), alkaline 
phosphatase (ALP), γ-glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT), INR, and complete blood 
count (CBC) with differential  
− Other laboratories or imaging studies as clinically indicated 
− Consider liver biopsy if indicated by hepatologist 
Hepatitis C-infected subjects (including subjects who previously achieved SVR 12) 
• In addition to the above, measure HCV RNA viral load 
Hepatitis B-infected subjects 
• HBV DNA, HbsAg, HbeAg, anti-HBc (total), anti-Hbe, and anti-HBs  
• Subjects should be questioned about compliance with the use of anti-viral agents. 
Permanent Discontinuation Criteria for Subjects with Hepatic Adverse Events 
Therapy should also be permanently discontinued for any of the following:  
• ALT > 20 × ULN 
• CP score of ≥ 9 points 
• Gastrointestinal bleeding suggestive of portal hypertension (eg, esophageal or gastric 
varices) 
• New onset of clinically detectable ascites 
• Hepatic encephalopathy 
• Recurrence of a severe or life-threatening event, or of any of the laboratory 
abnormalities listed above, that are presumed to be immune-related 
Diagnosis and Management of Hepatic Adverse Events 
Subjects with HCC are at risk for a range of complications that can cause hepatic laboratory 
abnormalities with or without clinical decompensation.  Those with a history of chronic HCV or 
HBV infection also have the potential to experience virologic flares.  Immune-related hepatitis 
has been observed in ~1% of subjects who received pembrolizumab alone.  The following 
section provides further guidance on the diagnosis and management of potential hepatic 
complications among HCC subjects in this study.  
a. Hepatitis B Flare 
Hepatitis B flares are characterized by rapid elevations of ALT and AST to > 5 × ULN and/or 
> 3 × baseline.  ALT elevation to ≥ 10 × ULN is common.  In the absence of hepatic 
decompensation, ALT/AST elevations are typically isolated (ie, limited/no elevations of 
bilirubin/ALP).  Subjects who are compliant with antiviral therapy should have continued 
suppression of HBV DNA at the time of flare; thus, detection of HBV DNA should prompt 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 160 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
questioning of subjects for compliance.  Laboratory abnormalities secondary to flare are 
typically observed for 3 to 5 weeks. 
Among subjects with HBV, a flare should be considered if this pattern is observed and there is 
no evidence of an alternative etiology.  Guidelines for subjects with a diagnosis of HBV flare are 
as follows: 
• Care should be instituted in consultation with a hepatologist. 
• For subjects who have detectable HBV DNA, reinstitute antiviral therapy. 
• If the subject is clinically stable, study drug administration may be interrupted for up 
to 12 weeks.  Subjects should undergo weekly laboratory tests, including AST, ALT, 
ALP, Tbil, Dbil, INR, HbsAg, HBV DNA (if detected at the onset of the flare).  
Obtain anti-Hbe, anti-HBs, and HBV DNA levels (if not detected at the onset of the 
flare) every 2 to 3 weeks. 
• If ALT returns to normal or Grade 1 (if normal at baseline), or to baseline grade (if 
Grade 2 at baseline) within 12 weeks, and subjects are clinically stable, subjects may 
restart study treatment.  If these conditions are not met, then study treatment should 
be permanently discontinued. 
b. Hepatitis C Recurrence or Flare 
Subjects who achieved SVR 12 and subjects with ongoing HCV infection are eligible for 
enrollment.  In rare circumstances, HCV subjects who achieve SVR 12 may relapse at later time 
points.  Relapse is characterized by detection of HCV RNA, often accompanied by ALT 
elevations to > 5 ×ULN.  In the absence of hepatic decompensation, ALT/AST elevations are 
typically isolated (ie, limited/no elevations of bilirubin/ALP). 
Among subjects with uncontrolled hepatitis C, virologic flares are possible.  Hepatitis C flares 
are characterized by rapid elevations of ALT and AST to > 5 ×ULN and/or > 3 × baseline along 
with an increase in HCV RNA.  ALT elevation to ≥ 10 × ULN and a 1 log elevation in HCV 
RNA level are common.  In the absence of hepatic decompensation, ALT/AST elevations are 
typically isolated (ie, limited/no elevations of bilirubin/ALP).  Laboratory abnormalities 
secondary to flare or recurrence are typically observed for 3 to 5 weeks. 
Guidelines for subjects with recurrent HCV infection or an HCV flare are described below: 
i. Recurrent HCV infection: 
If the subject entered the study with an HCV RNA test of “Target not Detected” and has 
confirmed detectable HCV RNA (2 specimens, 1 week apart), then the subject has experienced a 
late HCV relapse or a recurrent infection.  
• Question the subject about use of injection or inhalation drugs. 
• At the time of first detection of HCV RNA, send a specimen for HCV genotyping. 
• Measure AST, ALT, ALP, Tbil, Dbil, and INR weekly. 
• Measure HCV RNA levels every 2 weeks. 
• Therapy with HCV antiviral treatments should be strongly considered. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 161 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
ii. HCV Flare: 
• At the time of first detection of HCV RNA, send a specimen for HCV genotyping. 
• Measure AST, ALT, ALP, Tbil, Dbil, INR weekly. 
• Measure HCV RNA levels every 2 weeks. 
• Therapy with HCV anti-viral treatments should be strongly considered.  
iii. For both recurrent infection and HCV flare:  if ALT returns to normal or Grade 1 (if 
normal at baseline), or to baseline grade (if Grade 2 at baseline) within 12 weeks, and the 
subjects are clinically stable, subjects may restart study treatment.  If these conditions are not 
met, then study treatment should be permanently discontinued. 
c. Immune-Related Hepatitis  
i. Description: Immune-related hepatitis due to study treatment should be suspected if any 
of the following is seen: 
• AST or ALT baseline values are less than 2 × ULN, and AST or ALT laboratory 
values increase to ≥ 5 × ULN. 
• Among subjects with baseline ALT or AST ≥ 2 × ULN, levels increase to > 3 × the 
baseline level. 
• AST/ALT > 500 U/L regardless of baseline level. 
• Among subjects with baseline Tbil levels < 1.5 mg/dL:  a value of > 2.0 mg/dL. 
• Among subjects with baseline Tbil levels that are ≥ 1.5 mg/dL: a value of ≥ 2 × the 
baseline level. 
• Total bilirubin > 3.0 mg/dL regardless of baseline level. 
Immune-related hepatitis is a diagnosis made after excluding other possible etiologies for the 
change.  Viral flare (if applicable), biliary or vascular obstruction, infection, medications, and 
alcohol use must be ruled out (see below). 
ii. Management 
• Interrupt study treatment and alert the sponsor as per ECI criteria above for ALT, 
AST, bilirubin, and hepatic decompensation. 
• Start IV corticosteroid (methylprednisolone 125 mg or equivalent) followed by oral 
corticosteroid. 
• Monitor with biweekly laboratory tests including AST, ALT, Tbil, Dbil, ALP, and 
INR. 
• If symptoms and laboratory tests resolve to Grade ≤1 or baseline (if abnormal at 
baseline), taper steroids over 28 days.  Study treatment may be restarted after steroid 
treatment has been tapered to prednisone ≤ 10 mg/day (or equivalent dose of another 
agent).  Treatment and laboratory results must be reported on a case report form 
(CRF). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 162 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
• If laboratory abnormalities do not resolve within 3 weeks, or steroids cannot be 
lowered to ≤10 mg/day (or prednisone equivalent) within 12 weeks, or subjects show 
evidence of decompensation to CP C status or have esophageal or variceal bleeding at 
any point, treatment must be permanently discontinued.  This must be reported on a 
CRF. 
d. Other Hepatic Adverse Events 
• Infection needs to be ruled out with cultures of blood, urine, and ascites (if possible), 
as well as chest x-ray and abdominal imaging if relevant.  If an infection is found, 
antibiotics should be started.   
• If Tbil is elevated above baseline, magnetic resonance cholangiopan-creatography or 
ultrasound with Doppler should be obtained to rule out vascular compromise, biliary 
obstruction, and/or tumor progression.  If biliary obstruction is present, consultation 
with a gastroenterologist and/or an interventional radiologist should be obtained to 
see if the obstruction may be relieved.  
• A careful review of drugs, including herbal and alternative medications, should be 
obtained, and alcohol use should be ruled out.   
• For all of these cases, subjects may resume study treatment if they are clinically 
stable after appropriate therapy or discontinue the causative agent, as long as 
laboratory values have returned to Grade 1 or baseline (if normal or Grade 1 at start) 
or to baseline grade within 3 weeks. 
• Treatment must be permanently discontinued if the subject is off study treatment 
therapy for infection, obstruction, or drug/alcohol-related toxicity for more than 
3 weeks, or if they have esophageal bleeding, or become CP C at any point. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 163 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
APPENDIX K. PROTOCOL AMENDMENT SUMMARY OF CHANGES 
Document 
Date 
Amendment (Version) 1: 
03 APR 2014 
Amendment (Version) 2: 
09 DEC 2014 
Amendment (Version) 3: 
19 FEB 2015 
Amendment (Version) 4: 
20 MAY 2015 
Amendment (Version) 5: 
11 JAN 2016 
Amendment (Version) 6: 
12 JUL 2016 
Amendment (Version) 7: 
15 FEB 2017 
Amendment (Version) 8: 
30 AUG 2017 
Amendment (Version) 9: 
24 JAN 2018 
Amendment (Version) 10: 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 10 (02 JUL 2018) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to close the study to future enrollment and provide 
guidance for handling subjects still on study, specifically with respect to options for 
monotherapy and re-treatment options and to reduce study procedures overall.  
1. Synopsis; Section 1.1.4, Combined Immune Checkpoint Inhibition; Section 1.2.1, 
Rationale for Combining PD-1 Inhibitor and IDO1 Inhibitor in Advanced or 
Metastatic Cancers; Section 1.3.3, Risks for the Combination of INCB024360 and 
MK-3475; Section 4, Investigational Plan; Section 7.6.6.1, Tumor Biopsy in the 
Phase 2 Melanoma Primary Refractory and Relapsed Cohorts  
Description of change:  Phase 2 cohorts of primary refractory and relapsed melanoma, 
HCC, and MSI-high CRC will be closed to further enrollment.  
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging data, from the Phase 3 KEYNOTE-252/ 
ECHO-301 study in advanced or metastatic melanoma, the sponsor has decided to limit 
the scope of testing for this combination of INCB024360 + MK-3475 to those already 
tested. 
2. Synopsis; Section 5.1.1, INCB024360; Section 5.4, Duration of Treatment and 
Subject Participation; Section 6.2 Treatment Phase    
Description of change:  INCB024360 monotherapy (including re-treatment 
monotherapy) has been removed as an option for subjects who have not already initiated 
such treatment.  Subjects already on INCB024360 monotherapy can continue for up to 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 164 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
12 months.  Monotherapy treatment beyond 12 months will require medical monitor 
approval. 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging data from the Phase 3 
KEYNOTE-252/ECHO-301 study in advanced or metastatic melanoma, use of 
INCB024360 is no longer being investigated in melanoma nor as a single agent. 
3. Synopsis; Section 5.1.1, INCB024360; Section 5.4, Duration of Treatment and 
Subject Participation; Section 5.8.1, Discontinuation of MK-3475 Treatment After 
Complete Response; Section 6.2 Treatment Phase  
Description of change:  Melanoma subjects will be instructed to stop taking 
INCB024360 and continue MK-3475 monotherapy.  If subjects wish to continue on 
combination therapy that includes INCB024360, medical monitor approval is needed.  
Subjects who complete of 24 months (35 administrations of MK-3475) and previously 
met Protocol criteria for re-treatment will no longer be offered the option of re-treatment 
(second course treatment).  Subjects who initiated the re-treatment phase before 
Amendment 10 will be allowed to continue for up to 12 months. 
Rationale for change:  Given the finding of the KEYNOTE-252/ECHO-301 Phase 3 
study, the second course of treatment will not be offered, and future data collection will 
be limited. 
4. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events 
(Table 8, Dose Modifications and Toxicity Management Guidelines for 
Immune-Related Adverse Events) 
Description of change:  Added that after recurrent Grade 3 colitis, participants will be 
permanently discontinued from the study. 
Rationale for change:  To align with KEYTRUDA® Summary of Product 
Characteristics (SmPC) and Company Core Data Sheet (CCDS). 
5. Synopsis; Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 12, Schedule of Assessments); 
Section 7.6, Efficacy Assessments; Section 7.6.5 Tumor Markers 
Description of change:  Imaging assessments and tumor markers have been revised to 
every 9 weeks for the first 2 timepoints (Weeks 9 and 18) and then will be performed 
every 12 weeks thereafter. 
Rationale for change:  Because primary study objectives have been met, timing of 
imaging assessments has been reset to align more closely with standard of care.  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 165 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6. Synopsis; Section 4.1, Overall Study Design; Section 5.4, Duration of Treatment and 
Subject Participation; Section 5.8, Criteria for Permanent Discontinuation of Drug; 
Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 12, Schedule of Assessments); Section 6.4.2, 
Follow-Up; Section 6.4.3, Survival Follow-Up; Section 7.4.6, Poststudy Anticancer 
Therapy Status; Section 7.10.6, Withdrawal or Discontinuation 
Description of change:  Follow-up visit for disease progression and survival have been 
removed.  Subjects will be followed for safety for up to 90 days after the subject has 
stopped study treatment or 30 days after cessation of study treatment if the subject 
initiates new anticancer therapy.  
Rationale for change:  Because study objectives for efficacy have been met, assessment 
of disease status after study treatment have been removed.  
7. Synopsis; Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 13, Laboratory Assessments); 
Section 6.4.1, Safety Follow-Up; 
; 
 Section 7.10.3, Administration of 
INCB024360 and Compliance; Section 7.10.5, Distribution of Subject Reminder 
Cards and Diaries 
 
 
Rationale for change:  A sufficient number of samples have been collected to date. 
8. 
 Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 12, 
Schedule of Assessments); Section 7.5.4, Assessment of Serotonin Syndrome 
Symptoms 
Description of change:  Assessment of serotonin syndrome has been removed from 
study procedures.  Subjects are informed of this theoretical risk during informed consent 
and are provided with a serotonin syndrome information sheet. 
Rationale for change:  Removal of serotonin syndrome assessment is consistent with IB 
v10. 
9. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 12, Schedule of Assessments); Section 7.5.6, 
Twelve-Lead Electrocardiograms  
Description of change:  Serial ECG testing on C1D1 and C2D1 has been removed.  
Single ECGs will be performed per the Protocol at screening and EOT only. 
Rationale for change:  A thorough QTc study has been completed and 
 agreement 
has been received to be able to remove serial ECG monitoring from ongoing and new 
studies with epacadostat. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 166 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
10. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 13, Laboratory Assessments; Table 14, 
Laboratory Tests: Required Analytes); Section 7.5.7, Laboratory Assessments 
Description of change:  Lipids will no longer be included in laboratory testing, and all 
laboratory tests have been changed to local testing. 
Rationale for change:  A sufficient number of samples have been collected and analyzed 
to date in the event that a future analyses is needed.  Local laboratory testing will 
simplify procedures for sites and subjects.  
11. Section 8.1.1 Definitions and Reporting of Adverse Events  
Description of change:  Adverse Event/SAE reporting of progression of disease under 
study will no longer be required. 
Rationale for change:  This change is made to align this Protocol with Incyte’s current 
policy for reporting disease progression as AE/SAE, which aligned with FDA guidance. 
12.  Section 5.13, Prohibited Medications 
Description of change:  Mefenamic acid has been removed from the list of prohibited 
UGT1A9 medications. 
Rationale for change:  To be consistent with current epacadostat IB v10. 
13. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the redline version of the 
amendment, including the addition of all summary of changes to the last appendix. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 167 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 9 (24 JAN 2018) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to update dose modification guidelines and toxicity 
management guidelines for immune-related adverse events (irAEs) for MK-3475 and 
INCB024360. 
1. Section 5.6.2, Criteria and Procedures for Interruption (Table 7:  Dose 
Modifications for INCB024360 [Epacadostat] and Table 8:  Dose Modification and 
Toxicity Management Guidelines for Immune-Related Adverse Events) 
Description of change:  Text has been added to clarify that only 2 dose reductions of 
INCB024360 are permitted. 
Rationale for change:  There was no specific text addressing the number of dose 
reductions permitted.  
2. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events 
(Table 8:  Dose Modification and Toxicity Management Guidelines for 
Immune-Related Adverse Events); Section 5.6.5, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting 
Serotonin Syndrome 
Description of change:  Section 5.6.3 was organized into 1 table for dose modification 
and toxicity management guidelines for irAEs, Table 8.  Merck updated guidance related 
to irAEs, and Incyte updated the guidance related to serotonin syndrome.  Specifically, 
myocarditis has been added to Table 8, and the category "other immune AEs" has been 
split to provide separate guidance on each Grade.  In Section 5.6.5 for serotonin 
syndrome, guidance has been added to hold MK-3475 until immune toxicity can be ruled 
out. 
Rationale for change:  These changes were made based on continuous monitoring of 
safety across the MK-3475 and INCB024360 programs. 
3. Section 5.8.1, Discontinuation of MK-3475 Treatment After Complete Response; 
Section 6.2.1, Second Course Phase (Re-treatment Period) 
Description of change:  Text has been added to allow subjects treated in Phase 1 with 
the 2 mg/kg dose of MK-3475 and/or an INCB024360 dose below the recommended 
Phase 2 dose to begin second course therapy, if eligible.  The 200 mg flat dose of 
MK-3475 and the recommended Phase 2 dose of INCB024360 dose of 100 mg BID may 
be used if subjects did not require a dose reduction during their initial combination 
treatment. 
Rationale for change:  INCB024360 100 mg BID was selected as the recommended 
dose for the Phase 2 portion of this study and the Phase 3 studies for INCB024360 in 
combination with MK-3475, because this regimen had better tolerability, as demonstrated 
by the Phase 1 safety data that included fewer dose modifications (ie, suspension and 
reductions) while maintaining consistent inhibition of IDO1.  Near maximal 
pharmacodynamic changes were observed at doses ≥ 100 mg BID with > 80% to 90% 
inhibition of IDO1 achieved throughout the dosing period. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 168 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
For MK-3475, the selection of the 200 mg Q3W dosing is now included in the label.  The 
data supported 200 mg Q3W as an appropriate dose for multiple indications.  The data 
demonstrated that exposures that are within the flat therapeutic range of 2 mg/kg Q3W to 
10 mg/kg Q2W are associated with near maximal efficacy for pembrolizumab and are 
close to the exposure achieved at 2 mg/kg Q3W.  There were no meaningful differences 
observed in 
 among tumor types.  On this basis, both dosing schedules, 2 mg/kg Q3W 
and 200 mg Q3W, are available for multiple indications for pembrolizumab and are 
appropriate for use in this study. 
4. Section 5.9, Study Completion 
Description of change:  The definition of study completion has been updated to include 
the completion of primary and secondary objectives.  
Rationale for change:  The definition has been updated to allow for data to be analyzed 
and for clinical study reports to be completed in a reasonable timeframe relative to cohort 
completion. 
5. Section 5.13, Prohibited Medications and Measures 
Description of change:  Incyte has updated the list of prohibited UGT1A9 inhibitors to 
remove estradiol (17 beta) and propofol and removed melatonin as a prohibited 
medication. 
Rationale for change:  The list of prohibited UGT1A9 inhibitors was updated to align 
with a combination of limited in vitro data and anecdotal reports in recent published 
literature.  Melatonin has been removed because of a lack of specific, strong in vitro or 
clinical data supporting that it could precipitate serotonin syndrome. 
6. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 12:  Schedule of Assessments) 
Description of change:  Pathology review of tumor tissue has been added as a required 
procedure for the 2 new biopsy-driven melanoma cohorts recently added in Protocol 
Amendment 8. 
Rationale for change:  Incyte requires confirmation of tumor tissue in specimen samples 
before submitting biopsy samples for central testing. 
7. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 16:  Laboratory Tests:  Required Analytes) 
Description of change:  Plasma testing has been added as an option for evaluation of 
lipase. 
Rationale for change:  The option for serum or plasma analysis has been added to allow 
flexibility for sites whose laboratory standards are to test based on plasma. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 169 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
8. Section 9.1, Study Populations; Section 9.4.3 Safety Analyses 
Description of change:  The per protocol analysis has been removed from the statistical 
analysis plan.  The exposure analyses related to dose modifications and the hematology 
laboratory analyses related to plots over time have been updated. 
Rationale for change:  All subjects will be included in both the safety and efficacy 
analyses.  The exposure and laboratory analyses have been updated to align with the 
statistical analysis plan. 
9. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the redline version of the 
amendment, including the addition of all summary of changes to the last appendix. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 170 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 8 (30 AUG 2017) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to add 2 additional melanoma-specific cohorts to the 
Phase 2 expansion portion of the study. 
1. Synopsis; Section 3, Subject Eligibility; Section 4.1, Overall Study Design; 
Section 4.4, Number of Subjects; Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7, Conduct 
of Study Assessments and Procedures; Section 9.2.2, Sample Size for the Phase 2 
Expansion Portion of the Study 
Description of change: The Phase 2 expansion portion of the study has been revised to 
include 14 cohorts instead of 12.  The new cohorts will include subjects with primary 
refractory and relapsed metastatic melanoma after prior treatment with an anti−PD-1 or 
anti−PD-L1 therapy.  The relevant study design, number of subjects, inclusion/exclusion 
criteria, study assessments, and statistics sections have been updated accordingly. 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging clinical data, subjects with primary refractory 
or relapsed melanoma after anti−PD-1 or anti−PD-L1 therapy would be of interest to 
include in the study and represents an unmet need for patients. 
2. Synopsis; Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria (criteria 8e, 8f, 10a, and 10j) 
Description of change:  Requirements for AST, ALT, and bilirubin values have been 
clarified and terminology has been updated for the prior therapy requirements for subjects 
with driver mutations in NSCLC. 
Rationale for change:  Inclusion criteria have been updated to address AST, ALT, and 
bilirubin limits in subjects with or without liver metastases, to clarify that not only 
tyrosine kinase inhibitors specifically but therapy targeted for the specific mutation 
present should be given if the subject is positive for EGFR, KRAS, or EMLA4-ALK, and 
to clarify that refusal of therapy includes HER2-directed therapy in addition to 
chemotherapy. 
3. Synopsis, Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria (criteria 13, 20, and 25); 
Section 5.12, Restricted Medications and Measures 
Description of change:  The duplication of hepatitis requirements specific for subjects 
with HCC have been removed from criterion 13 and reference to HCC-specific inclusion 
and exclusion criteria has been added.  Details have been added to criterion 20 and 
Section 5.12 to address exceptions for use of systemic corticosteroids and to criterion 25 
to clarify that allergic reactions include severe hypersensitivity reactions to 
pembrolizumab and/or any of its excipients. 
Rationale for change:  The addition of the exceptions for subjects with HCC in 
exclusion criterion 13 has created confusion for non-HCC subjects; therefore, it has been 
removed from this criterion and the requirements for subjects with HCC are now only in 
the HCC-specific inclusion/exclusion.  Clarifications were also added to exclusion 
criteria 20 and 25 to address exceptions for subjects who need brief steroid use for 
prophylaxis for imaging procedures and for exclusion of subjects with prior 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 171 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
pembrolizumab therapy now that prior treatment with anti−PD-1 agents are permitted in 
the new cohorts. 
4. Section 1.1.1, Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target for Cancer; Section 1.1.4, Combined 
Immune Checkpoint Inhibition; Section 1.3.3, Risks for the Combination of 
INCB024360 and MK-3475; Section 1.4, Justification for Treatment Regimen 
Description of change:  Information was added regarding the recent additional approvals 
of pembrolizumab and updated safety data from the current study (INCB 24360-202) as 
of 27 FEB 2017.  Data were included on 294 subjects treated at the recommended 
Phase 2 dose of 100 mg BID. 
Rationale for change:  To provide updated background information and additional 
safety data supporting the Phase 2 dose selected. 
5. 
 Section 5.6.5, Procedures for Subjects 
Exhibiting Serotonin Syndrome; Section 8.9, Events of Clinical Interest 
Description of change:  The risks related to serotonin syndrome have been updated to 
reflect current status. 
Rationale for change:  As of 27 FEB 2017, 2 subjects across the epacadostat program 
(958 subjects treated) have reported serotonin syndrome or symptoms of serotonin 
syndrome; both were mild in their severity and resolved. 
6. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events 
Description of change:  Additional general instructions/recommendations for 
management of immune-related adverse events have been added. 
Rationale for change:  Merck has updated their general instructions/recommendations 
for management of immune-related adverse events across their program and those have 
been incorporated in this Protocol. 
7. 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the redline version of the 
amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 172 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 7 (15 FEB 2017) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to add 2 additional cohorts for gastric cancer and 
hepatocellular carcinoma.to the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study. 
1. Synopsis; Section 1, Introduction; Section 3, Subject Eligibility; Section 4.1, Overall 
Study Design; Section 4.4, Number of Subjects; Section 5.6, Does Adjustment of 
Study Drugs; Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7, Conduct of Study 
Assessments; Section 9.2.2, Sample Size for the Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the 
Study; Appendix J, Guidance for Diagnosis and Management of Hepatic Events in 
Subjects With HCC 
Description of change:  The Phase 2 expansion portion of the study has been revised to 
include 12 cohorts instead of 10.  The new cohorts added will include subjects with 
gastric cancer and those with hepatocellular carcinoma.  The relevant study design, 
number of subjects, inclusion/exclusion criteria, study assessments, and statistics sections 
have been updated accordingly. 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging clinical data subjects with gastric cancer and 
hepatocellular carcinoma would be of interest to include in the study. 
3. Synopsis, Section 4.1, Overall Study Design; Section 4.1.2, Phase 2 Cohort 
Expansions; Section 9.2.2 Statistics related to the NSCLC cohorts   
Description of change:  The terminology used to describe the PD-L1 low/negative 
cohort has been clarified across all sections of the Protocol to be consistent and to 
provide a clear definition for PD-L1 low/negative as TPS score of 0% to 49% for this 
cohort.   
Rationale for change:  The statistics for the PD-L1 high and low/negative cohorts have 
been amended to reflect most current data available. 
4. Section 1.1.3, Rationale for Studying Immunotherapy in Advanced or Metastatic 
Cancers 
Description of change:  Updated to include information regarding new indications 
approved for pembrolizumab in 2016, and data on the use of pembrolizumab in subjects 
with adenocarcinoma of the stomach or gastro-oesophageal junction and nivolumab in 
subjects with hepatocellular carcinoma. 
Rationale for change:  To provide current information. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 173 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. Section 3, Subject Eligibility 
Description of change:   Inclusion criterion 8 was revised to allow local laboratory 
results to be used if the central results are not available at the time of enrollment or within 
the 7-day window of Cycle 1 Day 1.  Laboratory range requirements (8a-8h) were 
updated for specific tumor types, including the requirement for documentation of 
mutation status for NSCLC subjects (criterion 10a).  The RCC and MSI high CRC 
inclusion criteria (10h and 10i) have been updated to address the approval of PD-1 
therapy in RCC and the limited the number of prior therapies permitted for MSI high 
CRC (no more than 2 prior therapies).  In exclusion criterion 13, hepatitis B/C testing 
requirements have been clarified. 
Rationale for change:  To clarify inclusion/exclusion criteria. 
6. Synopsis; Section 5.1.1, INCB024360; Section 5.4, Duration of Treatment and 
Subject Participation; Section 5.8.1, Discontinuation of MK-3475 Treatment After 
Complete Response; Section 6.2, Treatment Phase 
Description of change:  Text has been added to clarify that subjects discontinuing 
MK-3475 after 35 infusions may continue on INCB024360 or stop both therapies.   
Rationale for change:  There is no requirement to continue on monotherapy 
INCB024360 at the time of discontinuation of MK-3475. 
7. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subject Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events; 
Section 5.6.3.1, Procedures and Guidelines for Rash; Section 5.6.3.2, Procedures and 
Guidelines for Lipase or Amylase Elevations; Section 5.6.3.3, Procedures and 
Guidelines for Pneumonitis; Section 5.6.3.5, Procedures and Guidance for Hepatitis 
Description of change:  Subsections have been added to Section 5.6.3 outlining 
guidelines for the management and treatment of rash (Section 5.6.3.1) and lipase or 
amylase elevations (Section 5.6.3.2).  Guidance for recurrent Grade 2 pneumonitis has 
been added to Section 5.6.3.3, and supportive care guidance for hepatitis has been 
updated in Section 5.6.3.5. 
Rationale for change:  Clarification has been provided for dose holds/adjustments and 
supportive care for drug-related rash that provide specific guidance for Grade 3 rashes.  
Additional guidance has been provided for subjects who experience asymptomatic 
elevations of amylase and/or lipase without clinical signs or symptoms of pancreatitis.  
Asymptomatic elevations in amylase and lipase have been noted in patients treated with 
PD-1/PD-L1 targeted therapy.  This guidance allows for subjects to continue therapy, 
with appropriate monitoring, after clinically responsive conditions have been diagnosed 
and properly treated. 
Additional guidance for subjects experiencing pneumonitis has been added, 
recommending discontinuation of study drugs when Grade 3 or 4 pneumonitis occurs or 
when Grade 2 pneumonitis recurs after appropriate therapy.  This is consistent with 
current guidelines provided for pembrolizumab single-agent therapy.  Guidelines for 
treating drug-related hepatitis have been updated with steroid recommendations for 
Grade 2 events and the recommendation for study drug discontinuation at Grade 3 or 
Grade 4 events. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 174 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
8. Section 5.11.1.1, Antiviral Therapies 
Description of change:  Section added to include a list of antivirals with no known 
drug-drug interactions with pembrolizumab and epacadostat. 
Rationale for change:  Antiviral therapies for subjects with HCC with a history of HBV 
are permitted; therefore a list of therapies with no known drug-drug interaction was 
provided. 
9. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the protocol and are noted in the attached red-line/strike-
out version of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 175 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 6 (12 JUL 2016) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to add an additional cohort of microsatellite-
instability high colorectal cancer to the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study and additional 
updates based on emerging data. 
1. Synopsis; Section 1, Introduction; Section 3, Subject Eligibility; Section 4.1, Overall 
Study Design; Section 4.4, Number of Subjects; Section 9.2.2, Sample Size for the 
Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the Study 
Description of change:  The Phase 2 expansion portion of the study was revised to 
include 10 cohorts instead of 9.  The new cohort added includes subjects with 
microsatellite-instability high colorectal cancer.  The relevant study design, number of 
subjects, inclusion/exclusion criteria, and statistics sections have been updated 
accordingly.   
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging clinical data subjects with microsatellite-
instability high colorectal cancer would be of interest to include in the study. 
2. Synopsis; Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria; Section 6, Study Assessments 
(Table 19: Laboratory Assessments); Section 7.4.3, PD-L1 Testing  
Description of change:  PD-L1 testing to determine cohort assignment for the Phase 2 
NSCLC cohort may be tested locally or centrally using only the FDA-approved assay 
(PD-L1 IHC 22C3 pharmDX). 
Rationale for change:  The purpose of this change is to allow for quicker turnaround of 
results for subjects to be treated sooner. 
3. Section 1.1.1, Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target in Cancer; Section 1.1.4, Combined 
Immune Checkpoint Inhibition; Section 1.3, Potential Risks and Benefits of the 
Treatment Regimen; Section 1.4, Justification of Regimen  
Description of change:  Information was added regarding the recent additional approvals 
of pembrolizumab and updated safety data from the current study (INCB 24360-202) as 
of 28 MAR 2016.  Data were included on more than 100 subjects treated at the 
recommended Phase 2 dose of 100 mg BID. 
Rationale for change:  To provide updated background information and additional 
safety data supporting the Phase 2 dose selected. 
4. Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria; Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change: An exception for the use of prior anti−CTLA-4 therapy was 
included in inclusion criterion #10b for subjects with melanoma and in exclusion 
criterion #6.  Inclusion criterion #10h for renal cell carcinoma has been updated to reflect 
current standard of care. 
Rationale for change:  Due to changing standard of care in melanoma, the inclusion 
criterion has been updated.  The inclusion criteria for renal cell carcinoma have been 
updated to clarify that standard-of-care regimens are required before potential inclusion 
in the current study. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 176 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. Synopsis; Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria; Section 6, Study Assessments 
(Table 18: Schedule of Assessments) 
Description of change:  Inclusion criterion 11 (baseline tumor biopsies) was updated to 
indicate that fresh formalin-fixed or formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tumor tissue 
blocks are preferred, and if a block is not available, a minimum 20 unstained freshly cut 
slides may be submitted to the testing laboratory per the specifications in the laboratory 
manual.  Table 18 was updated to reflect that archived tissue samples may be acceptable 
and should be submitted during screening before study drug administration on Cycle 1 
Day 1. 
Rationale for change:  Additional details related to tumor tissue collection have been 
added to clarify what meets the inclusion criteria. 
6. Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria  
Description of change:  Exclusion criteria #10 (history of pneumonitis), #11 (prior 
radiotherapy), #17 (monoamine oxidase inhibitors), and #20 (systemic corticosteroids) 
were edited to provide further clarification and consistency for noted criteria. 
Rationale for change:  Details have been added to further clarify intent of the exclusion 
criteria.   
7. Section 5.12, Restricted Medications and Measures; Section 5.13, Prohibited 
Medications 
Description of change:  The permitted dose of systemic steroids has been revised from 
≤ 7.5 mg/day to ≤ 10 mg/day of prednisone or equivalents.  Clarity added around the use 
of propofol for on-study biopsy procedures has been added. 
Rationale for change:   The dose restriction has been updated to be consistent with 
emerging data from the pembrolizumab and epacadostat programs.  Because of the 
common use of propofol for short procedures, details regarding use for such procedures 
have been included in Section 5.13. 
8. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 18: Schedule of Assessments; Table 19:  
Laboratory Assessments); Section 7.4.2, Tumor-Specific History 
Description of change:  A section was added to capture the detailed tumor-specific 
medical history being requested, such as HPV status for subjects with SCCHN, EGFR 
status for subjects with NSCLC, MSKCC score for subjects with RCC, and BRAF status 
for subjects with melanoma.  Footnotes to Table 19 have also been added. 
Rationale for change:  These data are relevant for understanding prognostic factors that 
may be present and relevant for evaluating response.  Additional footnotes to the 
Laboratory Assessments table have been added to provide additional detail that may be 
noted in other sections of the Protocol for quick reference here. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 177 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
10. Section 8.6, Definition of an Overdose for This Protocol and Reporting of Overdose 
to the Sponsor 
Description of change:  Overdose definition of > 1000 mg was added for epacadostat. 
Rationale for change:  The amount of epacadostat taken that would constitute an 
overdose had not previously been defined. 
11. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the redline version of the 
amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 178 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 5 (11 JAN 2016) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to add additional cohorts to the Phase 2 expansion 
portion of the study and additional updates based on emerging data. 
1. Synopsis; Section 3, Subject Eligibility; Section 4.1, Overall Study Design; 
Section 4.4, Number of Subjects; Section 9.2.2, Sample Size for the Phase 2 
Expansion Portion of the Study; Section 9.6, Interim Safety Analysis 
Description of change:  The Phase 2 expansion portion of the study was revised to 
include 9 cohorts instead of 8.  The new cohort added will include subjects with clear cell 
renal cell carcinoma.  The relevant study design, number of subjects, inclusion/exclusion 
criteria, and statistics sections have been updated accordingly.  The recommended 
Phase 2 dose (RP2D) that was determined in Phase 1 was added (100 mg BID). 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging data, including data from the Phase 1 portion 
of this study, renal cell carcinoma and recommended Phase 2 dose has been added. 
3. Synopsis; Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  Exclusion criterion #8 was revised to specify that subjects with 
evidence of cerebral edema will be excluded from participation.  In addition, subjects will 
be excluded from participation in the study if it has been < 8 weeks since radiation 
therapy was delivered to the CNS. 
Rationale for change:  Additional language has been added to address subjects with 
cerebral edema present during screening and window from prior radiation therapy to the 
brain has been increased from 2 weeks for prior radiation to 8 weeks for radiation therapy 
to the brain. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 179 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
4. Section 1.1.3, Rationale for Studying Immunotherapy in Advanced or Metastatic 
Cancer; Section 1.1.4, Combined Immune Checkpoint Inhibition; Section 1.4.2, 
Rationale for Phase 2 Dose Selection of INCB024360 
Description of change:  Information was added regarding the approval of 
pembrolizumab for metastatic non−small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) in patients whose 
tumors express PD-L1 as determined by an FDA-approved test, with disease progression 
on or after platinum-containing chemotherapy; on the approval of nivolumab for 
metastatic NSCLC in patients with progression on or after platinum-based chemotherapy; 
and on the approval of nivolumab in combination with ipilimumab for the treatment of 
patients with BRAF V600 wild-type, unresectable or metastatic melanoma.  Safety data 
on the current study (INCB 24360-202) as of 02 SEP 2015 
 
were also added. 
Rationale for change:  To provide updated background information. 
5. Synopsis; Section 1.5.1, Efficacy Endpoints; 
; 
Section 5.6.4, Treatment After Initial Evidence of Radiologic Evidence of Disease 
Progression; Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7.6, Efficacy Assessments; 
Appendix F, Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST) v1.1 
Description of change:  The option for independent central review of radiographic tumor 
assessments and references to the Site Imaging Manual have been deleted. 
Rationale for change:  The Phase 2 portion of this study is no longer a randomized, 
blinded study; therefore, central review has been removed. 
6. Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria; Section 6, Study Assessments  
Description of change:  References to subject participation in and sample collection for 
future biomedical research have been deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Merck has removed sample collections for future biomedical 
research across early phase development of pembrolizumab. 
7. Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  Subjects screening QTc interval has been modified from 
> 470 ms to > 480 ms. 
Rationale for change:  This change was made to reflect consistency across epacadostat 
program. 
8. Section 5.1.2, MK-3475 
Description of change:  In Table 4 (Dosage and Mode of Administration for MK-3475), 
the footnote indicating that the MK-3475 dosing interval may be increased to 2 mg/kg IV 
every 4 weeks for AEs that require dose modifications due to toxicity has been deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Merck has updated their guidance for dose modification across 
the pembrolizumab program to no longer allow an increase in the interval between cycles 
when resuming therapy after dose holds for adverse events.  If a subject cannot resume 
therapy at the current dose and schedule, they would be removed from study treatment. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 180 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9. Section 5.5.3, Procedures for Safety Review for Phase 2 Expansion Cohorts; 
Section 9.6, Interim Safety Analysis 
Description of change:  The interim safety analysis timing was updated to after 
20 subjects have been enrolled and treated for 9 weeks, and then approximately every 
3 months (instead of every 4 months) thereafter. 
Rationale for change:  This has been updated to align with Incyte's Pharmacovigilance 
reviews across the epacadostat program. 
10. Section 5.6.2, Criteria and Procedures for Interruption; Section 5.8, Criteria for 
Permanent Discontinuation of Study Drug 
Description of change:  A footnote was added to Table 6 (Dose Modification Guidelines 
for Drug-Related Adverse Events) and a bullet was added to Section 5.8 to indicate that 
for toxicities such as recurrent or intolerant rash with the combination, subjects may have 
the opportunity to resume treatment with MK-3475 alone with medical monitor approval.  
A new table (Table 7) was added providing dose modifications for epacadostat. 
Rationale for change:  To allow subjects to receive pembrolizumab alone if deriving 
clinical benefit from the treatment but unable to tolerate the combination therapy of 
pembrolizumab and epacadostat.  Pembrolizumab is an approved therapy for several 
indications including melanoma and NSCLC, and subjects who derive clinical benefit 
from treatment would have the opportunity to continue treatment.   
11. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events; 
Section 5.13.1, Supportive Care Guidelines, Section 7.5.1, Adverse Events; 
Section 8.9, Adverse Events of Special Interest 
Description of change:  References to the Event of Clinical Interest and Immune-
Related Adverse Event Guidance Document have been deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Merck has incorporated relevant guidance related to events of 
clinical interest into the Protocol; therefore, a separate document is no longer required. 
12. Section 5.12, Restricted Medications and Measures  
Description of change:  Guidelines for coumarin-based anticoagulants were updated and 
a table with warfarin dose adjustment recommendations was added. 
Rationale for change:  Based on the observed magnitude of epacadostat/warfarin PK 
interaction and PK/PD modeling results from a completed drug-drug interaction study, 
for an epacadostat dose of 300 mg BID, the dose of warfarin should be reduced by 
approximately one-third after initiation of epacadostat administration based on 
approximately 30% to 40% reduction in S- and R-warfarin oral clearance values.  Close 
INR monitoring is recommended for subjects on a stable dose of warfarin who are 
starting treatment with epacadostat.  Based on PK/PD modeling, recommendations for 
warfarin dose modifications for subjects have been added to the Protocol. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 181 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
13. Section 5.13, Prohibited Medications and Measures 
Description of change:  In addition to radiation therapy, surgery has been added as 
prohibited with the following exception that is relevant to surgery or radiation.  
Treatment (radiation therapy or surgery) to a symptomatic solitary lesion or to the brain is 
allowed in the presence of a mixed response (some lesions improving or stable and other 
lesions progressing) would be permitted.  Guidelines for interrupting/resuming study 
treatment during these procedures are included. 
Rationale for change: Surgery to remove or debulk tumors or the need for additional 
treatment such as radiation therapy would constitute progression of disease and would 
indicate treatment failure.  In the cases of mixed response, the opportunity to treat these 
solitary symptomatic lesions and resume therapy after such treatment may allow subjects 
the opportunity for benefit with immunotherapy. 
14. Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7.5.7.4, Pulmonary Function Tests  
Description of change:  Pulmonary function testing was deleted from Table 18 
(Schedule of Assessments) and Table 22 (Laboratory Tests:  Required Analytes), and the 
corresponding Section 7.5.7.4 was deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging data of low incidence for pneumonitis across 
the pembrolizumab program and the ability to assess pneumonitis methods already 
included in this Protocol (CT scans), the requirement for baseline pulmonary function 
testing has been removed. 
15. Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7, Conduct of Study Assessments 
Description of change:  Assessments and laboratory assessments were revised as 
follows.  Additional administrative changes are shown in the redline. 
• Table 18 (Schedule of Assessments) and Section 7.5.4 (Assessment of Serotonin 
Syndrome):  Serotonin syndrome assessment should be performed approximately 
6 hours postdose on Cycle 1 Day 1 and then may be assessed anytime on Day 1 of 
all subsequent cycles and EOT (ie, it does not need to be 6 hours postdose for 
Day 1 assessments after Cycle 1 Day 1). 
• 
 
 
 
• Table 19 (Laboratory Assessments):   New column was added indicating 
laboratory assessments for Cycle 12 Day 1 and Cycle 16 Day 1. 
• Weekly monitoring of liver function testing for the first 6 weeks of study 
treatment has been removed for Phase 2. 
Rationale for change:  Due to the low incidence of liver function abnormalities noted in 
the Phase 1 portion of this study and across the epacadostat program, testing will be at the 
beginning of each cycle.  
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 182 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
18. Section 7.5.7.1, Hematology, Lipid Panel, Coagulation Panel, Serology, and 
Endocrine Function Testing 
Description of change:  Sentence added noting that serology can be performed by a local 
laboratory. 
Rationale for change:  Due to issues with obtaining results in a timely manner for 
subjects to start treatment, it has been agreed to allow for local analysis for serology 
results when appropriate. 
19. Section 7.6.1, Initial Tumor Imaging 
Description of change:  Instructions added to indicate that baseline brain MRI should be 
performed for all subjects with previously treated brain metastases; otherwise, it is only 
indicated if there are symptoms consistent with CNS disease based on investigator 
assessment. 
Rationale for change:  For subjects with previously treated brain metastases, obtaining a 
baseline image will prevent subjects with potential ongoing active CNS involvement 
from being enrolled in the study before receiving appropriate therapy.  . 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 183 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
20. Section 8.1.1, Definitions and Reporting 
Description of change:  Adverse event severity grading scale was added for events not 
classified by CTCAE.  Guidance was added on how to report adverse events associated 
with disease progression. 
Rationale for change:  Additional guidance has been added to assist sites in grading 
adverse events that may not be captured in the CTCAE criteria. 
21. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the protocol and are noted in the attached red-line/strike-
out version of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 184 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 4 (20 MAY 2015) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The purpose of this amendment is to replace the randomized, placebo-controlled portion of the 
study conducted in subjects with NSCLC with an open-label expansion in subjects with select 
cancers including melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, triple negative breast 
cancer, ovarian cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, diffuse large B-cell 
lymphoma, and 2 cohorts of subjects with NSCLC based on PD-L1 expression. 
1. Title Page; Synopsis; Section 1, Introduction; Section 2, Study Objectives and 
Purpose; Section 3, Subject Eligibility; Section 4, Investigational Plan; Section 5, 
Treatment of Subjects, Section 7.6, Efficacy Assessments; Section 7.11.3, 
Administration of INCB024360 and Compliance; Section 8.4, Emergency 
Unblinding of Treatment Assignment; Section 9, Statistics; Section 10, Study Drug 
Materials and Management; Appendix G, Response Criteria for Diffuse Large 
B-Cell Lymphoma 
Description of change:  Phase 2 of the study design was changed from a randomized, 
double-blind, placebo-controlled study in subjects with advanced non–small cell lung 
cancer (NSCLC) to an open-label expansion in subjects with select cancers (NSCLC, 
melanoma, triple negative breast cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, 
ovarian cancer, transitional cell carcinoma of the genitourinary tract and diffuse large 
B-cell lymphoma [DLBCL]).  Accordingly, revisions have been made to the study title; 
introduction and background sections related to rationale for the study, the combination 
with a PD-1 inhibitor (pembrolizumab) and IDO1 inhibitor (epacadostat) in these 
selected advanced or metastatic cancers, a fixed dose of MK-3475 (pembrolizumab); and 
Protocol sections related to study objectives and endpoints, study population and 
inclusion/exclusion criteria, overall study design, number of subjects, treatment of 
subjects, tumor imaging (addition of Lugano Classification for DLBCL), study drug 
materials (deletion of placebo), and statistical methods and analyses. 
Rationale for change:  Based on emerging science and clinical data, the potential for the 
combination of pembrolizumab and epacadostat activity in several tumor types is now 
more relevant.  Therefore, additional tumor types have been added to this ongoing study 
and will enroll after the recommended dose for Phase 2 has been determined.  
Additionally, new data based on PD-L1 expression suggests a predictive value in 
NSCLC, further supporting the evaluation of 2 cohorts of NSCLC using the new PD-L1 
expression cutoff as proposed without the need for a randomized design to detect 
efficacy. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 185 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
2. Synopsis; Section 4, Overall Study Design (including Figure 1, Study Design) 
Description of change:  Phase 1 now includes up to 3 safety expansion cohorts of up to 
9 subjects each.  The first safety expansion will enroll melanoma subjects only at 50 mg 
BID once the preliminary safety of the 50 mg BID cohort has been established.  A second 
safety expansion cohort will open at 100 mg BID after preliminary safety at 100 mg BID 
is established.  A third safety expansion cohort may open at 300 mg BID if this dose is 
tolerated.  The recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) will be selected from the evaluated 
safety expansion cohort data. 
Rationale for change:  These additional safety cohort expansions have been added to 
obtain further safety and efficacy data prior to determining the recommended dose for 
Phase 2 expansion.  Restricting one or more of these expansion cohorts to specific tumor 
types may be employed to obtain preliminary efficacy data for program-wide 
decision-making and planning. 
3. Synopsis; Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  In inclusion criterion 8e (laboratory parameters), the level for 
AST, ALT, bilirubin, and alkaline phosphatase has changed to < 2.5 × ULN; subjects 
with bone metastases with or without hepatic parenchymal metastases may be enrolled if 
alkaline phosphatase is < 5 × ULN (only with medical monitor approval if there is 
hepatic parenchymal metastases).  The level for conjugated bilirubin has changed to 
< 2.0 × ULN.  Inclusion criterion #10 (fresh baseline tumor biopsies) is updated to allow 
archived tumor tissue with medical monitor approval for subjects with inaccessible 
lesions (eg, ovarian cancer). 
Rationale for change:  No clinically significant liver toxicity has been seen thus far in 
the completed dose-escalation cohorts that have included epacadostat 100 mg BID.  
Therefore, the highly restrictive liver chemistry testing adopted based on the experience 
of epacadostat and ipilimumab has been updated to provide flexibility consistent with 
more typical inclusion rules for liver chemistry testing. 
4. Synopsis; Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  Exclusion criterion #3 (no prior monoclonal antibody within 
4 weeks before study Day 1) was updated to allow denosumab as an exception.  In 
exclusion criterion #9 (active autoimmune disease), the exceptions were deleted.  In 
exclusion criterion #21, the criteria for abnormal ECG were updated. 
Rationale for change:  The noted revisions to the exclusion criteria have been added to 
provide additional guidance and clarification. 
5. Section 1.1.1, Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target for Cancer 
Description of change:  The description of MK-3475 (pembrolizumab) was updated to 
include its US approval information. 
Rationale for change:  Pembrolizumab received US regulatory approval for use in 
subjects with metastatic melanoma.  These data provide additional support and rationale 
for testing the combination in this population. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 186 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
6. Section 1.1.4, Combined Immune Checkpoint Inhibition 
Description of change:  Section has been revised to include updated data for the ongoing 
Phase 1 study of INCB024360 with ipilimumab (INCB 24360-201) and updated 
enrollment and preliminary data for the current study (INCB 24360-202). 
Rationale for change:  To provide current data to support the rationale for testing the 
combination in these patient populations. 
7. Section 5.6.2, Criteria and Procedures for Interruption 
Description of change:  Updated to allow dosing interruptions for medical/surgical 
events or logistical reasons not related to study therapy (eg, elective surgery, unrelated 
medical events, patient vacation, and/or holidays). 
Rationale for change:  Updated guidance has been provided by Merck based on current 
guidelines for pembrolizumab. 
8. Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events; 
Section 5.13.1, Supportive Care Guidelines 
Description of change:  Recommended approaches to handling general and specific 
immune-related adverse events (pneumonitis, enterocolitis/diarrhea, hepatitis, 
hypophysitis, hypothyroidism, hyperthyroidism, renal failure, and nephritis) have been 
updated.  Guidance for Type 1 diabetes mellitus and infusion reactions have been 
added/updated.  Cross-references and the separate subsection on the Events of Special 
Interest Guidance document have been deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Updated guidance has been provided by Merck based on current 
guidelines for pembrolizumab. 
9. Section 6, Study Assessments; Section 7.6.4.1, Bone Marrow Examination; 
Section 7.6.5, CA 125 Monitoring 
Description of change:  In Section 6, bone marrow examination and PET imaging (for 
subjects with DLBCL) were added to Table 16 (Schedule of Assessments), and CA 125 
testing for subjects with ovarian cancer was added to Table 17 (Laboratory Assessments) 
and Table 20 (Laboratory Analytes).  Sections 7.6.4.1 and 7.6.5 were added to describe 
these assessments. 
Rationale for change:  Inclusion of additional cancer types for the Phase 2 expansion 
requires additional tumor-specific monitoring, which has been included in the 
assessments section as noted above. 
10. Section 7.6, Efficacy Assessments 
Description of change:  Additional guidance has been included for required baseline 
imaging requirements and for selection of target lesions. 
Rationale for change:  Updated for clarity. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 187 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
11. Section 8.1.1, Adverse Events, Definitions and Reporting 
Description of change:  Updated to indicate that disease progression and events related 
to disease progression (based on the investigator's judgment), including death due to 
disease progression, should not be recorded as AEs (or SAEs if appropriate). 
Rationale for change:  Clarification of Incyte guidance on the reporting of disease 
progression including deaths due to disease progression.   
12. Section 8.6, Definition of an Overdose for This Protocol and Reporting of Overdose 
to the Sponsor 
Description of change:  The definition of an overdose definition for MK-3475 was 
revised to ≥ 1000 mg (5 times the dose), and overdose information for INCB024360 was 
deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Merck has an updated definition of overdose, which is consistent 
for pembrolizumab. 
13. Section 8.8, Data Monitoring Committee; Section 5.5.3, Procedures for Safety 
Review for Phase 2 Expansion Cohorts; Section 9.5, Data Monitoring Committee; 
Section 9.6 Interim Safety Analyses 
Description of change:  These sections were revised to indicate there will not be a 
formal Data Monitoring Committee and the sponsor will include regularly scheduled 
interim safety analyses. 
Rationale for change:   Incyte and Merck will monitor the safety of the Phase 2 portion 
of the study as defined in Section 9.6, where interim safety reviews will begin in Phase 2 
after 20 subjects have been enrolled and treated for 9 weeks, and then every 4 months 
thereafter. 
14. Section 8.9, Adverse Events of Special Interest 
Description of change:  Information regarding immune-related events appeared twice in 
this section.  The first instance was reformatted as an "Additional adverse events" 
numbered item and the second instance was deleted. 
Rationale for change:  Revised for clarity and to remove redundant information. 
15. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the red-line/strike-out version 
of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 188 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 3 (19 FEB 2015) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of Amendment 3 is to include an additional safety expansion cohort at 
50 mg BID in subjects with metastatic melanoma. 
1. Synopsis, Overall Study Design, Statistical Methods; Section 4.1, Overall Study 
Design; Figure 1, Study Design; Section 9.2.1, Cohort Size in Phase 1; Section 9.4.1, 
Phase 1 Statistical Analysis  
Description:  An additional safety expansion cohort has been added for up to 9 subjects 
with metastatic melanoma at the 50 mg BID dose level once preliminary safety of the 
50 mg BID cohort has been established.  This is in addition to the already-planned safety 
expansion at the recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) of INCB024360 prior to initiation 
of Phase 2.  In addition, an additional 34 subjects with melanoma may be enrolled at 
either the 50 mg BID dose or at the RP2D. 
Rationale:  This cohort has been added to obtain further safety and efficacy data, 
particularly in the subset of subjects with metastatic melanoma. 
2. Synopsis, Planned Number of Subjects; Section 4.4, Number of Subjects 
Description:  The planned number of subjects has been updated to reflect the addition of 
safety expansion cohorts in Phase 1.  
Rationale:  Additional safety cohorts have been added to further explore the safety and 
efficacy of this combination in subjects with metastatic melanoma. 
3. Section 1.1.1, Inhibition of PD-1 as a Target for Cancer 
Description:  Information regarding the approval of MK-3475 (pembrolizumab) by the 
FDA has been added to the background and rationale.   
Rationale:  MK-3475 has been approved for treatment of subjects with metastatic 
melanoma and disease progression following ipilimumab and, if BRAF V600 mutation 
positive, a BRAF inhibitor. 
4. Section 5.5.1, Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities (Table 4, Criteria for Defining 
Dose-Limiting Toxicities); Section 5.6.2, Criteria and Procedures Interruption 
(Table 5, Dose Modification Guidelines for Drug-Related Adverse Events)  
Description:  Clarification has been added to the DLT criteria for the Grade 3 rash to 
specify steroid use means systemic steroids. 
Rationale:  Use of topical steroids only would not warrant an event to be considered a 
DLT. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 189 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. Section 5.12, Restricted Medications and Measures; Section 5.13, Prohibited 
Medications and Measures 
Description:  Updated guidance was added for use of coumarin-based anticoagulants. 
Rationale:  A study was conduction (Study INCB 24360-102) that investigated the 
potential drug-drug interaction between INCB024360 and warfarin.  Results from the 
preliminary PK and PD analyses concluded that multiple dosing of INCB024360 300 mg 
BID increased S-warfarin and R-warfarin geomean plasma AUCs by 43% and 68%, 
respectively, accompanied by mild but statistically significant INR and PT increases.  
Modeling showed that, with the same degree of warfarin PK interaction, the magnitude of 
INR increase may be significantly greater in patients on stable warfarin regimen targeting 
a typical INR range of 2 to 3 (which is higher than the INR observed in this study 
following a single warfarin dose).  Therefore, we recommend an approximate one-third 
reduction of warfarin dose for subjects who also receive INCB024360, along with close 
INR monitoring.  No clinically relevant interaction was observed on INCB024360 PK 
with concomitant warfarin. 
6. Section 5.13, Prohibited Medications and Measures 
Description:  The following has been added or clarified in the prohibited medications 
section:  administration of an injectable flu vaccine is prohibited during the DLT 
observation period, clarification has been added that live attenuated vaccines are 
prohibited, and the list of prohibited UGT1A9 inhibitors has been updated.   
Rationale:  Updates have been made to address questions related to vaccine use and 
UGT1A9 inhibitors. 
7. Section 6.0, Study Assessments (Table 16, Schedule of Assessments); Section 7.5.7.4, 
Pulmonary Function Tests 
Description:  Pulmonary function testing may be omitted for subjects with stomas due to 
laryngectomies. 
Rationale:  Subjects with stomas are unable to perform pulmonary function testing and 
are therefore permitted to omit this testing at screening. 
8. Section 6.0, Study Assessments (Table 16, Schedule of Assessments; Table 17, 
Laboratory Assessments; Tables 18, Re-treatment Schedule of Assessments; 
Table 19, Re-treatment Laboratory Assessments) 
Description:  The window for follow-up (imaging post-treatment) and survival follow-up 
has been updated to ± 7 days. 
Rationale:  The window for follow-up and survival follow-up has been updated to allow 
for more flexibility for subject scheduling. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 190 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
9. Section 6.0, Study Assessments (Table 17, Laboratory Assessments; Table 19, 
Re-treatment Laboratory Assessments); Section 7.5.7.1, Hematology, Lipid Panel, 
Coagulation Panel, Serology, and Endocrine Function Testing 
Description:  The footnote for coagulation panel testing in Tables 17 and 19 has been 
updated to reflect the use of local testing instead of central testing for subjects receiving 
anticoagulant therapy and require weekly monitoring.  This was also updated in 
Section 7.5.7.1. 
Rationale:  For those additional 4 weeks of monitoring, sites should perform INR testing 
locally in order to receive results in real time. 
10. Section 7.5.7.3, Serum Chemistry and Liver Function Tests 
Description:  Text has been added to clarify LFT monitoring requirements for subjects 
with persistent low-grade abnormalities. 
Rationale:  Liver function test monitoring for persistent low-grade abnormalities does 
not need to be monitored twice a week indefinitely.  Appropriate LFT monitoring 
intervals should be discussed with the medical monitors for these circumstances. 
11. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the Protocol and are noted in the red-line/strike-out version 
of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 191 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 2 (09 DEC 2014) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to remove the restriction for subjects currently 
receiving potent CYP3A4 inducers or inhibitors, revise final escalation dose for MK-3475 for the 
Phase 1 portion of the study, and clarify inclusion/exclusion criteria and required laboratory 
assessments. 
1. Synopsis, Overall Study Design and Combination Therapy, Dosage, and Mode of 
Administration; Section 1.4, Justification for Treatment Regimen; Section 4.1, 
Overall Study Design; Section 9.2.1, Cohort Size in Phase 1 
Description of change:  Phase 1 dose-escalation design was updated to a 3 + 3 + 3 design. 
Rationale for change:  The design was updated to further explore the safety of the 
combination beyond 3 + 3. 
2. Section 3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  Text was added inclusion criterion #2 to clarify that subjects may 
provide consent for future biomedical research; however, this is optional. 
Rationale for change:  Previous text was not clear that consent for future biomedical 
research is optional. 
3. Synopsis, Study Population; Section 1, Introduction; Section 1.2, Study Rationale; 
Section 3.1, Study Population; Section  3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria (criterion #3); 
Section 4.1, Overall Study Design    
Description of change:   Inclusion of subjects with transitional cell carcinoma of the 
bladder was expanded to transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract. 
Rationale for change:   The intention is to include subjects with transitional cell 
carcinoma (TCC) originating in the GU tract.  Although bladder origin is the most common 
for TCC, other sites such as ureteral and renal pelvis TCC are managed similarly to TCC of 
the urinary bladder and may be enrolled into the study. 
4. Synopsis, Phase 1 Dose Escalation; Section 1.4.1, Rationale for Fixed Dose of 
MK-3475; Section 4.1.1, Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Design; Section 5.1.2, MK-3475 
(Table 3: Dosage and Mode of Administration for MK-3475) 
Description of change:  The final escalation has been revised from testing 5 mg/kg and 
10 mg/kg of MK-3475 with the MTD of INCB024360 to one final safety expansion at 
200 mg of MK-3475 with the MTD of INCB024360.  The final cohort for the Phase 1 
portion of the study has been updated to a safety expansion of 9 subjects with a 2 mg/kg 
dose of MK-3475 and/or the equivalent dose of 200 mg instead a dose escalation of 
MK-3475 to 5 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg.  Additional cohorts testing an every-2-week schedule 
of MK-3475 have been removed from the above-mentioned sections, and references to the 
every-2-week schedule have been deleted throughout the Protocol. 
Rationale for change:  Merck & Co.'s current plan with MK-3475 includes testing a flat 
dose of 200 mg and no longer testing an every 2-week schedule of MK-3475 in this setting. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 192 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. Synopsis, Study Population; Section  3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria (criterion #10a) 
Description of change:  For archived tumor tissue, the minimum preferred number of 
unstained slides has been revised from 10-15 slides to 20 slides. 
 
6. Section  3.2, Subject Inclusion Criteria (criterion #11); Section 6, Study Assessments 
(Table 17: Laboratory Assessments; Table 19: Re-treatment Laboratory Assessments; 
Table 20: Laboratory Tests: Required Analytes); Section 7.5.7.5, Pregnancy Testing 
Description of change:   Incyte's inclusion criterion for women of childbearing potential 
has been revised and is currently being incorporated into all Incyte Protocols.  These 
updates include combining the male and female criteria into one and removing the 
requirement for FSH testing for postmenopausal women.   
Rationale for change:  Revised due to an update within Incyte standards across all 
programs. 
7. Synopsis, Key Exclusion Criteria; Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change to exclusion criterion #4:  Reference to Phase 2 was added to the 
description for exclusion criterion #4. 
Rationale for change:  Exclusion criterion #4 is specific for the Phase 2 part of the study 
only. 
Description of change to exclusion criterion #5:  Radiation therapy was removed from 
exclusion criterion #5. 
Rationale for change:  Radiation therapy was removed from exclusion criterion #5 
because it was redundant with exclusion criterion #11. 
Description of change to exclusion criterion #9:  Additional clarification has been 
included for the current and prior treatment restrictions for subjects with an active or a 
history of an autoimmune disease. 
Rationale for change:  This criterion has been updated to provide additional guidance 
around autoimmune disease that requires treatment and exceptions that would be 
considered for replacement therapy. 
Description of change to criterion #26:  An exclusion criterion has been added for any 
known allergy or reaction to any component of either study drug formulation. 
Rationale for change:  This exclusion has been added to exclude subjects that may be at 
risk for a reaction to the study treatment or any component of the study treatment. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 193 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
8. Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria (criterion #22); Section 5.13, Prohibited 
Medications; Appendix E, Prohibited Inhibitors and Inducers of Cytochrome 
P450 3A4 
Description of change:  Exclusion of subjects currently receiving therapy with potent 
CYP3A4 inducers or inhibitors was removed. 
Rationale for change:   Analysis of human plasma samples indicated that INCB024360 is 
metabolized by 2 major pathways: O-glucuronidation and reduction.  The O-glucuronide 
(M9) was formed by UGT1A9 and the reduced metabolite (M11) appears to be catalyzed 
by intestinal microflora.  Metabolite M11 is also further metabolized to M12, a product 
formed by oxidative cleavage catalyzed by CYPs.  Quantitation of all 3 metabolites in 
human, mice, and dog plasma are currently underway to establish safety margins.  The 
identification of the 2 major pathways and the enzymes responsible for those pathways has 
enabled the refinement of the inclusion/exclusion criteria around concomitant medications.  
Since CYP3A4 is not involved in the 2 primary metabolic pathways, restrictions for CYP 
inducers and inhibitors is no longer necessary or justified.  These data has been filed to this 
study's IND (121,704) on July 14, 2014, Serial Number SN 0004. 
9. Synopsis, Treatment; Section 5.1.1, INCB024360 or Matching Placebo; Section 5.4, 
Duration of Treatment and Subject Participation; Section 6.2, Treatment Phase 
Description of change:  The information regarding re-treatment of subjects who continue 
on INCB024360 that is detailed in Section 6.2.1, Second Course Phase (Re-treatment 
Period), has been added to the above-noted sections. 
Rationale for change:  This was an administrative update to make the text consistent 
across all relevant sections of the Protocol related to the treatment phase of the study and 
the duration of treatment for subjects. 
10. Section 5.5.1, Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities (Table 4: Criteria for Defining 
Dose-Limiting Toxicities) 
Description of change:  Additional criteria for Grade 3 rash have been added to the 
nonhematologic toxicities section of Table 4. 
Rationale for change:  Grade 3 rashes in the absence of desquamation, no mucosal 
involvement that does not require steroids and resolves to Grade 1 will not be considered at 
DLT since these are manageable and quickly reversible. 
11. Section 5.6, Dose Adjustments for Study Drugs (Table 5: Dose Modification 
Guidelines for Drug-Related Adverse Events); Section 5.6.3, Procedures for Subjects 
Exhibiting Immune-Related Adverse Events 
Description of change:  Updates to the dose modification guidelines have been made. 
Rationale for change:  Merck and Co. recently updated their dose modification guidelines 
for several adverse events across their MK-3475 program; therefore, those updates have 
been incorporated in this Protocol. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 194 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
12. Synopsis, Study Schedule/Procedures; Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 16: Study 
Assessments and Table 18: Re-treatment Study Assessments); Section 7.6.4, Tumor 
Biopsy 
Description of change:  Timing of optional tumor biopsy has been opened to allow for 
optional biopsy to occur any time after Cycle 1 Day 14. 
Rationale for change:  A tumor tissue sample for correlative research would be useful any 
time after steady state is achieved and to allow for flexibility for the subjects and sites. 
13. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 18: Re-treatment Schedule of Assessments and 
Table 19: Re-treatment Laboratory Assessments) 
Description of change:  Tables have been added for subjects entered into the re-treatment 
phase of the study. 
Rationale for change:  The re-treatment assessment schedules were previously part of 
main schedules of assessments; however, several differences were hard to tease out and 
new tables were therefore created for ease of reference for sites. 
14. Section 6, Study Assessments (Table 20: Laboratory Tests: Required Analytes) 
Description of change:   HBV-DNA serology testing has been added to the Serology list 
of required analytes.  The HS-CRP test has been revised to analyze CRP by standard 
method instead of the highly sensitive (HS-CRP) assay, and the erythrocyte sedimentation 
rate (ESR) has been removed. 
Rationale for change:  Exclusion criterion #13 requires testing for HBV DNA for 
inclusion in the study; however, the analyte table did not include this test.  The HBV-DNA 
test is a requirement and should be performed as part of subject screening and was 
therefore added to Table 20.  HS-CRP is a more sensitive test in the lower range that is 
used more often to assess risk of developing myocardial infarction in patients presenting 
with acute coronary syndromes or assessment of risk of developing cardiovascular disease 
or ischemic events in individuals who do not manifest disease at present.  The measurement 
of CRP has been used historically to assess activity of inflammatory disease and to monitor 
inflammatory processes.  In this study, the interest is in the role of inflammation in cancer; 
therefore, the CRP test is the more appropriate test to be performed.  The ESR testing was 
originally implemented to look for autoimmune inflammation in the INCB024360 program, 
but it does not appear to be sensitive enough to changes (or dramatic changes in 
inflammation have not occurred) so that it no longer seems necessary to run this in these 
studies. 
15. Section 6.4.1, Safety Follow-Up 
Description of change:  Guidance has been added to the Protocol to complete safety 
follow-up visits prior to initiation of any new anticancer therapy. 
Rationale for change:  Guidance to complete safety follow-up visits prior to initiation of 
any new anticancer therapy has been added to prevent assessments for toxicity after 
additional treatments have been given. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 195 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
16. Section 7.5.1, Adverse Events; Section 8.9, Adverse Events of Special Interest 
Description of change:  Additional language has been included in these sections of the 
Protocol to provide consistent reporting guidance for events of clinical interest.  
Rationale for change:  Additional language for reporting of AEs of special interest across 
the MK-3475 program has been updated and is now included in these sections of the 
Protocol to provide consistent guidance for reporting events of clinical interest. 
18. Section 9.5, Data Monitoring Committee 
Description of change:  Investigators were removed from membership in DMC text. 
Rationale for change:  This study will utilize an internal DMC made up of individuals 
from the co-sponsor of this study (Merck) who is not directly involved in the study to 
oversee the safety and conduct of this study.   
19. Section 9.6, Interim Analysis (Table 27: Probability of Early Termination for Various 
Safety Event Rates) 
Description of change:  The heading for the first 2 columns in Table 27 were corrected 
and the last 2 columns were deleted and a footnote added.  
Rationale for change:  The interim analysis text is correct as written for Phase 2.  The 
headings of the first 2 columns in Table 27 should reflect the rule in the text above the 
table and read "Proportion of subjects having an AE ≥ Grade 3 that was attributable to the 
investigational agent."  Columns 3 and 4 were inadvertently left in from a previous 
discussion to focus on immune-related toxicity, but it was decided to consider ALL 
Grade 3 or greater AEs for the interim safety analyses.    
20. Section 15, Publication Policy 
Description of change:   The following sentence was added to the publication policy 
section of the Protocol:  Study results will be published in accordance with applicable local 
and national regulations. 
Rationale for change:   Incyte Protocol template language was updated to comply with 
local and national regulations. 
21. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the protocol and are noted in the attached red-line/strike-out 
version of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 196 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
Amendment 1 (03 APR 2014) 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The primary purpose of this amendment is to address 
 queries for the justification of 
combining MK-3475 10 mg/kg with INCB024360 at the recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) in 
Cohort 5 and to incorporate 
 Clinical Pharmacology comments. 
1. 
Section 1.4, Justification for Treatment Regimen  
Description of change:  Text has been revised to clarify that MK-3475 regimens 
currently being studied in Phase 2 and Phase 3 include 2 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg every 
2 weeks or every 3 weeks, and that the optimal dose and schedule for MK-3475 has not 
yet been established. 
Rationale for change:  
 to include in the Protocol to acknowledge that 
optimal dose and schedule has not yet been established in the MK-3475 program. 
2. 
Synopsis, Overall Study Design for Phase 1 Dose Escalation; Section 4.1.1, Phase 1 
Dose-Escalation Design, and Figure 1, Study Design 
Description of change:  The final dose escalation cohort has been updated to include an 
intermediate dose of 5 mg/kg MK-3475 to be tested in combination with the RP2D of 
INCB024360 prior to a final escalation with 10 mg/kg of MK-3475.  
Rationale for change:  Emerging monotherapy data from MK-3475 Protocol 001 
indicate that the safety profile of MK-3475 at 10 mg/kg is comparable to that of 
MK-3475 at 2 mg/kg.  Safety data from the 2 dose levels have been compared in 
MK-3475 P001 in both ipilimumab-refractory melanoma patients and ipilimumab-naïve 
patients.  In each instance, lower frequencies of drug-related Grade 3-5 adverse events 
and drug-related serious adverse events were seen in the 10 mg/kg cohort as compared to 
the 2 mg/kg cohort.  Therefore, it is anticipated that the MTD of INCB024360 in 
conjunction with MK-3475 at 10 mg/kg will be safe and well tolerated, but an interim 
dose of MK-3475 of 5 mg/kg will be tested before a final escalation to 10 mg/kg 
MK-3475 with the RP2D of INCB024360. 
3. 
Section 6, Study Assessments, Tables 13 and Table 15, Serum Chemistry Testing 
and Fertility Testing; Section 7.5.7.3, Serum Chemistry and Liver Function Tests; 
Section 7.5.7.5, Pregnancy and Fertility Testing 
Description of change:  All serum chemistry testing and fertility testing will be 
performed by the site's local laboratory instead of being sent for central analysis. 
Rationale for change:  For patient and site convenience, serum chemistry testing will be 
performed locally. 
4. 
Section 6, Study Assessments, Table 13 and Table 15, Lipid Panel 
Description of change:  Administrative correction has been made to add lipid testing in 
the schedule of laboratory assessments per the laboratory analytes table. 
Rationale for change:  Lipid testing was inadvertently excluded in the schedule for 
laboratory assessments; however, it was included in the table of required analytes. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 197 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
5. 
Section 7.5.6, Twelve-Lead Electrocardiograms 
Description of change:  Text has been corrected to instruct sites that any clinically 
significant abnormal findings after signing informed consent should be recorded as an 
adverse event. 
Rationale for change:  Incyte requires any event that occurs from time of consent (not 
time of first dose of study drug) be recorded as an adverse event and not medical history. 
8. 
Section 7.11.3, Administration of INCB024360 and Compliance 
Description of change:  Text has been added to clarify that dosing of INCB024360 
should occur in the clinic on all 
 sample collection days.  
Rationale for change:   Clarification was needed.  As currently written, it was not clear 
when INCB024360 should be dosed in clinic or self-administered at home. 
9. 
Synopsis, Combination Therapy, Dosage, and Mode of Administration; 
Section 5.1.1, INCB024360 or Matching Placebo; Section 7.11.3, Administration of 
INCB024360 and Compliance 
Description of change:  How INCB024360 will be administered with regard to food was 
added to the Protocol. 
Rationale for change:  INCB024360 may be administered without regard to food; 
however, this was not specified in the Protocol. 
10. Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria 
Description of change:  Subjects with QTc interval of > 470 msec at study entry and 
subjects with congenital long QT syndrome has been added as exclusion criterion #21. 
Rationale for change:  Change requested 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 198 of 198 
Protocol INCB 24360-202 Am 10 
Version 10 
02 JUL 2018 
11. Section 3.3, Subject Exclusion Criteria; Section 5.13, Prohibited Medications and 
Measures; Appendix E, Prohibited Inhibitors and Inducers of Cytochrome P450 
3A4. 
Description of change:  Exclusion criterion #22 has been added for subjects taking drugs 
that are known to be strong inhibitors and/or inducers of CYP3A4 from 2 weeks before 
Day 1 of study drug administration and throughout the study, and Appendix E has been 
added to include a list of prohibited inducers and inhibitors of cytochrome P450 3A4. 
Rationale for change:  Change requested 
. 
12. Section 6, Study Assessments (Tables 12 and 14, Schedules of Assessments); 
Section 7.5.6, Twelve-Lead Electrocardiograms 
Description of change:  Additional ECG monitoring was added to Cycle 1 Day 1, and 
monitoring on Cycle 2 Day 1 was revised to be performed around the maximal and 
steady-state plasma concentrations (Cmax and Cmax,ss) of INCB024360, and as clinically 
indicated. 
Rationale for change:  Change requested 
. 
13. Section 9.4.3, Secondary Analyses 
Description of change:  Analysis details for the secondary endpoint of time to 
progression have been included. 
Rationale for change:  Time to progression analysis for the secondary objective 
evaluating time to disease progression had been omitted from the Protocol. 
14. Incorporation of administrative changes.  Other minor, administrative changes have 
been incorporated throughout the protocol and are noted in the attached red-line/strike-
out version of the amendment. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Signature Manifest
Document Number: IC-DEV-PROT-AMEND-0362
Revision: 0
Title: INCB 24360-202 Protocol Amendment 10
All dates and times are in Eastern Standard Time.
24360-202 Protocol Am 10
Approval and Release
Name/Signature
Title
Date
Meaning/Reason
03 Jul 2018, 12:01:53 PM
Approved
03 Jul 2018, 12:04:33 PM
Approved
03 Jul 2018, 01:23:00 PM
Approved
03 Jul 2018, 04:13:12 PM
Approved

SAP_001.pdf: 
Incyte Corporation 
Page 1 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
INCB024360 and MK-3475 
                         INCB 24360-202 / NCT02178722
A Phase 1/2 Study Exploring the Safety, Tolerability, and Efficacy of MK-3475 in Combination 
With INCB024360 in Subjects With Selected Solid Cancers 
IND Number: 
121,704 
Date of Plan: 
17 MAY 2019 
Based on: 
Protocol Amendment 10 dated 02 JUL 2018 
CRF version approved 04 DEC 2017 
SPONSOR: 
Incyte Corporation 
1801 Augustine Cut-Off 
Wilmington, DE 19803 
United States 
This study is being conducted in compliance with Good Clinical Practice, 
including the archiving of essential documents. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 2 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ..........................................................................................................6 
1. 
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................9 
2. 
STUDY INFORMATION, OBJECTIVES, AND ENDPOINTS...............................10 
2.1. 
Protocol and Case Report Form Version ....................................................................10 
2.2. 
Study Objectives .........................................................................................................10 
2.2.1. 
Primary Objectives .....................................................................................................10 
2.2.2. 
Secondary Objectives (Phase 2) .................................................................................10 
 
11 
2.3. 
Study Endpoints ..........................................................................................................11 
2.3.1. 
Primary Endpoints ......................................................................................................11 
2.3.2. 
Secondary Endpoints (Phase 2) ..................................................................................12 
 
12 
3. 
STUDY DESIGN .......................................................................................................13 
3.1. 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Design ................................................................................14 
3.1.1. 
Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities ......................................................................16 
3.2. 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansion ..........................................................................................17 
3.3. 
Level of Significance ..................................................................................................17 
3.4. 
Sample Size Considerations .......................................................................................18 
3.4.1. 
Sample Size for the Phase 1 Portion of the Study ......................................................18 
3.4.2. 
Sample Size for the Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the Study ....................................18 
3.5. 
Schedule of Assessments ............................................................................................19 
4. 
DATA HANDLING DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS ..................................20 
4.1. 
Scheduled Study Evaluations and Study Periods .......................................................20 
4.1.1. 
Day 1 ...........................................................................................................................20 
4.1.2. 
Study Day ...................................................................................................................20 
4.1.3. 
Scheduled Visits .........................................................................................................20 
4.1.4. 
Baseline Assessments .................................................................................................20 
4.1.5. 
Last Available Value ..................................................................................................20 
4.1.6. 
Cycle Length and Duration .........................................................................................20 
4.2. 
Variable Definitions ....................................................................................................20 
4.2.1. 
Prior and Concomitant Medication .............................................................................20 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 3 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
5. 
STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY ...........................................................................21 
5.1. 
General Methodology .................................................................................................21 
5.2. 
Treatment Groups .......................................................................................................22 
5.3. 
Analysis Populations ..................................................................................................22 
5.3.1. 
Efficacy Evaluable Population ...................................................................................22 
5.3.2. 
Safety Evaluable Population .......................................................................................23 
 
23 
6. 
BASELINE, EXPOSURE, AND DISPOSITION VARIABLES AND 
ANALYSES ...............................................................................................................23 
6.1. 
Baseline and Demographics, Physical Characteristics, and Disease History .............23 
6.2. 
Disposition of Subjects ...............................................................................................23 
6.3. 
Protocol Deviations ....................................................................................................23 
6.4. 
Exposure .....................................................................................................................24 
6.5. 
Study Drug Compliance .............................................................................................24 
6.6. 
Medical History ..........................................................................................................24 
6.7. 
Prior and Concomitant Medication .............................................................................24 
7. 
EFFICACY .................................................................................................................25 
7.1. 
General Considerations ...............................................................................................25 
7.2. 
Efficacy Hypotheses ...................................................................................................25 
7.3. 
Analysis of the Primary Efficacy Parameter ..............................................................25 
7.3.1. 
Primary Efficacy Analysis ..........................................................................................25 
7.4. 
Analysis of Secondary Efficacy Parameters (Phase 2) ...............................................27 
7.4.1. 
Ordinal Categorical Response Score ..........................................................................27 
7.4.2. 
Duration of Response .................................................................................................27 
7.4.3. 
Progression-Free Survival ..........................................................................................27 
7.4.4. 
Duration of Disease Control .......................................................................................28 
7.4.5. 
Overall Survival ..........................................................................................................28 
7.4.6. 
Largest Percentage Reduction in Sum of Diameters of Target Lesions .....................29 
7.4.7. 
Other Efficacy Analyses .............................................................................................29 
7.4.7.1. 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status ........................................29 
7.4.8. 
Subgroup Analyses for Efficacy Endpoints ................................................................29 
 
29 
 
29 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 4 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
 
30 
 
30 
 
31 
8. 
SAFETY AND TOLERABILITY ..............................................................................33 
8.1. 
General Considerations ...............................................................................................33 
8.2. 
Adverse Events ...........................................................................................................33 
8.2.1. 
Adverse Event Definitions ..........................................................................................33 
8.2.2. 
Adverse Event Summaries ..........................................................................................34 
8.3. 
Clinical Laboratory Tests ...........................................................................................36 
8.3.1. 
Laboratory Value Definitions .....................................................................................36 
8.3.2. 
Laboratory Value Summaries .....................................................................................36 
8.4. 
Vital Signs ..................................................................................................................38 
8.5. 
Electrocardiograms .....................................................................................................38 
9. 
INTERIM ANALYSES ..............................................................................................39 
9.1. 
Overview of Interim Analysis ....................................................................................39 
9.2. 
Guidelines for Decision Rules ....................................................................................39 
10. 
CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS TO THE ANALYSIS PLAN ........................40 
10.1. 
Changes to Protocol-Defined Analyses ......................................................................40 
10.2. 
Changes to the Statistical Analysis Plan .....................................................................40 
10.2.1. 
Original to Amendment 1 ...........................................................................................40 
10.2.2. 
Amendment 1 to Amendment 2 ..................................................................................40 
10.2.3. 
Amendment 2 to Amendment 3 ..................................................................................41 
10.2.4. 
Amendment 3 to Amendment 4 ..................................................................................41 
11. 
REFERENCES ...........................................................................................................42 
APPENDIX A. CLINICAL LABORATORY TESTS ...............................................................43 
APPENDIX B. LABORATORY GRADING .............................................................................44 
APPENDIX C. SPONSOR-DEFINED IMMUNE-RELATED ADVERSE EVENTS 
OF SPECIAL INTEREST ..........................................................................................46 
APPENDIX D. SPONSOR-DEFINED EVENTS OF CLINICAL INTEREST .........................47 
APPENDIX E. PLANNED TABLES AND LISTINGS ............................................................48 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 5 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 1: 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Schema for Daily Epacadostat in Combination 
With Pembrolizumab Q3W ........................................................................................16 
Table 2: 
Phase 1 Safety Expansion for Daily Epacadostat in Combination With 
Pembrolizumab Q3W .................................................................................................16 
Table 3: 
Criteria for Defining Dose-Limiting Toxicities ..........................................................17 
Table 4: 
Sample Size Calculation for Each Cohort:  Comparing With a Known 
Proportion ...................................................................................................................19 
Table 5: 
irRECIST for Overall Response:  Measurable Disease at Baseline ...........................25 
Table 6: 
Evaluation and Censoring of Progression-Free Survival ............................................28 
 
 
30 
 
 
30 
 
32 
Table 10: Laboratory Parameters To Be Summarized ................................................................37 
Table 11: Criteria for Clinically Notable Vital Sign Abnormalities ...........................................38 
Table 12: Criteria for Clinically Notable Electrocardiogram Abnormalities .............................39 
Table 13: Probability of Early Termination for Various Safety Event Rates .............................39 
Table 14: Statistical Analysis Plan Versions ..............................................................................40 
 
LIST OF FIGURES 
Figure 1: 
Study Design ...............................................................................................................14 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 6 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
The following abbreviations and special terms are used in this Statistical Analysis Plan. 
Term 
Explanation 
ACTH 
adrenocorticotropic hormone 
AE 
adverse event 
AEOSI 
adverse event of special interest 
AFP 
alfa fetoprotein 
ALT 
alanine aminotransferase 
aPTT 
activated partial thromboplastin time 
AST 
aspartate aminotransferase 
AUC0-12h 
area under the concentration-time curve from hour 0 to 12 
AUC0-t 
area under the concentration-time curve from time zero (predose) to time 
of last observed quantifiable concentration within a subject across all 
treatments 
BID 
twice daily 
BUN 
blood urea nitrogen 
CA 125 
cancer antigen 125 
CEA 
carcinoembryonic antigen 
CI 
confidence interval 
CL/F 
apparent oral dose clearance 
Cmax 
maximum observed concentration 
CR 
complete response 
CRC 
colorectal cancer 
CRP 
C-reactive protein 
CRF 
case report form 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
DLBCL 
diffuse large B-cell lymphoma 
DLCO 
diffuse lung capacity for carbon monoxide 
DLT 
dose-limiting toxicity 
DoR 
duration of response 
ECG 
electrocardiogram 
ECI 
event of clinical interest 
ECOG 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
eCRF 
electronic case report form 
EOT 
end of treatment 
EU 
European Union 
FDA 
Food and Drug Administration 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 7 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Term 
Explanation 
FEF25%-75% 
forced expiratory flow 25% to 75% 
FEV1 
forced expiratory volume in 1 second 
FVC 
forced vital capacity 
GU 
genitourinary 
HBc 
hepatitis B core antibody 
HBe 
hepatitis Be 
HBeAg 
hepatitis Be antigen 
HBs 
hepatitis B surface antigen 
HBsAg 
hepatitis B virus surface antigen 
HBV 
hepatitis B virus 
HCC 
hepatocellular carcinoma 
HCV 
hepatitis C virus 
HDL 
high-density lipoprotein 
HDV 
hepatitis D virus 
HPV 
human papillomavirus  
IDO1 
indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase-1 
IgG 
immunoglobulin G 
INR 
international normalized ratio 
irRECIST 
modified Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors 
IV 
intravenous 
LDL 
low-density lipoprotein 
LFT 
liver chemistry test 
LH 
luteinizing hormone 
LLN 
lower limit of normal 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MEL 
melanoma 
MSI 
microsatellite-instability 
MTD 
maximum tolerated dose 
NE 
not evaluable 
NSCLC 
non−small cell lung cancer 
ORR 
objective response rate 
OS 
overall survival 
PAD 
pharmacologically active dose 
PD 
progressive disease 
PD-1 
programmed death receptor 1 
PD-L1 
programmed death ligand 1 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 8 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Term 
Explanation 
PEF 
peak expiratory flow 
PFS 
progression-free survival 
PR 
partial response 
PK 
pharmacokinetic 
PT 
prothrombin time 
Q3W 
every 3 weeks 
RCC 
renal cell carcinoma 
RECIST 
Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors 
RP2D 
recommended Phase 2 dose 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SCCHN 
squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck 
SD 
stable disease 
SJS 
Stevens-Johnson syndrome 
SMQ 
Standardised MedDRA Queries 
t½ 
terminal phase half-life 
Tmax 
time of occurrence of maximum concentration 
TEAE 
treatment-emergent adverse event 
TEN 
toxic epidermal necrolysis 
TNBC 
triple negative breast cancer 
TPS 
tumor proportion score 
TSH 
thyroid-stimulating hormone 
ULN 
upper limit of normal  
VA 
alveolar volume 
WBC 
white blood cell 
WHO 
World Health Organization 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 9 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
1. 
INTRODUCTION 
Note:  Due to a strategic decision to close the study to future enrollment reflected in Protocol 
Amendment 10, the primary purpose of SAP Amendment 4 is to document reductions from 
Protocol-defined analyses for an abbreviated CSR. 
INCB 24360-202 is a Phase 1/2 study of INCB024360 (epacadostat) administered in 
combination with MK-3475 (Keytruda®, pembrolizumab).  Phase 1 will be open-label and will 
include subjects with non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), melanoma (checkpoint-naive, 
primary refractory, and relapsed), transitional carcinoma of the genitourinary (GU) tract, renal 
cell carcinoma (RCC), triple negative breast cancer (TNBC), adenocarcinoma of the 
endometrium, or squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck (SCCHN), and Phase 2 will 
include open-label expansion cohorts including subjects with NSCLC, melanoma, TNBC, 
SCCHN, ovarian cancer, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, RCC, diffuse large B-cell 
lymphoma (DLBCL), MSI (microsatellite-instability)-high colorectal cancer (CRC), gastric 
cancer, and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC).  Epacadostat represents a novel, potent, and 
selective inhibitor of the enzyme indoleamine 2,3 dioxygenase-1 (IDO1) in both human tumor 
cells and human dendritic cells.  Pembrolizumab is a potent and highly selective humanized 
monoclonal antibody of the immunoglobulin (Ig)G4/kappa isotype directed against programmed 
death receptor 1 (PD-1). 
A detailed description of the investigational product, target patient population, rationale for doses 
to be examined, and potential risks and benefits of treatment with epacadostat and 
pembrolizumab is provided in the Protocol, Section 1.  The purpose of this Statistical Analysis 
Plan (SAP) is to define the methodology for analyzing and summarizing the data collected 
during the conduct of Study INCB 24360-202. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 10 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
2. 
STUDY INFORMATION, OBJECTIVES, AND ENDPOINTS 
2.1. 
Protocol and Case Report Form Version 
This SAP is based on INCB 24360-202 Protocol Amendment 10 dated 02 JUL 2018 and case 
report forms (CRFs) approved on 05 APR 2019 unless superseded by an amendment, this SAP 
will be effective for all subsequent Protocol amendments and eCRF (electronic case report form) 
versions. 
2.2. 
Study Objectives 
2.2.1. 
Primary Objectives 
The primary objectives of the study are: 
• Phase 1:  To evaluate the safety, tolerability, and dose-limiting toxicities (DLTs) of a 
pharmacologically active dose (PAD) of INCB024360 administered in combination 
with MK-3475 in advanced or metastatic solid tumors, and to select doses for further 
evaluation. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  To assess objective response rate (ORR) in subjects with 
select cancers as measured by modified RECIST (irRECIST) v1.1 for selected solid 
tumors and the Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
2.2.2. 
Secondary Objectives (Phase 2) 
The secondary objectives of the study are: 
• To evaluate the preliminary antitumor activity of the combination of INCB024360 
and MK-3475 in subjects with selected advanced solid tumors and DLBCL, including 
duration of response (DoR), progression-free survival (PFS), and duration of disease 
control as measured by irRECIST v1.1 for solid tumors or the Lugano Classification 
(Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to ordinal categorical response score, calculated 
as the following: 
− 1 = Complete response (CR) per irRECIST v1.1 
− 2 = Very good response, defined as > 60% tumor reduction 
− 3 = Minor response, defined as > 30% to ≤ 60% tumor reduction 
− 4 = Stable disease (SD) per irRECIST v1.1 
− 5 = Progressive disease (PD) per irRECIST v1.1 
• To evaluate the efficacy with respect to overall survival (OS). 
• To evaluate the safety and tolerability of INCB024360 in combination with 
MK-3475. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 11 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
2.3. 
Study Endpoints 
2.3.1. 
Primary Endpoints 
• Phase 1:  Safety and tolerability will be assessed by monitoring frequency, duration, 
and severity of adverse events (AEs), through physical examinations, by evaluating 
changes in vital signs and electrocardiograms (ECGs), and through clinical laboratory 
blood and urine sample evaluations. 
• Phase 2 expansion cohorts:  ORR will be assessed based on irRECIST v1.1 for select 
solid tumors and the Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 12 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
2.3.2. 
Secondary Endpoints (Phase 2) 
• Ordinal categorical response score, determined by radiographic disease assessments 
per irRECIST v1.1.  The 5-category ordinal response endpoint is determined at a 
given timepoint by classifying response into one of the following groups:  CR; very 
good response, defined as partial response (PR) with percent reduction from baseline 
in tumor line length > 60%; minor response, defined as PR with percent reduction 
from baseline in tumor line length > 30% to ≤ 60%; SD; and PD. 
• Duration of response determined by radiographic disease assessment defined as the 
time from earliest date of disease response until earliest date of disease progression. 
• Progression-free survival determined from treatment start date until first date for 
confirmed disease progression or death. 
• Duration of disease control (including CR, PR, and SD) measuring from treatment 
start date until the earliest date of disease progression for subjects whose best 
response is SD or better. 
• Overall survival determined from the date of first dose until death due to any cause. 
• Safety and tolerability of the treatment regimens through assessment of AEs and 
changes in safety assessments, including laboratory parameters. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 13 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
3. 
STUDY DESIGN 
Note:  Due to a strategic decision to close the study to future enrollment reflected in Protocol 
Amendment 10, the primary purpose of SAP Amendment 4 is to document reductions from 
Protocol-defined analyses for an abbreviated CSR. 
This is a Phase 1/2 study, with Phase 1 being a dose escalation of epacadostat in combination 
with pembrolizumab in subjects with selected advanced or metastatic solid tumors and Phase 2 
being an open-label expansion in subjects with select solid tumors as well as DLBCL. 
The dose-escalation phase (Phase 1) will be open-label and utilize a 3 + 3 + 3 design that will 
identify the maximum tolerated dose (MTD) or PAD of epacadostat in combination with 
pembrolizumab in subjects with the following selected solid tumors:  Stage IIIB, Stage IV, or 
recurrent NSCLC, melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, RCC, TNBC, 
adenocarcinoma of the endometrium, or SCCHN who have disease progression on at least 1 line 
of therapy for advanced or metastatic cancer (except melanoma).  Phase 1 will include up to 
3 safety expansion cohorts of up to 9 subjects each.  The first safety expansion will enroll 
melanoma subjects only at 50 mg twice daily (BID) once the preliminary safety of the 50 mg 
BID cohort is established, a second safety expansion will open at 100 mg BID, and, if tolerated, 
a third safety expansion may occur at 300 mg BID.  The recommended Phase 2 dose (RP2D) will 
be selected from the evaluated safety expansions.  At the sponsor's discretion, the second and 
third safety expansion cohorts may be limited to subjects with specific cancer types among those 
included in Phase 1 (the tumor-specific determination for this safety expansion will be 
determined at the time of expansion by the study sponsor).  The safety expansion cohorts at the 
doses lower than the current dose level being tested may begin enrolling during the DLT waiting 
period of the remaining cohort escalations.  Enrollment priority goes to the current dose level 
being evaluated. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 14 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
The Phase 2 cohort expansions will further explore the safety and efficacy of the RP2D 
(determined in Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID) of INCB024360 in combination with MK-3475.  
Phase 2 will enroll subjects with the following select tumors:  melanoma, NSCLC, transitional 
cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, clear cell RCC, MSI high CRC, 
DLBCL, gastric cancer, and HCC.  There will be 2 NSCLC cohorts in the Phase 2 expansion.  
For the NSCLC cohorts, 1 cohort will include subjects with PD-L1 high expression (defined as 
tumor proportion score (TPS) ≥ 50%) and a second cohort will include subjects with 
low/negative or indeterminate PD-L1 expression (low/negative defined as TPS 0%-49%).  There 
will also be 3 melanoma cohorts; 1 cohort will include subjects who are prior checkpoint-naive 
(anti–PD-1 or anti–PD-L1 directed therapy), a second cohort will include subjects with primary 
refractory disease, and a third cohort will include subjects with relapsed disease.  Approximately 
18 to 42 subjects per cohort will be enrolled (for a total of approximately 446 subjects) to further 
characterize the efficacy in these select tumor types.  See Figure 1 for the overall study design. 
Figure 1: 
Study Design 
 
3.1. 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Design 
Phase 1 is the dose-escalation phase, which will include cohorts of subjects treated with 
epacadostat BID at initial doses of 25 mg BID, 50 mg BID, and 100 mg BID in combination with 
pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg every 3 weeks (Q3W), and epacadostat 300 mg BID in combination 
with pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W.  Interim dose levels of 75 mg daily (50 mg in the morning/ 
25 mg in the evening), 75 mg BID, or 200 mg BID may be evaluated if DLTs occur at 50 mg 
BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID following the review of available safety data at the Dose 
Escalation/Cohort Review meetings.  One treatment cycle will consist of 21 days.  A minimum 
of 3 subjects will be enrolled and treated in each cohort, and all 3 subjects will be observed for a 
minimum of 42 days (6 weeks) before the subsequent cohort begins enrollment.  Subjects must 
have received the cohort-specific dose of epacadostat for at least 80% of the doses during the 
42-day DLT observation period, and must have received 2 doses of pembrolizumab during that 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 15 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
42-day period, or must have experienced a DLT to be included in the cohort review for DLTs.  
Additional subjects will be enrolled in a cohort to achieve the minimum of 3 evaluable subjects if 
dropouts or dose interruptions or reductions occur that result in a subject being nonevaluable for 
DLTs.  When the preliminary safety of 50 mg BID and 100 mg BID has been established, 
additional subjects with melanoma will be enrolled at 50 mg BID for a total of 9 subjects.  
An additional safety cohort will also be opened at 100 mg BID in parallel to 300 mg BID being 
tested.  This may also be limited to subjects with melanoma, NSCLC, or specific cancer types 
from among those included in Phase 1 at the sponsor's discretion.  If 300 mg BID is also 
determined to be well tolerated, an additional safety cohort may also be enrolled that, at the 
sponsor's discretion, may be limited to specific cancer types from among those included in 
Phase 1.  The RP2D will be selected from the evaluated safety expansions.  All subjects in these 
safety expansions will be treated with pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W. 
3 + 3 + 3 Design:  The dose of epacadostat will be escalated if 0 of the first 3 evaluable subjects 
enrolled experience a DLT.  If > 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects enrolled experience a DLT, 
the prior dose level will be considered the MTD.  If 1 of the first 3 evaluable subjects enrolled 
experience a DLT, the cohort will be expanded to include 3 additional evaluable subjects.  If 1 of 
the 6 evaluable subjects enrolled in the expanded cohort experience a DLT, dose escalation to the 
next dose level may occur.  If 2 of 6 subjects experience a DLT that cohort will be expanded to 
9 subjects.  If ≥ 2 of 3, 3 of 6, or 3 of 9 subjects experience DLTs within a cohort, then that dose 
level will be determined to have exceeded the MTD and the prior dose level will be considered 
the MTD or an intermittent dose may be tested. 
For the safety expansion cohorts, if < 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects experience a DLT at the 
given dose level, the dose will be deemed tolerable.  If ≥ 4 of the first 9 evaluable subjects 
experience a DLT in the safety expansions, then the next lower dose level of epacadostat will be 
deemed the RP2D.  The RP2D will be selected from one of the doses deemed tolerable (as 
defined above). 
If at least 25 mg BID cannot be combined safely with pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg, other alternative 
dose schedules (ie, intermittent dosing) of epacadostat may be tested, if needed, following the 
review of available safety data at the Dose Escalation/Cohort Review meetings.  If an alternate 
schedule is tested and determined to be safe, re-escalation of epacadostat according to Table 1 
will proceed with pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg Q3W. 
The cohorts and dose levels are shown in Table 1 for the 2 mg/kg Q3W schedule of 
pembrolizumab and in Table 2 for the 200 mg Q3W safety expansion. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 16 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table 1: 
Phase 1 Dose-Escalation Schema for Daily Epacadostat in Combination With 
Pembrolizumab Q3W 
Daily Dose
a 
of Epacadostat 
Dose of Pembrolizumab 
(Q3W) 
25 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
50 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
100 mg BID orally 
2 mg/kg IV 
300 mg BID orally
b 
200 mg IV 
a Interim dose levels of 75 mg daily (50 mg in the morning/25 mg in the evening), 75 mg BID, or 200 mg BID may be evaluated 
if DLTs occur at 50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID following the review of available safety data at the Dose Escalation/ 
Cohort Review meetings. 
b Based on Study INCB 24360-101, in which the average kynurenine inhibition after doses of 100 mg BID and 300 mg BID was 
89% and 94%, respectively, a final escalation of epacadostat 300 mg BID may be evaluated but will be tested with the flat dose 
of pembrolizumab 200 mg. 
Table 2: 
Phase 1 Safety Expansion for Daily Epacadostat in Combination With 
Pembrolizumab Q3W 
Daily Dose  
of Epacadostat 
Dose of Pembrolizumab 
(Q3W) 
50 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
100 mg BID 
200 mg IV 
300 mg BID
a 
200 mg IV  
a The RP2D will be selected from 1 of the safety expansions enrolled (50 mg BID, 100 mg BID, or 300 mg BID).  
During the study, dose interruptions and/or dose decreases may be implemented based on 
toxicity as described in the Dose Adjustment section of the Protocol.  However, dose 
modifications should not be made during the DLT observation period without discussion with 
the medical monitor.  Intrasubject dose escalation is not permitted. 
3.1.1. 
Definition of Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
A DLT will be defined as the occurrence of any treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) in 
Table 3 occurring up to and including Study Day 42 (6-week observation period).  Dose-limiting 
toxicities include all TEAEs of the specified grades, regardless of investigator attribution or 
relatedness.  Only toxicities with a clear alternative explanation (eg, due to disease progression) 
or transient (≤ 72 hours), abnormal laboratory values without associated clinically significant 
signs or symptoms based on investigator determination can be deemed a non-DLT. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 17 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table 3: 
Criteria for Defining Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
Toxicity 
Hematologic Toxicities: 
• Any Grade 4 thrombocytopenia or neutropenia lasting > 7 days 
Nonhematologic Toxicities: 
• Any Grade 4 toxicity 
• Any Grade 3 or 4 AST, ALT, or total bilirubin elevation 
• Any other Grade 3 toxicity EXCLUDING: 
− Nausea/vomiting controlled by medical intervention within 72 hours 
− Grade 3 rash in the absence of desquamation, no mucosal involvement, does not require systemic steroids, 
and resolves to Grade 1 by the next scheduled dose of pembrolizumab or 14 days, whichever is longer. 
• Episcleritis, uveitis, or iritis of Grade 2 or higher 
General: 
• If subjects are unable to receive 75% of epacadostat or 2 doses of pembrolizumab during the DLT observation 
period because of toxicity, even if the toxicity does not meet DLT criteria defined above. 
• Greater than 2 week delay in starting Cycle 3 because of a treatment-related toxicity, even if the toxicity does 
not meet DLT criteria defined above. 
3.2. 
Phase 2 Cohort Expansion 
The purpose of the cohort expansions is to gather additional safety, tolerability, preliminary 
efficacy, 
 information regarding the combination of INCB024360 and 
MK-3475 200 mg.  Once the safety profile of all doses tested has been characterized and the 
RP2D of combined administration of INCB024360 and MK-3475 has been defined, the cohort 
expansions will be initiated at the RP2D (determined in Phase 1 to be 100 mg BID).  Fourteen 
expansion cohorts will be restricted to NSCLC (2 cohorts:  PD-L1 positive and PD-L1 
low/negative or indeterminate), melanoma (3 cohorts:  checkpoint-naive, primary refractory, and 
relapsed), transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, SCCHN, ovarian cancer, DLBCL, 
MSI high CRC, clear cell RCC, gastric cancer, and HCC.  Continuous evaluation of toxicity 
events in the cohort expansions will be performed throughout enrollment in the expansion 
cohorts.  If the rate of DLTs exceeds 40%, the findings will be reviewed and further enrollment 
may be interrupted until the sponsor(s), investigators, and regulatory authorities, if applicable, 
have determined the appropriate course of action.  If an expansion cohort is discontinued due to 
toxicity, a new cohort may be initiated at a previously tested lower dose level. 
In each of the cohorts, approximately 18 to 42 subjects will be enrolled to allow for a more 
precise estimate of ORR in subjects with these tumors and determine whether a target response 
rate (20%-62%) is likely. 
3.3. 
Level of Significance 
The level of significance for the primary endpoint in Phase 2 is 1-sided 5%, which is deemed 
acceptable for a proof-of-concept study. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 18 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
3.4. 
Sample Size Considerations 
3.4.1. 
Sample Size for the Phase 1 Portion of the Study 
The primary objective of the open-label Phase 1 portion of the study is to determine the MTD 
and DLT of epacadostat in combination with pembrolizumab.  The total number of subjects will 
depend on the number of dose levels tested before the MTD is established.  Approximately 
54 subjects (3-9 subjects per dose level for 4 dose levels plus an additional 9 subjects treated at 
50 mg BID, 100 mg BID and potentially at 300 mg BID) will be included based on the dose 
escalation.  Dose escalation will follow a 3 + 3 + 3 design algorithm, as defined in Section 3.1.  
Based on this algorithm, 3 evaluable subjects are enrolled in each cohort with a maximum of 
9 subjects at any dose level (except for MTD or PAD, where a total of 9 subjects will be treated 
to further evaluate safety and confirm it as the RP2D). 
3.4.2. 
Sample Size for the Phase 2 Expansion Portion of the Study 
The sample size of 18 to 42 subjects is expected to be enrolled in each of the 14 response 
expansion cohorts (ie, NSCLC PD-L1 high, NSCLC PD-L1 low/negative or indeterminate, 
melanoma, transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, ovarian cancer, SCCHN, DLBCL, 
RCC, MSI-high CRC, gastric cancer, HCC).  The sample size for each independent cohort yields 
a power of 80% to detect an increase in ORR by about 20% (Ha) from historical response rate 
(H0).  This assumes a 1-sided alpha of 5% and 10% lost to follow-up.  See details in Table 4. 
A Simon 2-stage design will be used for the primary refractory and relapsed melanoma cohorts.  
In the first stage for the primary refractory cohort, 8 subjects will be enrolled.  If at least 
1 response is observed in those 8 subjects, an additional 19 subjects will be enrolled, for a total 
sample size of 27 subjects.  The power for this design is 80% and the Type I error is 3.2%.  
In the first stage for the relapsed melanoma cohort, 11 subjects will be enrolled.  If at least 
2 responses are observed in those 11 subjects, an additional 7 subjects will be enrolled, for a total 
sample size of 18 subjects.  The power for this design is 80% and the Type I error is 2.7%. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 19 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table 4: 
Sample Size Calculation for Each Cohort:  Comparing With a Known 
Proportion 
Tumor Type 
ORR 
Sample Size 
H0 
Ha 
NSCLC high positive (PD-L1 TPS ≥ 50%) 
36% 
56% 
42 
NSCLC low/negative or indeterminate (PD-L1  
TPS < 50% or indeterminate) 
12% 
32% 
25 
Melanoma (immune checkpoint–naive) 
32% 
52% 
40 
Transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract 
24% 
44% 
36 
TNBC 
19% 
39% 
32 
Ovarian cancer 
20% 
40% 
33 
SCCHN 
19% 
39% 
32 
DLBCL 
36% 
57% 
37 
RCC 
25% 
45% 
36 
MSI-high CRC 
57% 
80% 
29 
Gastric cancer 
14% 
34% 
27 
HCC 
19% 
39% 
32 
Melanoma (primary refractory) 
3% 
20% 
27
a 
Melanoma (relapsed) 
10% 
35% 
18a 
Total 
 
 
 446 
a Maximum possible sample size for Simon 2-stage design.  Actual sample size may be less. 
3.5. 
Schedule of Assessments 
All study assessments will be performed as indicated in the schedules of assessments for the 
Q3W schedule (refer to Tables 12 and 13 in Protocol Amendment 10).  The order of assessments 
is suggested by the order of mention within the schedules. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 20 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
4. 
DATA HANDLING DEFINITIONS AND CONVENTIONS 
4.1. 
Scheduled Study Evaluations and Study Periods 
4.1.1. 
Day 1 
Day 1 is the date of first dose of epacadostat or pembrolizumab. 
4.1.2. 
Study Day 
The study day at a visit or reporting date will be calculated by the visit or reporting date minus 
the Day 1 date plus 1 (visit date – Day 1 date + 1).  This study day will be subtracted by 1 if it is 
≤ 0, so that a study day of 0 will never occur.  A study day of -1 indicates 1 day before Day 1. 
4.1.3. 
Scheduled Visits 
Study evaluations in weeks or days from Day 1 are presented in the Schedule of Assessments. 
4.1.4. 
Baseline Assessments 
Baseline is defined as the last nonmissing measurement obtained before the first dose of 
epacadostat or pembrolizumab is administered. 
4.1.5. 
Last Available Value 
The last available value is the last nonmissing measurement obtained after starting epacadostat or 
pembrolizumab and within 90 days after the last dose of epacadostat or pembrolizumab. 
4.1.6. 
Cycle Length and Duration 
Cycle 1 Day 1 is defined as the day of the first dose of epacadostat or pembrolizumab.  One 
treatment cycle consists of 21 days.  The first cycle of therapy is defined as the period beginning 
with the first dose of epacadostat or pembrolizumab and ending the earlier of:  (1) 21 calendar 
days (inclusive) later or (2) permanent discontinuation of epacadostat.  Subsequent cycles have 
Day 1 as the corresponding visit date associated with the corresponding cycle. 
4.2. 
Variable Definitions 
4.2.1. 
Prior and Concomitant Medication 
Prior medication is defined as any nonstudy drug started before the first dose of epacadostat or 
pembrolizumab. 
Concomitant medication is defined as any nonstudy drug that is: 
• Started before the date of first administration of epacadostat or pembrolizumab and is 
ongoing throughout the study or ends on/after the date of first study drug 
administration. 
• Started on/after the date of first administration of epacadostat or pembrolizumab and 
is ongoing or ends during the course of study drug administration. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 21 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Note:  A prior medication could also be classified as "both prior and concomitant medication" if 
the end date is on or after first dose of epacadostat or pembrolizumab.  In the listing, it will be 
indicated whether a medication is prior-only, concomitant-only, or both prior and concomitant 
medication. 
The start/stop dates recorded in the eCRF by the investigator and his or her research staff will be 
used to identify when a concomitant medication was taken during the study.  Any missing start 
date must be queried for resolution.  Unresolved missing start dates will be handled as follows: 
• If the date is completely missing, the medication will be considered both prior and 
concomitant. 
• If only the day is missing, and the last day of the month is before the first dose date 
on Day 1, then the concomitant medication will be considered as starting before 
Day 1, and the incomplete date will be imputed as the last day of the month. 
• If only the day is missing, and the first day of the month is after the first dose date on 
Day 1, then the concomitant medication will be considered as starting after Day 1, 
and the incomplete date will be imputed as the first day of the month. 
• If only the day is missing, and the month is equal to the month of the first dose date 
on Day 1, then the incomplete date will be imputed as the first day of the month. 
• If both the month and day are missing, and the last day of the year is before the first 
dose date on Day 1, then the concomitant medication will be considered as starting 
before Day 1, and the incomplete date will be imputed as if it is the last day of the 
year.  Otherwise, the incomplete date will be imputed as if it is the first day of the 
year. 
5. 
STATISTICAL METHODOLOGY 
5.1. 
General Methodology 
Unless otherwise noted, SAS software (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC; version 9.1 or later) will 
be used for the generation of all tables, graphs, and statistical analyses.  Descriptive summaries 
for continuous variables will include, but not be limited to, the number of observations, mean, 
standard deviation, median, minimum, and maximum.  Descriptive summaries for categorical 
variables will include the number and percentage of subjects in each category. 
For the dose-escalation portion of the study, the safety evaluable population will be used for all 
safety analyses.  For the cohort portion of the study, the safety evaluable population will be used 
for all safety analyses, and the efficacy evaluable population will be used for all efficacy 
analyses. 
 
 
 
Interim analyses are planned for this study as defined in Section 9. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 22 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
5.2. 
Treatment Groups 
Subjects will be summarized overall and based on the dose regimen initially assigned: 
• Pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg Q3W intravenously (IV) + epacadostat 25 mg BID  
• Pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg Q3W IV + epacadostat 50 mg BID  
• Pembrolizumab 2 mg/kg Q3W IV + epacadostat 100 mg BID  
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + epacadostat 300 mg BID  
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + epacadostat 50 mg BID (safety expansion) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + epacadostat 100 mg BID (safety expansion) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + epacadostat 300 mg BID (safety expansion) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (NSCLC PD-L1 high positive) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (NSCLC PD-L1 low/negative 
or indeterminate) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (Melanoma immune 
checkpoint-naive) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (Melanoma primary 
refractory) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (Melanoma relapsed) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (GU) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (TNBC) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (Ovarian cancer) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (SCCHN) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (DLBCL) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (RCC) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (MSI-high CRC) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (Gastric cancer) 
• Pembrolizumab 200 mg Q3W IV + RP2D epacadostat (HCC) 
Table summaries, unless otherwise indicated, will be provided by treatment group or tumor type. 
5.3. 
Analysis Populations 
5.3.1. 
Efficacy Evaluable Population 
The efficacy evaluable population will include all subjects enrolled in the study who take at least 
1 dose of study drug.  This population will be used for analyses of all efficacy data. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 23 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
5.3.2. 
Safety Evaluable Population 
The safety evaluable population will include all subjects enrolled in the study who received at 
least 1 dose of study drug.  Treatment groups for this population will be determined according to 
the actual treatment the subject receives on Day 1.  All safety analyses will be conducted using 
the safety population. 
 
6. 
BASELINE, EXPOSURE, AND DISPOSITION VARIABLES AND 
ANALYSES 
Sample data displays are provided in Appendix E. 
6.1. 
Baseline and Demographics, Physical Characteristics, and Disease 
History 
The following demographic and baseline characteristics will be summarized for the safety 
evaluable population:  age, sex, race, ethnicity, weight, height, ECOG performance status, 
staging, prior radiation (yes/no), prior surgery (yes/no), prior systemic therapy other than 
radiation (yes/no), and tumor-specific baseline disease characteristics (eg, BRAF mutation status 
[for melanoma] and human papillomavirus (HPV) status [SCCHN only]; refer to sample table 
shells for tumor specific details for each indication). 
6.2. 
Disposition of Subjects 
The number and percentage of subjects who were enrolled and who were withdrawn from 
treatment and from the study (with a primary reason for withdrawal) will be summarized for the 
safety evaluable population. 
6.3. 
Protocol Deviations 
Protocol deviations captured on the Protocol Deviation Log will be categorized, summarized, 
and presented in the subject data listings. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 24 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
6.4. 
Exposure 
For subjects in the safety evaluable population, descriptive statistics will be provided by cohort; 
duration of treatment; average daily dose (mg) of epacadostat; and number of cycles of 
pembrolizumab. 
• Duration of treatment:  The number of study days between Day 1 and the last 
nonzero dose administration record of epacadostat or pembrolizumab taken by the 
subject. 
• Number of cycles of pembrolizumab:  The number of cycles of pembrolizumab for 
a subject will be the number of administered, scheduled infusions of pembrolizumab 
recorded on the MK-3475 Dosing eCRF. 
Subjects who stop pembrolizumab with SD or better may continue on monotherapy 
INCB024360 for up to 12 months or stop both therapies; if these subjects later experience 
disease progression, they may be eligible for up to 1 year of additional combination therapy 
followed by the option to continue monotherapy INCB024360 for up to 12 months as long as 
they are receiving benefit from treatment or they may stop both therapies.   
NOTE:  Protocol Amendment 10 removed the option for monotherapy epacadostat and 
re-treatment combination treatment for any subject who has not already started initiated such 
treatment. 
6.5. 
Study Drug Compliance 
For subjects in the safety evaluable population, overall compliance (%) for epacadostat will be 
calculated for all subjects as follows: 
overall compliance (%) = 100 × (total dose taken) / (intended dose). 
The intended dose will be determined up to the earliest study day of permanent discontinuation 
of epacadostat (ie, AE discontinuation is the first AE with action taken being "drug withdrawn"), 
last study drug record in the database, or subject death.  Intended dose is defined as the sum of 
the doses prescribed by the investigator accounting both for planned dose reductions as well as 
those reductions or increases mandated by the investigator. 
6.6. 
Medical History 
For subjects in the safety evaluable population, medical history will be summarized by assigned 
treatment group.  This summation will include the number and percentage of subjects with 
significant medical history for each body system/organ class and documented on the Medical 
History eCRF. 
6.7. 
Prior and Concomitant Medication 
For subjects in the safety evaluable population, prior medications and concomitant medications 
will be coded using the WHO Drug Dictionary and summarized by WHO drug class and WHO 
drug term.  In the data listing, each medication will be recorded as prior, concomitant, or both 
prior and concomitant.  Results will be summarized as number and percentage of subjects with 
prior and concomitant medications by WHO drug term and WHO drug class. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 25 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Prior medication information will also be used to identify anticancer medication received by 
subjects before enrollment into the study.  Prior anticancer medication data will be summarized 
and presented by treatment group as well as listed. 
7. 
EFFICACY 
The list of table and listing displays are provided in Appendix E. 
7.1. 
General Considerations 
Not applicable. 
7.2. 
Efficacy Hypotheses 
Objective Response Rate (Primary Endpoint):  Administration of epacadostat in combination 
with pembrolizumab increases ORR by irRECIST in Phase 2 subjects with various tumor types 
compared with historical rate. 
7.3. 
Analysis of the Primary Efficacy Parameter 
7.3.1. 
Primary Efficacy Analysis 
The primary variable for the Phase 2 expansion portion of the study is ORR, which is defined as 
the proportion of subjects with best overall response (CR or PR) by irRECIST v1.1 for select 
solid tumors and modified Lugano Classification (Cheson et al 2014) for DLBCL.  Subjects' 
overall response will be evaluated as CR, PR, SD, PD, or not evaluable (NE) at each postbaseline 
radiological assessment based on changes in target lesions, nontarget lesions, and appearance of 
new lesions.  The best overall response will be determined from response assessments before and 
including the date of starting new anticancer therapy.  If any alternative cancer therapy is taken 
while on study, any subsequent assessments will be excluded from the best overall response 
determination. 
For subjects with measurable disease at baseline, the irRECIST version 1.1 assessment criteria 
presented in Table 5 can be used to determine the overall response at a given timepoint based on 
the target lesion, nontarget lesion, and new lesion assessment. 
Table 5: 
irRECIST for Overall Response:  Measurable Disease at Baseline 
Target Lesions 
Nontarget Lesions 
New Lesions 
Overall Response 
CR 
CR 
No 
CR 
CR 
Non-CR / Non-PD 
No 
PR 
CR 
NE 
No 
PR 
PR 
Non-PD or NE 
No 
PR 
SD 
Non-PD or NE 
No 
SD 
Not all evaluated 
Non-PD 
No 
NE 
PD 
Any 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
PD 
Yes or No 
PD 
Any 
Any 
Yes 
PD 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 26 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
A subject is considered an objective responder as assessed by irRECIST if they have an overall 
response of CR or PR at any postbaseline visit.  The proportion of responders within each 
treatment group will be estimated with 90% confidence intervals (CIs) by treatment group.  
Confidence intervals will be calculated based on the Clopper-Pearson method for binomial 
distributions.  Within each treatment group, 1 sample binomial test will be used to test the null 
hypothesis.  
Using irRECIST criteria, a PD needs to be confirmed as follows.   
For each PD, if there is a second PD on the first response assessment that was ≥ 4 weeks after the 
PD, then the PD is defined as confirmed, and the date of progression is the date of the first PD. 
Otherwise the PD is defined as unconfirmed. 
If a subject had an unconfirmed PD, and there are no valid response assessments after that PD 
(not NE or missing), then the PD will be counted as follows: 
• If the subject discontinued both epacadostat and pembrolizumab or had end-of-study 
disposition date before a subsequent valid response assessment, then the PD will be 
counted as confirmed and the date of progression is the date of the PD; or  
• If a subject is in the treatment period (≤ 18 months from treatment start date), they 
should be getting scans every 9 weeks.  After the unconfirmed PD mentioned above, 
if the subject had not discontinued both epacadostat and pembrolizumab or had not 
had end-of-study disposition date before a subsequent valid response assessment, and 
if the clinical data cutoff date is ≤ 18 months from treatment start date and  > 9 weeks  
after the subject’s last scan, then the PD will be counted as confirmed, and the date of 
progression is the date of the PD.  If the clinical data cutoff date is ≤ 18 months from 
treatment start date and ≤ 9 weeks after the subject’s last scan, then the PD will NOT 
be counted as confirmed, and confirmation will be determined at their next 9-week 
scan. 
• If a subject is in the follow-up period (> 18 months from treatment start date), then 
they should be getting scans every 12 weeks.  After the unconfirmed PD mentioned 
above, if the subject had not discontinued both epacadostat and pembrolizumab or 
had not had end-of-study disposition date before a subsequent valid response 
assessment, and if the clinical data cutoff date is > 18 months from treatment start 
date and > 12 weeks after the subject’s last scan, the PD will be counted as 
confirmed, and the date of progression is the date of the PD.  If the clinical data cutoff 
date is > 18 months from treatment start date and ≤ 12 weeks after the subject’s last 
scan, the PD will NOT be counted as confirmed, and confirmation will be determined 
at their next 12 week scan. 
If a subject had a confirmed PD, then the PD will be counted as an event. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 27 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
7.4. 
Analysis of Secondary Efficacy Parameters (Phase 2) 
7.4.1. 
Ordinal Categorical Response Score 
The ordinal response scores are defined as the following: 
• 1 = CR per irRECIST v1.1 
• 2 = Very good response, defined as > 60% tumor reduction 
• 3 = Minor response, defined as >30% to ≤ 60% tumor reduction 
• 4 = SD per irRECIST v1.1 
• 5 = PD per irRECIST v1.1 
The frequency of subjects in each category will be summarized by treatment group. 
7.4.2. 
Duration of Response 
For objective responders, the DoR is the time from the first overall response contributing to an 
objective response (CR or PR) to the earlier of the subject's death or first overall response of PD 
(by irRECIST v1.1 for selected solid tumors and the modified Lugano Classification for 
DLBCL) occurring after the first overall response contributing to the objective response.  Median 
DoR and CIs will be estimated using the Kaplan-Meier method.  Subjects who are still 
responding at the time of database freeze or discontinuation will be right-censored at the last 
valid response assessment date before starting any new anticancer therapy.  The DoR evaluation 
will be performed separately for each treatment group and no statistical comparison will be 
made. 
7.4.3. 
Progression-Free Survival  
Progression-free survival is defined as the number of days from the date of first dose (which is 
not necessarily Day 1) to the earlier of death or disease progression by irRECIST v1.1 for 
selected solid tumors and the modified Lugano Classification for DLBCL.  Date of death will be 
determined using the Death Report, the Survival Follow-Up, and the Subject Status eCRFs.  
Disease progression is defined as progression confirmed by a second, consecutive assessment at 
least 4 weeks apart with the option for continuing treatment while awaiting radiologic 
confirmation of progression.  Censoring for PFS will follow the algorithm outlined in Table 6, 
which is based on FDA guidance (FDA 2007).  Note that the Protocol mandates radiological 
evaluation of subjects every 9 weeks for the first 18 months and then may be done every 
12 weeks thereafter.  The analyses will be based on the efficacy evaluable population, according 
to treatment assignment.  Time-to-event data will be analyzed by the Kaplan-Meier method. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 28 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table 6: 
Evaluation and Censoring of Progression-Free Survival 
Situation 
Outcome 
Date of Progression or Censoring 
No baseline tumor assessments 
Censored 
Treatment start date 
Progression documented between 
scheduled visits 
Progressed 
Earliest of: 
• Date of radiological assessment showing new 
lesion (if progression is based on new lesion); or  
• Date of last radiological assessment of measured 
lesions (if progression is based on increase in sum 
of measured lesions)  
No progression 
Censored 
Date of last valid radiologic assessment (not NE and 
not missing) 
Treatment discontinuation for 
undocumented progression 
Censored 
Date of last valid radiologic assessment (not NE and 
not missing) 
Treatment discontinuation for toxicity 
or other reason 
Censored 
Date of last valid radiologic assessment (not NE and 
not missing) 
New anticancer treatment started 
Censored 
Date of last valid radiologic assessment (not NE and 
not missing) 
Death before first PD assessment 
Progressed 
Date of death 
Death between adequate assessment 
visits 
Progressed 
Date of death 
Death or progression after more than 
1 missed assessment 
Censored 
Date of last valid radiologic assessment (not NE and 
not missing) 
7.4.4. 
Duration of Disease Control 
The duration of disease control is the time from the first dose date to the first objective response 
of PD (by irRECIST v1.1 or modified Lugano Classification [Cheson et al 2014]), death, or last 
tumor assessment date (if PD/death not present), for subjects with best overall response of SD or 
better.  In the case of SD, measurements must meet the SD criteria at least once after study entry 
at a minimum interval of 56 days.  Median duration of disease control and CIs will be estimated 
using the Kaplan-Meier method.  Subjects who have SD or better at the clinical data cutoff or 
discontinuation will be right-censored at last valid response assessment date before starting any 
new anticancer therapy.  The duration of disease control evaluation will be performed separately 
for each treatment group and no statistical comparison will be made. 
7.4.5. 
Overall Survival 
For OS analysis, the Kaplan-Meier method will be used to estimate the survival time distribution 
and the median survival of each treatment group.  Subjects will continue to be followed-up for 
OS even after a positive PFS analysis and a final analysis of OS will be conducted after OS data 
are mature (eg, ~70% or more than 52 subjects are dead). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 29 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
7.4.6. 
Largest Percentage Reduction in Sum of Diameters of Target Lesions 
For each subject, the percentage change from baseline in sum of the longest diameters of target 
lesions will be derived for each postbaseline period at which a valid target lesion assessment is 
provided.  The best percentage change for each subject will be derived for waterfall plots and 
potential exploratory analyses. 
Per RECIST criteria, target lesions considered "too small to measure" will be assigned a default 
value of 5 mm for purposes of this analysis.  Likewise, target lesions identified as "not present" 
at postbaseline assessments will be assigned 0 mm for this analysis.  In the event a target lesion 
is unaccounted for at a particular postbaseline timepoint, that is, assessment missing or NE, then 
the overall sum of target lesions will not be evaluable for that postbaseline timepoint. 
7.4.7. 
Other Efficacy Analyses 
7.4.7.1. 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group Performance Status 
Subjects' ECOG performance status and changes in status at scheduled assessment times will be 
summarized. 
7.4.8. 
Subgroup Analyses for Efficacy Endpoints 
Subgroups will be formed based on the following subject characteristics and baseline variables 
for subjects with different tumor types whose data are available. 
• For all tumor types: 
− PD-L1 status (positive, negative) 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 30 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 31 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 32 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 33 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
8. 
SAFETY AND TOLERABILITY 
The list of table and listing displays are provided in Appendix E. 
8.1. 
General Considerations 
The analyses for this section will be provided using the safety evaluable population.  Summary 
tables may be replaced with listings when appropriate.  For instance, an AE frequency table may 
be replaced with a listing if it only contains a few unique preferred terms reported on relatively 
few subjects.   
8.2. 
Adverse Events 
8.2.1. 
Adverse Event Definitions 
A TEAE is any AE either reported for the first time or worsening of a pre-existing event after 
first dose of study drug.  Analysis of AEs (as discussed below) will be limited to TEAEs, but 
data listings will include all AEs regardless of their timing to study drug administration. 
Adverse events will be tabulated by the MedDRA preferred term and system organ class.  
Severity of AEs will be described and graded using the NCI Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events (CTCAE) v4.03.  The CTCAE reporting guidelines and grading details are 
available on the Cancer Therapy Evaluation Program website (NCI 2010). 
A grading (severity) scale is provided for each AE term.  If the toxicity is not included in the 
CTCAE v4.03 criteria, it will be rated on a scale of 1 to 4 as follows:  1 = mild, 2 = moderate, 
3 = severe, and 4 = life-threatening.  All toxicities will be graded based on the worst level 
reached, not the level they may have reached if they had not been treated.  When the intensity of 
an AE changes over time for a reporting period (eg, between visits), each change in intensity will 
be collected as an AE until the event resolves.  Only the worst grade will be reported in AE 
summaries.  Also, the Grade 3 or higher AEs will be reported in a summary table to display all 
higher-intensity AEs. 
The subset of AEs considered by the investigator to be related to epacadostat or pembrolizumab 
will be considered to be treatment-related AEs.  If the investigator does not specify the 
relationship of the AE to study drug, then the AE will be considered to be treatment-related.  The 
incidence of AEs and treatment-related AEs will be tabulated.  Serious TEAEs will also be 
tabulated. 
Any missing onset date, causality, or severity must be queried for resolution.  Unsolved missing 
values will be handled according to the following rules: 
• An unsolved missing causality will be considered treatment related. 
• An unsolved missing severity will be identified as an unknown severity. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 34 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
For purposes of analysis, all AEs will be considered TEAEs unless the AE can unequivocally be 
defined as not treatment emergent.  Therefore, an unsolved missing onset date will be considered 
treatment emergent, with the following exceptions: 
• If the stop/resolution date is before the first dose administration date on Day 1, then 
the AE will be considered as not being treatment emergent. 
• If both the month and day are missing, and the last day of the year is before the first 
dose administration date on Day 1, then the AE will not be considered treatment 
emergent. 
• If only the day is missing, and the last day of the month is before the first dose 
administration date on Day 1, then the AE will not be considered treatment emergent. 
• If only the day is missing, and the first day of the month is after the first dose 
administration date on Day 1, then the AE will be considered treatment emergent. 
8.2.2. 
Adverse Event Summaries 
An overall summary of AEs by treatment group will include the following: 
• Subjects who had a TEAE 
• Subjects who had a Grade 3 or higher TEAE 
• Subjects who had a serious TEAE 
• Subjects who had a fatal TEAE 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to dose interruption of INCB024360 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to dose interruption of MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to dose interruption of INCB024360 and MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to dose reduction of INCB024360 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to discontinuation of INCB024360 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to discontinuation of MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a TEAE leading to discontinuation of INCB024360 and MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE 
• Subjects who had a INCB024360-related TEAE 
• Subjects who had a MK-3475-related TEAE 
• Subjects who had a Grade 3 or higher treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) 
TEAE 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) serious TEAE 
• Subjects who had a fatal treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
dose interruption of INCB024360 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 35 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
dose interruption of MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
dose interruption of INCB024360 and MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
dose reduction of INCB024360 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
discontinuation of INCB024360 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
discontinuation of MK-3475 
• Subjects who had a treatment-related (INCB024360 or MK-3475) TEAE leading to 
discontinuation of INCB024360 and MK-347 
The following summaries will be produced by MedDRA term (if ≤ 10 subjects appear in a table, 
then a listing may be appropriate): 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA System Organ Class 
and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA Preferred Term in 
Decreasing Order of Frequency  
• Summary of Treatment-Related (Epacadostat or Pembrolizumab) Adverse Events by 
MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Treatment-Related (Epacadostat or Pembrolizumab) Adverse Events by 
Preferred Term in Decreasing Order of Frequency 
• Summary of Grade 3 or Higher Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA 
System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Grade 3 or Higher Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA 
Preferred Term in Decreasing Order of Frequency 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events With a Fatal Outcome by 
MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Serious Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA System 
Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Serious Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by MedDRA Preferred 
Term in Decreasing Order of Frequency 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading to Any Dose Interruption 
by MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading to Discontinuation of Any 
Study Drug by MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 36 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading to Any Dose Reduction 
by MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
• Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events of Special Interest by Category and 
Preferred Term (AEOSI) 
The sponsor-defined, immune-related adverse events of special interest (AEOSIs) and events of 
clinical interest (ECIs) are provided in Appendix C and Appendix D, respectively. 
8.3. 
Clinical Laboratory Tests 
8.3.1. 
Laboratory Value Definitions 
Laboratory values and change from baseline values will be summarized descriptively by visit.  
The baseline value will be determined using the last nonmissing values collected before the first 
dose.  For baseline laboratory values with the same date and time, additional rules may be 
provided after consultation with the medical monitor to delineate which value will be defined as 
baseline. 
Laboratory test values outside the normal range will be assessed for severity based on CTCAE 
grade or similar criteria where clinical intervention is required for CTCAE grading.  See 
Appendix B for laboratory grading criteria.  The incidence of abnormal laboratory values and 
shift tables relative to baseline will be tabulated. 
8.3.2. 
Laboratory Value Summaries 
Clinical laboratory tests, including hematology and serum chemistry (see Appendix A), will be 
performed for each subject during the study in accordance with Table 13 in Protocol 
Amendment 10. 
If specific safety issues arise, additional unscheduled laboratory tests/analyses may be performed 
at the discretion of the investigator. 
All test results and associated normal ranges from central laboratories will be reported in SI 
units.  All tests with numeric values will have a unique unit per test.  Any laboratory test results 
and associated normal ranges from local laboratories will be converted to SI units.  For the 
limited number of cases where the associated normal ranges from a local laboratory cannot be 
obtained despite due diligence, a set of standard normal ranges based on documented reference 
ranges will be applied to facilitate reporting the test results. 
Laboratory parameters identified in Table 10 will be summarized.  Shift tables based on worst 
postbaseline value recorded will use all postbaseline values.  Other laboratory parameters 
collected will only be listed in an appendix to the Clinical Study Report in their original units 
without SI conversions.  A detailed listing of the serum chemistry, hematology, and urinalysis 
tests is provided in Appendix A. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 37 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table 10: 
Laboratory Parameters To Be Summarized 
Panel 
Parameter 
Serum chemistry 
Albumin, alkaline phosphatase
a,b, ALTa,b, ASTa,b, amylase, bicarbonate, BUN, calcium, 
chloride, creatinine, glucose, iron, lactate dehydrogenase, phosphorus, potassium, 
serum or plasma lipase, sodium, total bilirubina,b, direct bilirubin, total protein, uric 
acid 
Lipid 
Total cholesterol, triglycerides, LDL, HDL, CRPb 
Hematology 
Hemoglobin, hematocrit, platelet count, red blood cell count, reticulocyte count, 
WBCb, basophils, eosinophils, lymphocytesb, monocytes, neutrophilsb 
Endocrine monitoring 
ACTH
c, serum cortisolc, LH, prolactinc, TSHc, free T4c, T3c, serum testosteronec 
Urinalysis 
Color and appearance, pH and specific gravity, bilirubin, glucose, ketones, leukocytes, 
nitrite, occult blood, protein, urobilinogen 
Pregnancy test 
Female subjects of childbearing potential only require a serum test at screening; 
pregnancy tests (serum or urine) should be repeated if required by local regulations 
Coagulation 
PT, aPTT, INR 
Serology 
HBsAG, HBsAG antibody, HBc, HCV antibody, HCV-RNA, HBV-DNA, HCV 
genotype, HCV viral load (for subjects with HCC only), anti-HDV, anti-HBe, HBV 
viral load, anti-HBc (total), HBeAg (for subjects with HCC who are HBsAg+ or 
anti-HBc+, anti-HBs-, HBsAg- viral load < 100 IU/mL only) 
Other 
CA 125 (ovarian cancer only), CEA (gastric cancer only), AFP (HCC only) 
a Summaries of LFTs will be performed on a weekly basis instead of by cycle. 
b Line graph and box-and-whisker plots will be provided. 
c Only normal-high-low shift tables will be provided. 
Numeric laboratory values will be summarized descriptively, and non-numeric test values will be 
tabulated.   
For test results that will be summarized with available normal ranges, the number and percentage 
of subjects with the laboratory values being low (but never high), normal, high (but never low), 
and both low and high will be calculated for each test.  Laboratory values with greater than or 
less than signs will require medical monitor review.  Laboratory ranges with greater than or less 
than signs will be handled as follows:  if only an upper limit exists, for example, < 200, then the 
range will be (0,199.99); similarly, if only the lower limit exists, for example, > 0, then the range 
will be (0.001, 9999).   
This shift summary will be produced for each test for the safety population.  The denominator for 
the percentage calculation will use the number of subjects in the baseline category (ie, low, high, 
normal, missing) as the denominator for the percentage in each of the categories during the 
treatment period. 
For all gradable laboratory parameters identified in Table 10, the values will be classified into 
grade levels corresponding to CTCAE v4.03 criteria.  For specific laboratory values requiring 
clinical intervention to grade, the classification according to the quantitative component will be 
provided.  See Appendix B for laboratory grading criteria. 
The number and percentage of subjects with the laboratory values of Grade 1, 2, 3, or 4 will be 
calculated for each treatment according to the largest treatment-emergent worsening of 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 38 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
laboratory grade.  Separate summaries for abnormally high and abnormally low laboratory 
values will be provided when the laboratory in question has both high and low grading criteria.  
For instance, if a subject has a baseline fasting glucose of 210 mg/dL, maximum fasting glucose 
after starting treatment of 245 mg/dL, and minimum fasting glucose after starting treatment of 
52 mg/dL, then the subject will be counted as follows: 
• The subject will be counted as a Grade 2 "Glucose decreased" in summaries of 
hypoglycemia because the subject was not hypoglycemic at study entry but became 
hypoglycemic after treatment. 
• The subject will not count as a "Glucose increased" in summaries of hyperglycemia 
because the subject met the numeric requirements for Grade 2 hyperglycemia at 
baseline (fasting glucose value > 160 to 250 mg/dL) and did not increase in grade 
after starting treatment. 
In cases where differentials of hematology parameters are obtained without corresponding 
absolute count data, efforts will be made to investigate if the conversion to an absolute value will 
lead to additional abnormalities.  This will be discussed with the clinical team regarding 
appropriate documentation and action. 
8.4. 
Vital Signs 
Vital signs, including systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, pulse, respiration rate, 
and body temperature, will be taken with subjects in the seated position during the study in 
accordance with Table 12 in Protocol Amendment 10.  Change and percentage change from 
baseline will be calculated using the last nonmissing value before first dose of study drug 
(Day 1) as the baseline value. 
Incidences of clinically notable vital sign abnormalities are defined in Table 11.  The abnormal 
values for subjects exhibiting clinically notable vital sign abnormalities will be listed along with 
their assigned treatment group.  Alert vital signs are defined as an absolute value outside the 
defined range and percentage change from baseline greater than 25%. 
Table 11: 
Criteria for Clinically Notable Vital Sign Abnormalities 
Parameter 
High Threshold 
Low Threshold 
Systolic blood pressure 
> 155 mmHg 
< 85 mmHg 
Diastolic blood pressure 
> 100 mmHg 
< 40 mmHg 
Pulse 
> 100 bpm 
< 45 bpm 
Body temperature 
> 38ºC 
< 35.5ºC 
Respiratory rate 
> 24 breaths/min 
< 8 breaths/min 
8.5. 
Electrocardiograms 
Twelve-lead ECGs will be obtained for each subject during the study in accordance with 
Table 12 in Protocol Amendment 10.  The baseline for each parameter is the average of all 
available values collected at screening, Day -1, and Day 1 predose.  A table of clinically 
significant ECG abnormalities and a listing of 12-lead ECG values will be reported in the 
abbreviated CSR.  Electrocardiogram results will be reviewed for clinically notable 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 39 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
abnormalities according to predefined criteria (see Table 12).  Number and percentage of 
subjects with alert ECG values (outliers), defined as the absolute value outside the defined range 
(see Table 12) and percentage change from baseline greater than 25% (30% for QRS interval), 
will be summarized. 
Table 12: 
Criteria for Clinically Notable Electrocardiogram Abnormalities 
Parameter 
High Threshold 
Low Threshold 
QTcF
a 
> 460 msec 
< 295 msec 
PR 
> 220 msec 
< 75 msec 
QRS 
> 120 msec 
< 50 msec 
QT 
> 500 msec 
< 300 msec 
RR 
> 1500 msec 
< 600 msec 
a QTcF (Fridericia correction). 
9. 
INTERIM ANALYSES 
9.1. 
Overview of Interim Analysis 
No planned interim analysis for efficacy or futility will be conducted in this study. 
9.2. 
Guidelines for Decision Rules 
An interim safety analysis is planned for Phase 2 after 20 subjects have been enrolled and treated 
for 9 weeks, and then every 3 months thereafter.  If the following is reported during these 
reviews, then enrollment of subjects would be suspended until the sponsor(s), investigators, and 
regulatory authorities, if applicable, have determined the appropriate course of action: 
• > 40% of subjects have had an AE ≥ Grade 3 that was attributable to the 
investigational agent. 
Based on these rules, the probabilities of stopping a treatment group for safety is provided in 
Table 13. 
Table 13: 
Probability of Early Termination for Various Safety Event Rates 
Proportion of Subjects Having an AE ≥ Grade 3 
That Was Attributable to the Investigational Agent 
Probability of Early Termination Based on an AE 
≥ Grade 3 That Was Attributable to the 
Investigational Agent
ab 
5% 
0.0% 
10% 
0.1% 
15% 
0.6% 
20% 
3.3% 
25% 
10.2% 
30% 
23.3% 
40% 
80.7% 
a Assumes the interim safety analyses occur when enrollment is 20, 80, 160, 240, and 276, etc, subjects.  Probability estimated 
via simulation with 100,000 replications. 
b The probability of early termination = Prob ((≥ 40% of subjects in the active treatment group have had an AE ≥ Grade 3 at the 
first  interim safety analysis OR at the second  interim OR at the third interim OR at the fourth interim). 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 40 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
10. 
CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS TO THE ANALYSIS PLAN 
All versions of the SAP are listed in Table 14. 
Table 14: 
Statistical Analysis Plan Versions 
SAP Version 
Date 
Original 
22 DEC 2014 
Amendment 1 
27 JUL 2016 
Amendment 2 
21 AUG 2017 
Amendment 3 
08 MAR 2018 
Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
10.1. 
Changes to Protocol-Defined Analyses 
Study enrollment was permanently discontinued on 17 MAY 2018 as a strategic decision.  This 
decision was made following the recommendation of the external Data Monitoring Committee of 
the INCB 24360-301 blinded melanoma clinical study, which determined that the study did not 
meet the prespecified endpoint of progression-free survival improvement for the combination of 
pembrolizumab + epacadostat compared with pembrolizumab + placebo; in addition, the overall 
survival (OS) endpoint was not expected to reach statistical significance.  Of note, there were no 
new safety concerns identified in either arm of the melanoma study. 
Due to this strategic decision, Protocol-defined analyses were reduced.  Efficacy analyses will 
only be performed for primary and secondary endpoints 
 
 
 See Appendix E for a detailed list of outputs that will 
be included in the abbreviated CSR for both safety and efficacy. 
10.2. 
Changes to the Statistical Analysis Plan 
10.2.1. 
Original to Amendment 1 
The purpose of SAP Amendment 1 was to coincide with changes in Protocol Amendment 5:  to 
replace the randomized, placebo-controlled portion of the study conducted in subjects with 
NSCLC with an open-label expansion in subjects with select cancers including melanoma, 
transitional cell carcinoma of the GU tract, TNBC, ovarian cancer, SCCHN, DLBCL, clear cell 
RCC, and 2 cohorts of subjects with NSCLC based on PD-L1 expression. 
10.2.2. 
Amendment 1 to Amendment 2 
The purpose of SAP Amendment 2 is to coincide with changes in Protocol Amendments 6 and 
7:  to add MSI-high CRC, gastric cancer, and HCC expansion cohorts to Phase 2 of the study.  
Additionally, the list of sponsor-defined AEOSIs was updated. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 41 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
10.2.3. 
Amendment 2 to Amendment 3 
The main purpose of SAP Amendment 3 is to coincide with changes in Protocol Amendments 8 
and 9:  to add melanoma (primary refractory) and melanoma (relapsed) expansion cohorts to 
Phase 2 of the study.  The list of sponsor-defined AEOSIs and ECIs were updated.  Some 
treatment-related safety tables have been removed.  Additionally, the subgroup analyses were 
modified per each tumor type. 
10.2.4. 
Amendment 3 to Amendment 4 
The purpose of SAP Amendment 4 is to reflect changes in wording from Protocol 
Amendment 10, remedy sections with lack of clarity on Protocol-defined analyses, reflect 
updates to the overall AE summary table, and make transparent what will be reported in the 
abbreviated CSR.  Additionally, the list of sponsor-defined AEOSIs was updated. 
A population PK model of epacadostat has been developed based on data from multiple 
epacadostat Phase 1, 2, and 3 studies (DMB-18.142.1). 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 42 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
11. 
REFERENCES 
Cheson BD, Fisher RI, Barrington SF, et al. Recommendations for initial evaluation, staging, and 
response assessment of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma: the Lugano classification. J Clin 
Oncol 2014;30:3059-3068. 
DMB-18.142.1. Population Pharmacokinetic Analysis of the IDO1 Inhibitor Epacadostat 
(INCB024360) Tablets Administered Orally to Healthy Participants and Various Cancer Patient 
Populations (With Respect to Merck Collaboration). Wilmington, DE: Incyte Corporation. 
Approval date: 06 MAY 2019. 
Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Guidance for Industry: Clinical Trial Endpoints for the 
Approval of Cancer Drugs and Biologics. 2007. 
http://www.fda.gov/downloads/Drugs/GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/Guidances/u
cm071590.pdf. Accessed July 22, 2016. 
National Cancer Institute (NCI). Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) 
v4.03. 2010. http://ctep.cancer.gov/reporting/ctc.html. Accessed July 15, 2016. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 43 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
APPENDIX A. CLINICAL LABORATORY TESTS 
Serum Chemistry 
Hematology 
Other  
Albumin  
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
AST 
Amylase  
Bicarbonate 
Blood urea nitrogen 
Calcium 
Chloride  
Creatinine 
Glucose 
Iron 
Lactate dehydrogenase 
Phosphorus 
Potassium 
Serum or plasma lipase 
Sodium 
Total bilirubin 
Direct bilirubin (if total 
bilirubin is elevated above 
ULN) 
Total protein 
Uric acid 
Complete blood count, 
including: 
• Hemoglobin 
• Hematocrit 
• Platelet count 
• Red blood cell count 
• Reticulocyte count 
• White blood cell count 
 
Differential count, including: 
• Basophils 
• Eosinophils 
• Lymphocytes 
• Monocytes 
• Neutrophils 
Serology: 
Hepatitis B surface antigen 
Hepatitis B surface antigen antibody 
Hepatitis B core antibody 
Hepatitis C virus antibody 
HCV-RNA 
HBV-DNA 
Pregnancy test: 
Female subjects of childbearing potential only 
require a serum test at screening.  
Pregnancy tests (serum or urine) should be 
repeated if required by local regulations. 
Urinalysis with microscopic examination: 
Color and appearance 
pH and specific gravity 
Bilirubin 
Glucose 
Ketones 
Leukocytes 
Nitrite 
Occult blood 
Protein 
Urobilinogen 
Coagulation: 
PT 
aPTT 
INR 
Lipid Panel 
Standard LFT Monitoring 
Endocrine Monitoring 
Total cholesterol 
Triglycerides 
LDL 
HDL 
CRP 
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
AST 
Total bilirubin 
ACTH 
Serum cortisol (9 AM)a 
LHb 
Prolactin 
TSH 
Free thyroxine (T4) 
Total triiodothyronine (T3) 
Serum testosterone (9 AM)c 
ACTH = adrenocorticotropic hormone; ALT = alanine aminotransferase; aPTT = partial thromboplastin time; AST = aspartate 
aminotransferase; CRP = C-reactive protein; DLCO = diffuse lung capacity for carbon monoxide; FEF25%-75% = forced 
expiratory flow 25% to 75%; FEV1 = forced expiratory volume in 1 second; FVC = forced vital capacity; 
HBV-DNA = hepatitis B virus deoxyribonucleic acid; HCV-RNA = hepatitis C virus ribonucleic acid; HDL = high-density 
lipoprotein; IgG = immunoglobin G; INR = international normalized ratio; LDL = low-density lipoprotein; LFT = liver 
chemistry tests; LH = luteinizing hormone; PEF = peak expiratory flow; PT = prothrombin time; TSH = thyroid-stimulating 
hormone; ULN = upper limit of normal; VA = alveolar volume. 
a Serum cortisol ideally should be drawn close to 9 AM but can be done any time before noon. 
b Not needed in women, surgically castrated men, or men taking LH-releasing hormone agonist therapy. 
c Not needed in subjects taking testosterone replacement therapy. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 44 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
APPENDIX B. LABORATORY GRADING 
Laboratory 
Grade 1 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Haptoglobin decreased 
< LLN 
- 
- 
- 
Hemoglobin decreased 
< LLN - 100 g/L 
< 100 - 80 g/L 
< 80 g/L 
- 
Hemoglobin increased 
Increase in > 0 - 2 gm/dL 
above ULN or above 
baseline if baseline is 
above ULN 
Increase in > 2 - 4 gm/dL 
above ULN or above 
baseline if baseline is 
above ULN 
Increase in > 4 gm/dL 
above ULN or above 
baseline if baseline is 
above ULN 
- 
Lymphocyte count decreased 
< LLN - 0.8 × 109/L 
< 0.8 - 0.5 × 109/L 
< 0.5 - 0.2 × 109/L 
< 0.2 × 109/L 
Lymphocyte count increased 
- 
> 4000/mm3 - 20,000/mm3 
> 20,000/mm3 
- 
Neutrophil count decreased 
< LLN - 1.5 × 109/L 
< 1.5 - 1.0 × 109/L 
< 1.0 - 0.5 × 109/L 
< 0.5 × 109/L 
Platelet count decreased 
< LLN - 75.0 × 109/L 
< 75.0 - 50.0 × 109/L 
< 50.0 - 25.0 × 109/L 
< 25.0 × 109/L 
White blood cell decreased 
< LLN - 3.0 × 109/L 
< 3.0 - 2.0 × 109/L 
< 2.0 - 1.0 × 109/L 
< 1.0 × 109/L 
Activated partial thromboplastin time 
prolonged 
> ULN - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 2.5 × ULN 
> 2.5 × ULN 
- 
INR increased 
> 1 - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 2.5 × ULN 
> 2.5 × ULN 
- 
Alanine aminotransferase increased 
> ULN - 3.0 × ULN 
> 3.0 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 - 20.0 × ULN 
> 20.0 × ULN 
Alkaline phosphatase increased 
> ULN - 2.5 × ULN 
> 2.5 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 - 20.0 × ULN 
> 20.0 × ULN 
Aspartate aminotransferase increased 
> ULN - 3.0 × ULN 
> 3.0 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 - 20.0 × ULN 
> 20.0 × ULN 
Blood bilirubin increased 
> ULN - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 3.0 × ULN 
> 3.0 - 10.0 × ULN 
> 10.0 × ULN 
CD4 lymphocytes decreased 
< LLN - 0.5 × 109/L 
< 0.5 - 0.2 × 109/L 
< 0.2 - 0.05 × 109/L 
< 0.05 × 109/L 
Cholesterol high 
> ULN - 7.75 mmol/L 
> 7.75 - 10.34 mmol/L 
> 10.34 - 12.92 mmol/L 
> 12.92 mmol/L 
CPK increased 
> ULN - 2.5 × ULN 
> 2.5 - 5 × ULN 
> 5 - 10 × ULN 
> 10 × ULN 
Creatinine increased 
> 1 - 1.5 × baseline; 
> ULN - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 3.0 × baseline; 
>1.5 - 3.0 × ULN 
> 3.0 baseline; > 3.0 - 
6.0 × ULN 
> 6.0 × ULN 
Fibrinogen decreased 
< 1.0 - 0.75 × LLN or 
< 25% decrease from 
baseline 
< 0.75 - 0.5 × LLN or 
25 - < 50% decrease from 
baseline 
< 0.5 - 0.25 × LLN or 
50 - < 75% decrease from 
baseline 
< 0.25 × LLN or 75% 
decrease from baseline or 
absolute value < 50 mg/dL 
GGT increased 
> ULN - 2.5 × ULN 
> 2.5 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 - 20.0 × ULN 
> 20.0 × ULN 
Lipase increased 
> ULN - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 2.0 × ULN 
> 2.0 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 × ULN 
Serum amylase increased 
> ULN - 1.5 × ULN 
> 1.5 - 2.0 × ULN 
> 2.0 - 5.0 × ULN 
> 5.0 × ULN 
Serum albumin decreased 
< LLN - 30 g/L 
< 30 - 20 g/L 
< 20 g/L 
- 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 45 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Laboratory 
Grade 1 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Serum calcium decreased 
< LLN - 2.0 mmol/L 
< 2.0 - 1.75 mmol/L 
< 1.75 - 1.5 mmol/L 
< 1.5 mmol/L 
Serum calcium increased 
> ULN - 2.9 mmol/L 
> 2.9 - 3.1 mmol/L 
> 3.1 - 3.4 mmol/L 
> 3.4 mmol/L 
Serum glucose decreased (fasting) 
< LLN - 3.0 mmol/L 
< 3.0 - 2.2 mmol/L 
< 2.2 - 1.7 mmol/L 
< 1.7 mmol/L 
Serum glucose increased (fasting) 
> ULN - 8.9 mmol/L 
> 8.9 - 13.9 mmol/L 
> 13.9 - 27.8 mmol/L 
> 27.8 mmol/L 
Serum magnesium decreased 
< LLN - 0.5 mmol/L 
< 0.5 - 0.4 mmol/L 
< 0.4 - 0.3 mmol/L 
< 0.3 mmol/L 
Serum magnesium increased 
> ULN - 1.23 mmol/L 
- 
> 1.23 - 3.30 mmol/L 
> 3.30 mmol/L 
Serum phosphate decreased 
< LLN - 0.8 mmol/L 
< 0.8 - 0.6 mmol/L 
< 0.6 - 0.3 mmol/L 
< 0.3 mmol/L 
Serum potassium decreased 
< LLN - 3.0 mmol/L 
- 
< 3.0 - 2.5 mmol/L 
< 2.5 mmol/L 
Serum potassium increased 
> ULN - 5.5 mmol/L 
> 5.5 - 6.0 mmol/L 
> 6.0 - 7.0 mmol/L 
> 7.0 mmol/L 
Serum sodium decreased 
< LLN - 130 mmol/L 
- 
< 130 - 120 mmol/L 
< 120 mmol/L 
Serum sodium increased 
> ULN - 150 mmol/L 
> 150 - 155 mmol/L 
> 155 - 160 mmol/L 
> 160 mmol/L 
Serum triglycerides increased 
1.71 - 3.42 mmol/L 
> 3.42 - 5.7 mmol/L 
> 5.7 - 11.4 mmol/L 
> 11.4 mmol/L 
Serum uric acid increased 
> ULN - 0.59 mmol/L 
- 
> ULN - 0.59 mmol/L 
> 0.59 mmol/L; 
CPK = creatine phosphokinase; GGT = gamma glutamyl transferase; INR = international normalized ratio; LLN = lower limit of normal; ULN = upper limit of normal. 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 46 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
APPENDIX C. SPONSOR-DEFINED IMMUNE-RELATED ADVERSE 
EVENTS OF SPECIAL INTEREST 
AEOSI Category 
Preferred Terms 
Pneumonitis 
Acute interstitial pneumonitis, Interstitial lung disease, Pneumonitis, Idiopathic pneumonia 
syndrome, Organising pneumonia, Autoimmune lung disease 
Colitis 
Colitis, Colitis microscopic, Enterocolitis, Enterocolitis haemorrhagic, Necrotising colitis, 
Colitis erosive, Autoimmune colitis 
Hepatitis 
Hepatitis, Immune-mediated hepatitis, Autoimmune hepatitis, Hepatitis acute, Hepatitis 
fulminant, Drug-induced liver injury  
Nephritis 
Nephritis, Autoimmune nephritis, Chronic autoimmune glomerulonephritis, Fibrillary 
glomerulonephritis, Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis, Glomerulonephritis, 
Glomerulonephritis acute, Glomerulonephritis membranoproliferative, Glomerulonephritis 
membranous, Glomerulonephritis minimal lesion, Glomerulonephritis proliferative, 
Glomerulonephritis rapidly progressive, Mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis, 
Nephritis haemorrhagic, Tubulointerstitial nephritis, Nephrotic syndrome 
Adrenal insufficiency 
Adrenal insufficiency, Adrenocortical insufficiency acute, Secondary adrenocortical 
insufficiency 
Hypophysitis 
Hypophysitis, Hypopituitarism, Lymphocytic hypophysitis 
Hyperthyroidism 
Hyperthyroidism, Basedow's disease, Thyrotoxic crisis 
Hypothyroidism 
Hypothyroidism, Hypothyroidic goitre, Myxoedema, Myxoedema coma, Primary 
hypothyroidism 
Thyroiditis 
Thyroid disorder, Thyroiditis, Autoimmune thyroiditis, Thyroiditis acute, Silent thyroiditis, 
Autoimmune thyroid disorder 
Type 1 diabetes mellitus 
Diabetic ketoacidosis, Diabetic ketoacidotic hyperglycaemic coma, Fulminant type 1 
diabetes mellitus, Latent autoimmune diabetes in adults, Type 1 diabetes mellitus, 
Euglycaemic diabetic ketoacidosis, Diabetic ketosis, Ketosis-prone diabetes mellitus 
Severe skin reactions including 
Stevens-Johnson syndrome 
(SJS) and Toxic epidermal 
necrolysis (TEN):  Any grade 
from Severe cutaneous 
reactions SMQ narrow 
Dermatitis bullous, Dermatitis exfoliative, Dermatitis exfoliative generalised, Epidermal 
necrosis, Erythema multiforme, Exfoliative rash, Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Skin necrosis, 
Stevens-Johnson syndrome, Toxic epidermal necrolysis, Toxic skin eruption; 
 
Severe Skin (continued): 
If Grade 3 or higher: 
Rash, Rash erythematous, Rash generalised, Rash maculo-papular, Rash pruritic, Rash 
pustular, Pruritus, Pruritus generalised, and Pruritus genital 
Uveitis 
Iritis, Uveitis, Cyclitis, Autoimmune uveitis, Iridocyclitis, Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada 
syndrome 
Pancreatitis 
Pancreatitis, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Pancreatitis acute, Pancreatitis haemorrhagic, 
Pancreatitis necrotising 
Myositis 
Myositis, Necrotising myositis, Polymyositis, Immune-mediated necrotising myopathy, 
Rhabdomyolysis, Myopathy, Dermatomyositis 
Guillain-Barre syndrome 
Demyelinating polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Axonal neuropathy, Multifocal 
motor neuropathy, Polyneuropathy idiopathic progressive, Miller Fisher syndrome, 
Subacute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy 
Myocarditis 
Myocarditis, Autoimmune myocarditis, Hypersensitivity myocarditis 
Encephalitis 
Encephalitis, Encephalitis autoimmune, Limbic encephalitis, Noninfective encephalitis 
Sarcoidosis 
Sarcoidosis, Cutaneous sarcoidosis, Ocular sarcoidosis, Pulmonary sarcoidosis 
Infusion reactions 
Hypersensitivity, Drug hypersensitivity, Anaphylactic reaction, Anaphylactoid reaction, 
Cytokine release syndrome, Serum sickness, Serum sickness–like reaction, Infusion-related 
reaction 
Myasthenic syndrome 
Myasthenic syndrome, Myasthenia gravis, Myasthenia gravis crisis, Ocular myasthenia 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 47 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
APPENDIX D. SPONSOR-DEFINED EVENTS OF CLINICAL INTEREST 
Hy’s Law definition: 
Any subject with:  
• An elevated AST value that is greater than or equal to 3 × ULN or  
• An elevated ALT value that is greater than or equal to 3 × ULN  
• And with an elevated total bilirubin value that is ≥ 2 × ULN  
• And with an alkaline phosphatase value that is < 2 × ULN 
ALT = alanine aminotransferase; AST = aspartate aminotransferase; ULN = upper limit of normal. 
 
Overdose and Serotonin Syndrome 
Adverse Event Preferred Term 
Note 
Overdose
a 
Any grade 
Accidental overdose 
Any grade 
Intentional overdose 
Any grade  
Prescribed overdose 
Any grade  
Serotonin syndrome 
Any grade  
a Overdose of study drug (pembrolizumab and/or epacadostat) – an overdose is any dose ≥ 1000 mg (5 times the 
dose) of pembrolizumab or ≥ 1000 mg of epacadostat daily. 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 48 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
APPENDIX E. PLANNED TABLES AND LISTINGS 
This appendix provides a list of the planned tables and listings for the Clinical Study Report.  
Standard tables will follow the conventions in the Standard Safety Tables initial version.   
Tables 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
Baseline and Demographic Characteristics 
1.1  Disposition 
1.1.1 
Analysis Populations  
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.1.2 
Summary of Subject Disposition 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.1.3 
Summary of Number of Subjects Enrolled By Country and 
Site 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.1.4 
Summary of Protocol Deviations 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.2  Demography 
1.2.1 
Summary of Demographic and Baseline Disease 
Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.3  Baseline Characteristics 
1.3.1.1 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
X 
1.3.1.2 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
X 
1.3.1.3 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Melanoma 
X 
1.3.1.4 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable NSCLC 
X 
1.3.1.5 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Renal Cell 
Carcinoma 
X 
1.3.1.6 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Squamous 
Cell Carcinoma of the Head 
and Neck 
X 
1.3.1.7 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
X 
1.3.1.8 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Ovarian 
X 
1.3.1.9 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Gastric 
X 
1.3.1.10 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable Colorectal 
X 
1.3.1.11 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable DLBCL 
X 
1.3.1.12 
Summary of Baseline Disease Characteristics 
Safety Evaluable 
Adenocarcinoma of the 
Endometrium 
X 
1.4  Prior Medication and Concomitant Medication 
1.4.1 
Summary of Prior Medications 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.4.2 
Summary of Concomitant Medications 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.5+  Others 
1.5.1 
Summary of General Medical History 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.6.1 
Summary of Prior Medications for Cancer   
Safety Evaluable 
X 
1.7.1 
Summary of Study Medication Compliance 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 49 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
Efficacy 
2.1  Primary Efficacy 
2.1.1.1 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST  Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.2 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.3 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.3.1 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.3.2 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.4 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.5 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.6 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.7 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.8 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.9 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.10 
Summary of Best Overall Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.1.1.11 
Summary of Best Overall Response by Modified Lugano 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable DLBCL 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2  Secondary Efficacy 
2.2.1.1 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.2 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 50 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
2.2.1.3 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.3.1 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.3.2 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.4 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.5 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.6 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.7 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.8 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.9 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.10 
Summary of Duration of Response by irRECIST Criteria 
by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.1.11 
Summary of Duration of Response by Modified Lugano 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable DLBCL 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.1 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.2 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.3 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.3.1 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.3.2 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 51 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
2.2.2.4 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.5 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.6 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.7 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.8 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.9 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.10 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.2.11 
Summary of Duration of Disease Control by Modified 
Lugano Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable DLBCL 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.1 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.2 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.3 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.3.1 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.3.2 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.4 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.5 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.6 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 52 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
2.2.3.7 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.8 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.9 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.10 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST 
Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.3.11 
Summary of Progression-Free Survival by Modified 
Lugano Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable DLBCL 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.1 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.2 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.3 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.3.1 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.3.2 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.4 
Summary of Overall Survival by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.5 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.6 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.7 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.8 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.9 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 53 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
2.2.4.10 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.4.11 
Summary of Overall Survival by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable DLBCL 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.1 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Hepatocellular Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.2 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Breast 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.3 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Immune 
Checkpoint-naïve 
Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.3.1 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Primary 
Refractory Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.3.2 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Relapsed Melanoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.4 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by TPS Score 
Efficacy Evaluable NSCLC 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.5 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Renal 
Cell Carcinoma 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.6 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 
of the Head and Neck 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.7 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Transitional Carcinoma of 
the GU Tract 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.8 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Ovarian 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.9 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable Gastric 
Cancer 
Phase 2 only 
 
2.2.5.10 
Summary of Best Ordinal Categorical Response Score by 
irRECIST Criteria by PD-L1 Status 
Efficacy Evaluable 
Colorectal 
Phase 2 only 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 54 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Safety 
3.1  Dose Exposure 
3.1.1 
Summary of Exposure and Duration of Exposure to 
INCB024360 and MK-3475 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2  Adverse Events 
3.2.1 
Overall Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.2 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events By 
MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.3 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events By 
MedDRA Preferred Term in Decreasing Order of 
Frequency 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.6 
Summary of Grade 3 or Higher Treatment-Emergent 
Adverse Events By MedDRA System Organ Class and 
Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 55 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Table No. 
Title 
Population 
Standard 
3.2.7 
Summary of Grade 3 or Higher Treatment-Emergent 
Adverse Events by MedDRA Preferred Term in 
Decreasing Order of Frequency 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.8 
Summary of Serious Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events 
by MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.9 
Summary of Serious Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events 
by MedDRA Preferred Term in Decreasing Order of 
Frequency 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.10 
Summary of Treatment-Related (Epacadostat or 
Pembrolizumab) Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by 
MedDRA System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.11 
Summary of Treatment-Related (Epacadostat or 
Pembrolizumab) Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events by 
MedDRA Preferred Term in Decreasing Order of 
Frequency 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.16 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events With a 
Fatal Outcome by MedDRA System Organ Class and 
Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable  
X 
3.2.18 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading 
to Any Dose Reduction by MedDRA System Organ Class 
and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.19 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading 
to Any Dose Interruption by MedDRA System Organ 
Class and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.20 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events Leading 
to Discontinuation of Any Study Drug by MedDRA 
System Organ Class and Preferred Term 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.2.27 
Summary of Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events of 
Special Interest by Category and MedDRA Preferred Term  
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.3  Laboratory 
3.3.1.1 
Summary of Laboratory Values - Hematology 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.3.1.2 
Summary of Laboratory Values - Chemistry 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.3.1.3 
Summary of Laboratory Values – Endocrine Monitoring 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.3.2.1 
Shift Summary of Hematology Values - to the Worst 
Abnormal Value 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.3.2.2 
Shift Summary of Chemistry Values - to the Worst 
Abnormal Value 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.4  Vital Signs 
3.4.1 
Summary of Systolic Blood Pressure 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.4.2 
Summary of Diastolic Blood Pressure 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.4.3 
Summary of Pulse 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.4.4 
Summary of Body Temperature 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.4.5 
Summary of Respiration Rate 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
3.5  ECG 
3.5.9 
Summary of Clinically Significant ECG Abnormality  
 
Safety Evaluable 
X 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 56 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Listings 
Listing No. Title 
2.1  Discontinued Subjects (Subject Disposition) 
2.1.1 
Subject Enrollment and Disposition Status  
2.2  Protocol Deviation 
2.2.1 
Protocol Deviations 
2.3  Data Excluded from 
Efficacy, and/or Safety Analyses 
2.3.1 
Analysis Populations 
2.4  Demography and Baseline  
2.4.1 
Demographic and Baseline Disease Characteristics 
2.4.2.1 
Oncology Disease History (Hepatocellular Carcinoma) 
2.4.2.2 
Oncology Disease History (Breast Cancer) 
2.4.2.3 
Oncology Disease History (Melanoma) 
2.4.2.4 
Oncology Disease History (NSCLC) 
2.4.2.5 
Oncology Disease History (Renal Cell Carcinoma) 
2.4.2.6 
Oncology Disease History (Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Head and Neck) 
2.4.2.7 
Oncology Disease History (Transitional Carcinoma of the GU Tract) 
2.4.2.8 
Oncology Disease History (Ovarian) 
2.4.2.9 
Oncology Disease History (Gastric Cancer) 
2.4.2.10 
Oncology Disease History (Colorectal) 
2.4.2.11 
Oncology Disease History (DLBCL) 
2.4.2.12 
Oncology Disease History (Adenocarcinoma of the Endometrium) 
2.4.3 
Prior Radiation Treatment 
2.4.4 
Prior Medications for Cancer 
2.4.5 
Prior Surgery 
2.4.6 
Medical History 
2.4.7 
Prior and Concomitant Medication 
2.5  Study Drug Administration 
2.5.1 
Study Drug Administration – INCB024360 
2.5.2 
Study Drug Administration – MK-3475 
2.5.3 
Study Drug Administration for Subjects Who Entered Monotherapy Period – INCB024360 
2.5.4 
Study Drug Administration for Subjects Who Entered Retreatment Period – INCB024360 
2.5.5 
Study Drug Administration for Subjects Who Entered Retreatment Period – MK-3475 
2.6  Efficacy 
2.6.1.1 
Investigator-Reported Assessment by irRECIST Criteria (Phase 2 only, not including DLBCL) 
2.6.1.2 
Investigator-Reported Assessment by Modified Lugano Criteria (Phase 2 only, DLBCL only) 
2.6.2.1 
Duration of Response by irRECIST/Modified Lugano Criteria (Phase 2 only, all tumor types) 
2.6.2.2 
Duration of Disease Control by irRECIST/Modified Lugano Criteria (Phase 2 only, all tumor types) 
2.6.2.3 
Progression-Free Survival by irRECIST/Modified Lugano Criteria (Phase 2 only, all tumor types) 
2.6.2.4 
Overall Survival (Phase 2 only, all tumor types) 
2.6.2.5 
Target Lesions (Phase 2 only, not including DLBCL) 
2.6.3.1 
Investigator-Reported Assessment by RECIST Criteria (Phase 2 only, not including DLBCL) 
2.6.3.2 
Investigator-Reported Assessment by Lugano Criteria (Phase 2 only, DLBCL only) 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Incyte Corporation 
Page 57 of 57 
INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4 
17 MAY 2019 
Listing No. Title 
2.7  Adverse Events  
2.7.1 
Adverse Events  
2.7.3 
Liver Function Laboratory Values in Subjects With Aminotransferase (ALT or AST) >=3 x ULN and 
Bilirubin >=2 x ULN and Alkaline Phosphatase <2 x ULN 
2.7.4 
Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
2.7.5 
Serious Adverse Events 
2.7.6 
Adverse Events Leading to Interruption, Reduction, or Discontinuation of Any Study Drug 
2.7.7 
Fatal Adverse Events 
2.8  Laboratory Data 
2.8.1.1 
Clinical Laboratory Values - Hematology  
2.8.1.2 
Clinical Laboratory Values - Chemistry 
2.8.2 
Abnormal Clinical Laboratory Values 
2.9  Vital Signs 
2.9.1 
Vital Sign Values 
2.10  ECG 
2.10.1 
12-Lead ECG Values 
2.12+  Other Data 
2.12.1 
PD-L1 Status 
 
CONFIDENTIAL 


Signature Manifest
Document Number: IC-STS-SAP-0149
Revision: 0
Title: INCB 24360-202 SAP Amendment 4
All dates and times are in Eastern Standard Time.
24360-202 SAP Am 4
Approval and Release
Name/Signature
Title
Date
Meaning/Reason
17 May 2019, 03:59:17 PM
Approved
17 May 2019, 05:53:47 PM
Approved
19 May 2019, 06:38:19 AM
Approved
20 May 2019, 09:35:40 AM
Approved